WINSLOEW FURNITURE INC
10-K405, 1999-03-30
HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE
Previous: AEI INCOME & GROWTH FUND XXI LTD PARTNERSHIP, 10KSB, 1999-03-30
Next: STILLWATER MINING CO /DE/, 10-K, 1999-03-30



<PAGE>   1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 UNITED STATES

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-K

|X|    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
       ACT OF 1934 [Fee Required]

For the fiscal year ended         DECEMBER 31, 1998 
                          -----------------------------------------------------

|_|    TRANSACTION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
       EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [No Fee Required]

For the transition period from_____________________ to _______________________

Commission file number             0-25246
                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                            WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

               FLORIDA                                        63-1127982
    (State or other jurisdiction                           (I.R.S. Employer
  of incorporation or organization)                       Identification No.)

160 VILLAGE STREET, BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA                           35242
(Address of principal executive offices)                        (Zip Code)

      (Registrant's telephone number, including area code) (205) 408-7600

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                      NONE

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                                       Name on Each Exchange
      Title of Each Class                              on Which Registered
      -------------------                              ---------------------
        COMMON STOCK,
    $.01 PAR VALUE PER SHARE                          NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all
reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X   No 
                                             ---     --- 

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. |X|

         The aggregate market value of shares of Common Stock held by
non-affiliates of the registrant as of March 1, 1999, was approximately
$110,537,892 based on a $27.00 closing sale price for the Common Stock quoted
on the Nasdaq National Market System on such date. For purposes of this
computation, all executive officers, directors, and 5% beneficial owners are,
in fact, affiliates of the registrant.

         The number of shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, of the
registrant outstanding as of March 1, 1999, was 7,181,908.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>   2


                                 INDEX TO ITEMS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

PART I

   ITEM 1.  Business......................................................... 3
   ITEM 2.  Properties.......................................................15
   ITEM 3.  Legal Proceedings................................................16
   ITEM 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders..............16

PART II

   ITEM 5.  Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related 
              Stockholder Matters............................................17
   ITEM 6.  Selected Financial Data..........................................18
   ITEM 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
             and Results of Operations.......................................20
   ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About 
              Market Risk....................................................25
   ITEM 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data......................26
   ITEM 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on 
             Accounting and Financial Disclosure.............................45

PART III

   ITEM 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant..............46
   ITEM 11.  Executive Compensation..........................................49
   ITEM 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management..53
   ITEM 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..................56

PART IV

   ITEM 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports 
               on Form 8-K...................................................57
   Signatures................................................................61


                                       2

<PAGE>   3


                                     PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL

         WinsLoew designs, manufactures and distributes casual furniture,
contract seating and ready-to-assemble ("RTA") furniture.

         BUSINESS

         CASUAL FURNITURE. WinsLoew designs, manufactures and distributes
casual furniture for both the residential and contract markets. WinsLoew
constructs its residential products of extruded and tubular aluminum, wrought
iron and cast aluminum. WinsLoew marketed its residential products through
independent sales representatives primarily to specialty patio stores and
furniture stores. WinsLoew constructed its contract products of extruded,
tubular and cast aluminum, steel, wrought iron, wood and fiberglass. WinsLoew
marketed its contract products primarily through its in-house sales force,
primarily to apartment developers and management companies, hospitality
providers (hotel, motel, restaurants, country clubs and resorts), architectural
design firms, and city and state municipalities.

         CONTRACT SEATING. WinsLoew designs, and distributes contract seating
products constructed of contemporary, traditional and transitional styles of
wood and metal. Products include upholstered chairs, sofas and love seats
offered in a variety of finish and fabric options. WinsLoew designs its
contract seating products for use in the restaurant, lodging, office,
healthcare facilities and retail stores. WinsLoew assembles these products
pursuant to specific orders and distribute them to a broad customer base, which
includes architectural design firms, office furniture dealers, and restaurant
and lodging chains through independent sales organizations.

         RTA FURNITURE. WinsLoew's RTA products consist of promotionally priced
RTA "spindle" and "flatline" furniture and fully assembled case goods furniture
designed for household use. Products include corner spindle units, four drawer
chests, three drawer changing towers, coffee tables, end tables, entertainment
centers and tape storage units. Distribution is through mass merchants and
catalog wholesalers.

         HISTORY

         MERGER OF WINSTON AND LOEWENSTEIN. WinsLoew was formed in December
1994 through the merger of Winston Furniture Company, Inc. ("Winston") and
Loewenstein Furniture Group, Inc. ("Loewenstein") with and into WinsLoew, a
newly-formed corporation that was formed for the purpose of the merger. As a
result of the merger, (i) each outstanding share of Winston common stock was
converted into 1.00 shares of WinsLoew Common Stock, and each outstanding share
of Loewenstein common stock was converted into 1.05 shares of WinsLoew Common
Stock.

         WINSTON HISTORY. Winston, a designer, manufacturer and distributor of
casual furniture for both the residential and contract markets, began business
in October 1975 as a division of Marathon Corporation. In March 1986, Winston
management and certain other investors acquired the aluminum furniture business
of that division in a leveraged buyout. Winston acquired the wrought iron and
tubular steel furniture business of the Lyon-Shaw, Inc. a division of B.B.
Walker Company ("Lyon Shaw"), in November 1986. In August 1987, Winston
competed an initial public offering of its shares. In December 1988, Winston
management, other employees and affiliates of the Trivest Partnerships
purchased Winston in a leveraged buyout. Following the December 1988 buyout,
Winston expanded its manufacturing facilities, focused on its core business and
reduced its outstanding indebtedness. In February 1993, Winston competed its
initial public offering and used the net proceeds received therefrom to further
reduce outstanding indebtedness. In September 1994, Winston acquired
substantially all of the assets of Texacraft, Inc., a Texas corporation
("Texacraft"), which was a privately held manufacturer of aluminum furniture
for the contract market.


                                       3
<PAGE>   4

         LOEWENSTEIN HISTORY. Loewenstein, Inc. was founded in 1967 and
acquired in February 1985 by Atlantis Plastics, Inc., a publicly-traded
plastics company and an affiliate of the Trivest Partnerships. In 1987 and
1988, Atlantis acquired (i) Southern Wood Products, Inc. ("Southern Wood"), a
manufacturer of promotionally priced RTA furniture; (ii) Gregson Furniture
Industries, Inc. ("Gregson"), a manufacturer of traditional and transitional
styled seating for the office and institutional markets; and (iii) Excel Office
and Contract, Inc. ("Excel"), a manufacturer of contemporary and traditional
styled seating for the office furniture market. Loewenstein, Inc., Southern
Wood, Gregson and Excel represented the furniture group of Atlantis (the
"Atlantis Furniture Group"). In April 1991, former management and employees of
the Atlantis Furniture Group and certain affiliates of the Trivest Partnerships
formed Loewenstein, which concurrently therewith purchased the Atlantis
Furniture Group. In September 1993, Loewenstein completed its initial public
offering of Loewenstein common stock and used the net proceeds to retire
substantially all of its outstanding indebtedness and for working capital. In
November 1993, Loewenstein acquired substantially all of the assets of
Shaffield Industries, Inc., a Tennessee corporation, and certain of its
affiliates (collectively, "Shaffield"). The assets acquired consisted of
substantially all of the assets used by Shaffield in its business as a
vertically-integrated manufacturer of RTA furniture, including futons, chairs,
tables and related accessories marketed under the trademark FROM THE SOURCE. In
February 1994, Loewenstein acquired New West Industries, a California
corporation ("New West"). New West was a manufacturer of RTA furniture,
including futons, chairs and related accessories.

         RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

         SALE OF EXCEL. During the fourth quarter of 1995, WinsLoew disposed of
the assets of its Excel business.

         SALE OF LYON SHAW. During the third quarter of 1997, WinsLoew disposed
of certain assets of its Lyon Shaw wrought iron furniture manufacturing
business in the casual furniture product line.

         TROPIC CRAFT ACQUISITION. During the third quarter of 1998, WinsLoew
acquired the stock of Villella, Inc. d.b.a. Tropic Craft Aluminum Furniture
Manufacturers ("Tropic Craft"), a manufacturer of aluminum casual furniture
sold into contract markets.

         POMPEII ACQUISITION. During the fourth quarter of 1998, WinsLoew
entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with the shareholders of Miami Metal
Products, Inc. d.b.a. Pompeii Furniture Industries, a manufacturer of aluminum
casual furniture sold into contract and residential markets. The closing of the
Pompeii acquisition is expected to occur in the second quarter of 1999, once
certain conditions related to the Pompeii facility are met by the selling
shareholders.

         RTA OPERATIONS. During 1997, WinsLoew adopted a plan to dispose of its
"RTA" operations and recorded a pretax non-cash charge totaling $12.4 million
in the fourth quarter of 1997 relating to the disposal of the "RTA" operations.
During 1998, WinsLoew sold its equity interest in the Continental Engineering
subsidiary. In addition, WinsLoew liquidated the assets related to its New West
futon business. WinsLoew subsequently decided to retain its third "RTA" entity
(Southern Wood) due to improved profitability and, accordingly, has reclassed
its Southern Wood results to continuing operations.

         Reference is made to Note 2 of the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements for additional information with respect to the Company's
discontinued operations, acquisitions and dispositions, including the completed
Tropic Craft acquisition.

         GOING PRIVATE TRANSACTION. On March 5, 1999, WinsLoew and Trivest 
Furniture Corporation (the "Purchaser"), a Florida corporation formed by Earl 
W. Powell of Trivest, Inc., who is also the Chairman of WinsLoew's Board of 
Directors, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger 
Agreement"), pursuant to which Mr. Powell, certain investment partnerships 
affiliated with Trivest, Inc. and certain members of WinsLoew's senior 
management will acquire WinsLoew in a merger transaction. Pursuant to the 
Merger Agreement, (i) the Purchaser will merge with and into WinsLoew (the 
"Merger"), with WinsLoew as the surviving corporation, (ii) each outstanding 
share of WinsLoew common stock (other than shares held by the Purchaser) will 
be converted into the right to receive $30.00 per share in cash, and (iii) each 
outstanding option to purchase WinsLoew common stock will be canceled and the 
holder thereof will receive a cash payment equal to the difference between $30 
and the exercise price of such option (collectively, the "Transactions"). The 
Merger Agreement was approved by a special committee of WinsLoew's Board of 
Directors acting on, among other things, an oral opinion received from its 
financial advisor, Mann, Armistead & Epperson, Ltd., Richmond, Virginia, that 
the Merger consideration is fair to WinsLoew's shareholders from a financial 
point of view. Consummation of the Merger and the other Transactions is 
subject, among other things, to (i) the approval of holders of a majority of 
the outstanding shares of WinsLoew's common stock, (ii) the receipt of the 
written fairness opinion of Mann, Armistead & Epperson, Ltd., (iii) the 
Purchaser obtaining adequate financing, and (iv) compliance with applicable 
regulatory and governmental requirements. Accordingly, there can be no 
assurance that the Merger will be consummated.

PRODUCT LINES

         WinsLoew has three principal product lines (Casual Furniture, Contract
Seating and RTA Furniture) that are produced or distributed in 8 manufacturing
locations as follows:


                                       4
<PAGE>   5

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Division and Location            Principal Products                            Principal Customers
- ---------------------            ------------------                            -------------------

<S>                              <C>                                           <C>
CASUAL FURNITURE:

Winston                          Residential casual furniture constructed      Specialty patio stores and furniture
Haleyville, Alabama              of aluminum                                   stores
(2 locations)

Texacraft                        Contract casual furniture constructed of      Apartment developers and management
Houston, Texas                   aluminum, wrought iron, wood and              companies, hospitality providers and
                                 fiberglass                                    manufactures

Tropic Craft                     Contract casual furniture constructed of      Apartment developers and management
Ocala, Florida                   aluminum, wrought iron, wood and              companies, hospitality providers and
                                 fiberglass                                    manufactures

Winston International            Imported residential casual furniture         Specialty patio stores, department
Haleyville, Alabama              constructed of cast aluminum and wrought      stores and furniture stores
                                 iron

CONTRACT SEATING:

Loewenstein                      Contemporary, transitional and                Architectural design firms,
Pompano Beach, Florida           traditional seating for hospitality,          restaurant and lodging chains, office
                                 office and other institutional uses           furniture dealers and retail store
                                                                               planners

Gregson                          Traditional office and other                  Office furniture dealers and lodging
Liberty, North Carolina          institutional seating                         chains

RTA FURNITURE:

Southern Wood                    Promotional RTA furniture                     Mass merchandisers and catalog
Sparta, Tennessee                                                              wholesalers
(2 locations)

</TABLE>


COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

         WinsLoew believes that it has the following competitive strengths.

         CASUAL FURNITURE

         Management attributes its historical success in the casual furniture
product line to its: (i) commitment to producing a quality product delivered
"in time and on time", (ii) emphasis on providing extensive customer service,
(iii) cost-efficient manufacturing operations, (iv) innovatively styled
products and merchandising programs, and (v) results-oriented management, team
philosophy and culture. Management believes that WinsLoew can continue the
growth it has experienced in the casual furniture line by capitalizing on its
existing distribution channels, manufacturing capabilities and reputation for
quality and customer service. Specifically, WinsLoew intends to grow in its
existing market through: (i) continued leadership in new products and
merchandising programs, (ii) expanding existing market penetration, (iii)
broadening distribution channels, and (iv) developing off season products for
its distribution channel and other channels.


                                       5
<PAGE>   6

         CONTRACT SEATING

         WinsLoew is committed to providing value to its contract seating
customers by offering innovative designs, a broad range of high quality
products at competitive prices and responsive customer service with quick and
timely delivery. WinsLoew ensures that its products provide both superior
structural integrity and aesthetic styling through its adherence to strict
manufacturing and quality control standards and through its long-standing and
frequently exclusive relationships with a number of leading Italian designers
and manufacturers. These suppliers have extensive experience in the design,
engineering and production of contemporary and transitional-styled chairs. The
suppliers use steam-bending of solid wood components, intricate joinery and
other sophisticated manufacturing techniques generally unavailable in the
United States. In addition, WinsLoew's electrostatically applied, ultraviolet
cured wood finishing system produces one of the most consistent, durable and
vibrant finishes in the industry. The system also increases manufacturing
efficiency and reduces waste and air emissions. WinsLoew's commitment to
providing high levels of customer service is also typified by its policies of
paying freight charges if a guaranteed shipping date is missed and, under its
"Quick Ship" program, guaranteeing shipment of a significant portion of its
product line within 10 working days from receipt of a customer's order.

         WinsLoew offers a broad selection of wood, metal and upholstered
chairs, sofas and love seats designed for restaurant, lodging, office and other
institutional uses, with prices generally ranging from $150 to $550. WinsLoew's
custom design capabilities also allow it to modify styles, materials and
production in order to provide customers with products that meet particular
specifications. WinsLoew's strategy of offering a broad selection of product
styles and price ranges provides it with access to distribution channels
serving a variety of end users, including restaurants, hotels, healthcare
facilities, retail store planners, corporate offices, schools, sports
facilities, airport lounges and cruise lines.

         RTA FURNITURE

         WinsLoew's RTA furniture product line consists of promotionally priced
RTA products sold directly to mass merchandisers and catalog wholesalers under
the Southern Wood name. Southern Wood's low cost structure is based on its use
of inexpensive raw materials, its relatively low labor rates and its use of
equipment to achieve manufacturing efficiencies. WinsLoew believes that its
focused price strategy and its ability to quickly introduce and begin
manufacturing new products will allow the Company to maintain or increase its
market share.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

         CASUAL FURNITURE

         The business strategy of the casual division emphasizes the following
elements:

         EXPANSION OF SALES AND MARKET SHARE. WinsLoew's growth objectives for
the casual furniture line are primarily focused on areas where WinsLoew can
expand into new distribution channels, as well as capitalize on its existing
distribution channels, manufacturing capabilities and reputation for quality
and customer service, including: (i) new product introductions in WinsLoew's
extruded and tubular aluminum and International divisions, (ii) expansion into
new geographic areas, and (iii) increased sales to commercial customers such as
hotels, restaurants, country clubs, interior designers and apartment and hotel
developers.

         PROVIDE VALUE TO CUSTOMERS. WinsLoew is committed to providing value
to its retailing customers by designing and manufacturing high quality,
competitively priced products and responding to its customers' needs for "in
time and on time" delivery. WinsLoew maintains a strong customer service
orientation that is typified by its PDQ shipping program, where WinsLoew either
ships within 15 business days after credit approval or pays for the freight
costs. Quick delivery is particularly important to casual furniture retailers
because of the short selling season and the retailer's general desire to
minimize inventory levels. Another principal component of WinsLoew's marketing
strategy is its focus on special sales programs for customers. These programs
also reduce the effects of seasonality on WinsLoew's operations and minimize
WinsLoew's finished good inventory.



                                      6


<PAGE>   7

         COMMITMENT TO PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT. Management believes that the high
fashion style and variety of WinsLoew's casual furniture designs provide a
strong competitive advantage and WinsLoew therefore devotes significant
resources to new product development and introductions.

         COMMITMENT TO INDUSTRY LEADERSHIP. WinsLoew strives to establish a
reputation in the casual furniture and contract seating manufacturing industry
of superior products and service. For example, WinsLoew received the
prestigious "Manufacturer Leadership Award" for 1998 given by the Casual
Furniture Retailers Association. The Company has received this award three
times since its inception in 1990, when WinsLoew was the first recipient. The
award is voted upon by members of the Casual Furniture Retailers Association,
and the criteria include service, quality, ethics and product design, among
others. WinsLoew has been a finalist for the award every year.

         ENHANCED USE OF MANUFACTURING CAPABILITIES, WinsLoew operates
approximately 205,000 square feet of manufacturing space for casual furniture
products and produces most of such products from basic raw materials using
strict quality control measures. WinsLoew's vertical integration permits
WinsLoew to: (i) produce a variety of chairs, tables and other furniture
products, (ii) manufacture cushions and (iii) cut and assemble the fabric
covers that are combined with preassembled poles to produce outdoor umbrellas.
WinsLoew also maintains strict cost containment measures in order to ensure
that its products are manufactured in a cost-efficient manner.

         DEVELOP OR ACQUIRE COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCT LINES. WinsLoew continues to
seek opportunities to develop or acquire complementary product lines in order
to capitalize on its existing distribution channels, manufacturing capabilities
and reputation for quality and customer service.

         CONTRACT SEATING

         The business strategy of the contract seating division emphasizes the
following elements:

         HISTORICAL BASE BUSINESS. WinsLoew has historically concentrated its
base contract seating business on its project driven core seating market.
WinsLoew has based its growth in this market on its manufacturing capabilities
and its reputation for quality and customer service. Examples of programs which
have increased sales in this business are the Company's custom design services
and its Quick Ship program.

         LODGING BUSINESS. The Company supplies various seating products for
hotel rooms and common areas for lodging chains. The Company has based its
growth in this market on its reputation for quality, delivery and service.

         PRIVATE LABEL PROGRAM. WinsLoew offers a "private label" program
through which contract seating products are marketed to nationally recognized
designers and manufacturers of office furniture systems. WinsLoew believes that
its success in generating private label business is primarily attributable to
its proven ability to produce a quality product on short lead time, its
state-of-the-art finishing capabilities, its competitive prices and the direct
involvement of its senior executives in private label marketing.

         DEVELOP OR ACQUIRE COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCT LINES. WinsLoew continues to
seek opportunities to develop or acquire complementary product lines in order
to capitalize on its existing distribution channels, manufacturing capabilities
and reputation for quality and customer service.

         RTA FURNITURE

         The business strategy of the RTA division emphasizes the Company's
manufacturing flexibility and capabilities in order to broaden its line of
promotionally priced products. As a "niche player" in the RTA business, which
is dominated by several national large manufacturers and is experiencing a
trend toward consolidation, WinsLoew has positioned its RTA business to
manufacture and distribute products larger manufacturers do not emphasize. This
has broaden the Company's product line from just "spindle" products to
currently include both "flatline" and case goods.


                                       7

<PAGE>   8


PRODUCTS

         WinsLoew designs, manufactures and distributes three principal product
lines: (i) casual furniture for both the residential and contract markets; (ii)
contract seating designed for restaurant, lodging, office or other general
institutional use; and (iii) promotionally priced "RTA" furniture designed for
household use.

         CASUAL FURNITURE

         WinsLoew's casual furniture products for residential use consist
principally of medium to upper-medium priced indoor and outdoor furniture sold
under five brand names: "Winston" residential extruded and tubular aluminum
furniture, "Texacraft" contract casual furniture, "Tropic Craft" contract
casual furniture and "Winston International" imports casual furniture. WinsLoew
currently manufactures and sells numerous residential style collections that
include traditional, European, and contemporary design patterns. Within each
style collection there are multiple products including chairs, tables, chaise
lounges and accessory pieces such as ottomans, cocktail tables, end tables, tea
carts and umbrellas. WinsLoew offers extruded and tubular aluminum with glider
action, adjustable positions and rocking and swivel motions. WinsLoew's casual
seating products feature cushions and vinyl strapping in a variety of colors
and patterns. All of WinsLoew's casual furniture products feature a durable
painted finish, which is also offered in a wide selection of colors. The
suggested retail prices for a residential table and four chairs currently range
from approximately $600 to $1,400.

         WinsLoew's casual contract products include chairs, chaise lounges,
tables and umbrellas constructed of extruded, tubular and cast aluminum, steel,
wrought iron, wood and fiberglass. WinsLoew's casual contract products include
a selection of restaurant and outdoor seating and site furnishings. WinsLoew
markets casual contract products through Company employees and independent
sales representatives, primarily to apartment developers and management
companies, hospitality providers (hotel, motel, restaurants, country clubs, and
resorts), architectural design firms and city and state municipalities.

         WinsLoew continually reviews and evaluates its casual furniture
designs, and annually adds and discontinues designs it deems appropriate.
WinsLoew identifies trends in shapes, colors and patterns through independent
research, contacts with WinsLoew's dealers and the occasional use of
independent designers. Management also solicits opinions from its
manufacturer's representatives, dealers and employees prior to final design
selection. WinsLoew has generally replaced or modified approximately one-third
to one-half of its casual furniture product lines annually. The costs of
implementing these annual changes have historically included certain: (i)
research and development costs; (ii) capital expenditures for tooling; and
(iii) advertising and catalog expenses. Shipments of WinsLoew's new designs
generally begin in September of each year.

         CONTRACT SEATING

         WinsLoew's contract seating products (other than the casual contract
products described above) include wood, metal and upholstered chairs, as well
as reception area love seats and sofas. WinsLoew's broad product line consists
of numerous distinct models of chairs in contemporary, traditional and
transitional styles. WinsLoew's general merchandising strategy for contract
seating is to provide innovative seating products that are practical,
comfortable, sturdy and moderately priced.

         WinsLoew assembles wood frames and finishes them with one of
WinsLoew's numerous standard colors or, if requested, to the customer's
specification. WinsLoew's metal chairs are available in chrome or in a
selection of standard powder coat finishes. For upholstered products, the
customer may select from a number of catalog fabrics, vinyls and leathers or
may specify or supply its choice of materials. WinsLoew maintains an inventory
of unassembled chair components that enables it to respond quickly to large
quantity orders in a variety of finish and fabric combinations. See
"--Manufacturing."

         WinsLoew believes that an important element of its success in the
contract seating business is its long-standing and frequently exclusive
relationships with leading Italian design firms, as well as its proven ability

                                       8
<PAGE>   9


to offer innovative products that are sturdy, aesthetically appealing and
scaled for the United States market. WinsLoew bases this belief upon its
extensive industry experience and discussions with key customers, sales
representatives and competitors. WinsLoew continually reviews and reconsiders
its contract furniture designs, and annually adds and deletes designs as it
deems appropriate to address perceived marketing opportunities. WinsLoew
generally begins the design process by identifying marketing needs and
conceptualizing product ideas through regular meetings of its senior management
team. Reflecting its focus on both sales and manufacturing, WinsLoew also
solicits opinions with respect to trends in styles, colors and other design
elements from its sales representatives, customers, and employees prior to
final design selection. WinsLoew provides preliminary sketches to either
WinsLoew's manufacturing personnel or WinsLoew's European suppliers, who in
turn engineer the product's construction and produce one or more prototypes in
preparation for actual full-scale production. WinsLoew generally introduces new
products at national or regional furniture markets. WinsLoew's custom design
capabilities also allow it to modify styles, materials and production in order
to provide customers with products that meet their particular needs.

         RTA FURNITURE

         WinsLoew's RTA products include promotionally priced RTA "spindle" and
"flatline" furniture and fully assembled case goods furniture products designed
for household use. WinsLoew's promotionally priced "spindle" products include
ready to assemble items such as coffee tables, end tables, wall units and
rolling carts. "Flatline" products include ready to assemble items such as book
shelves, entertainment centers and tape storage units. Case goods products
include fully assembled four drawer chests and three drawer chest and changing
towers, with an optional hutch.

         WinsLoew's "spindle" and "flatline" products are sold in a box that
contains all components and hardware necessary for home-assembly. Case goods
are sold fully assembled and packaged, offering consumers a promotionally
priced alternative for household furniture.

MANUFACTURING

         CASUAL FURNITURE

         WinsLoew has manufacturing facilities for casual furniture products in
Haleyville, Alabama; Houston, Texas; and Ocala, Florida. The facilities in
Haleyville manufacture extruded and tubular aluminum casual furniture and most
related accessories, including cushions and umbrellas. In the Houston facility,
the Company manufactures extruded and tubular aluminum. In the Ocala facility,
the Company manufactures extruded and tubular aluminum, steel and wood
furniture. WinsLoew's goal at its facilities is to produce a high quality
product at the lowest possible manufacturing cost and deliver it in a timely
manner to dealers. WinsLoew's international products are manufactured in
Mexico. See "--Marketing and Sales."

         WINSTON DIVISION - HALEYVILLE, ALABAMA. WinsLoew's aluminum furniture
manufacturing facility in Haleyville manufactures goods exclusively to order.
WinsLoew normally ships products on the day completed, eliminating the need to
maintain finished goods inventory. WinsLoew provides timely delivery service by
typically shipping goods within three weeks after credit approval.

         In the manufacturing process, WinsLoew cuts extruded aluminum tubes to
size and shapes or bends them in specially designed machinery. The aluminum is
then welded to form a solid frame, and the frame is subjected to a grinding and
buffing process to eliminate any rough spots that may have been caused during
welding. After this process is completed, the frame is cleaned, painted in a
state-of-the-art powder coating system and heat cured. WinsLoew then adds vinyl
strapping, cushions, fabric slings, or other accessories to the finished frame,
as appropriate. WinsLoew then packages the product with umbrellas, tempered
glass and other accessories, as applicable, and ships it to the customer.


                                       9
<PAGE>   10

         WinsLoew extensively refurbished and modernized its Haleyville
facilities in late 1984 and significantly expanded them in 1990 and 1993.
WinsLoew believes that its Haleyville facilities are some of the most modern in
the casual aluminum furniture industry, and that the efficiencies attributable
to these plants are a significant factor in WinsLoew's relatively low
manufacturing costs.

         WinsLoew's vertical integration provides additional manufacturing
efficiencies. WinsLoew manufactures cushions for its aluminum furniture in
Haleyville, and, in addition, cuts, sews and assembles the fabric covers that
are combined with pre-assembled poles to produce outdoor umbrellas.

         WinsLoew believes that it manufactures the highest quality aluminum
casual furniture in its price range. WinsLoew welds, not rivets or bolts, the
major frame components of its aluminum furniture, thereby increasing the
durability and enhancing the appearance of the aluminum product line. The
powder coated painting process results in an attractive and durable finish. To
ensure that only the highest quality products are shipped to customers,
WinsLoew's quality control department has established control check points
where the quality of 100% of its aluminum products is examined during the
manufacturing process. These processes allow WinsLoew to offer a two-year frame
and finish guarantee on all of its aluminum products for residential use.
Warranty expense to date has been negligible.

         TEXACRAFT DIVISION - HOUSTON, TEXAS. WinsLoew's Houston facility
includes an aluminum furniture manufacturing facility with processes
essentially the same as WinsLoew's aluminum line in Haleyville. Additionally,
the Houston facility manufactures steel and wood furniture and includes a
fiberglass manufacturing facility for tables, umbrellas, and accessories.

         TROPIC CRAFT DIVISION - OCALA, FLORIDA. WinsLoew's Ocala facility
includes an aluminum furniture manufacturing facility with processes
essentially the same as WinsLoew's aluminum line in Haleyville.

         CONTRACT SEATING

         WinsLoew currently utilizes approximately 226,000 square feet of
manufacturing space for contract seating production in facilities located in
Florida and North Carolina.

         LOEWENSTEIN DIVISION - POMPANO BEACH, FLORIDA. This facility assembles
and finishes to customer order most of WinsLoew's contract seating products
(other than the casual contract products described above). WinsLoew purchases
component parts from a variety of suppliers, including a number of European
manufacturers, or manufactures. The principal elements of wood chair assembly
include: (i) frame glue-up, (ii) sanding, (iii) seat assembly (in which
upholstered seats are constructed from component bottoms, foam padding and
cloth coverings) and (iv) painting/lacquering. To provide consistency and speed
in this finishing process, WinsLoew utilizes a state-of-the-art conveyorized
paint line with electrostatic spray guns and a three-dimensional ultraviolet
drying system. For upholstered products, the specified fabric cloth is
stretched to the chair frame over foam padding. WinsLoew generally assembles
its metal chairs from imported components. After rework and leveling, WinsLoew
cartons its chairs to prevent damage in transportation. The manufacturing
process also includes a number of product inspections and other quality control
procedures.

         GREGSON DIVISION - LIBERTY, NORTH CAROLINA. This manufacturing
facility includes such operations as assembling, upholstering, and finishing.
While styling is continuously updated, the basic construction process does not
change significantly from year to year, which reduces the need for substantial
modifications to the production process. The Company is the process of
consolidating the manufacture of its contract products for the hospitality
market at the Gregson facility and the manufacture of all other contract
seating products at the Pompano Beach facility. Management expects this process
to be completed by the end of 1999.

         RTA FURNITURE

         SOUTHERN WOOD DIVISION - SPARTA, TENNESSEE. WinsLoew currently
utilizes approximately 158,000 square feet of manufacturing and warehouse space
for its RTA products. For the manufacture of its "spindle" products the 

                                      10
<PAGE>   11

Company uses high density particle board and dowels. The Company turns, stains
and lacquers all of the spindles. WinsLoew laminates the particle board with a
variety of wood grains and solid colors. WinsLoew individually boxes the
product with spindles and board, along with any necessary hardware and assembly
instructions. For "flatline" products WinsLoew individually boxes the cut
laminated particle board, along with necessary hardware and assembly
instructions. For case goods, the edges of the cut laminated particle board may
be "soft formed" for aesthetic value. The unit is then assembled using glue and
screws and utilizes quality components and hardware, such as self-closing
drawer runners, on all units. These fully assembled units are then packaged for
shipment.

         MANUFACTURING CAPACITY

         Management believes that the Company's manufacturing facilities in the
casual and contract seating product lines are currently operating, in the
aggregate, at approximately 75% of capacity, assuming a one-shift basis.
Management considers the Company's present manufacturing capacity to be
sufficient for the foreseeable future and believes that, by adding multiple
shift operations, the Company can significantly increase the total capacity of
its facilities to meet growing product demand with minimal additional capital
expenditures. In addition, the Company engages in an ongoing maintenance and
upgrading program, and considers its machinery and equipment to be in good
condition and adequate for the purposes for which they are currently used.

MARKETING AND SALES

         CASUAL FURNITURE

         WinsLoew markets its residential casual furniture products throughout
the United States, Canada and the Caribbean. WinsLoew currently makes
substantially all of its residential sales to customers located east of the
Rocky Mountains. WinsLoew markets residential products to approximately 800
active customers, including specialty patio stores, full-line furniture
retailers, and department stores. WinsLoew also sells its contract casual
products to certain commercial end-users such as hotels, restaurants, country
clubs, exporters, interior designers and developers of apartments and motels.

         WinsLoew sells substantially all of its residential products through
approximately 30 independent manufacturer's representatives. Each
representative: (i) promotes, solicits and sells WinsLoew's products in an
assigned territory, (ii) agrees to assist in the collection of receivables and
adjustment of any complaints with regard to his or her sales and (iii) receives
commissions based on the net sales made in his or her territory. WinsLoew
determines the prices at which its products will be sold and may refuse to
accept any orders submitted by a sales representative for credit-worthiness or
other reasons. WinsLoew's representatives may carry other products which do not
directly compete with WinsLoew's product lines. WinsLoew has long-standing
relationships with most of its representatives.

         WinsLoew's marketing program assists its representatives in various
ways, including: (i) holds exhibitions at national and regional furniture shows
and leases a year-round showroom at the Merchandise Mart in Chicago, Illinois,
(ii) provides retailers with annual four-color catalogs of its products, sample
materials illustrating available colors and fabrics, point of sale materials
and special sales brochures, (iii) provides information directly to
representatives at annual sales meetings attended by senior management and
manufacturing personnel, (iv) maintains a customer service department which
ensures that WinsLoew promptly responds to the needs and orders of WinsLoew's
customers, (v) maintains regular contact with key retailers and (vi) conducts
ongoing surveys to determine dealer satisfaction. WinsLoew markets its casual
contract products nationally through a team of company employed and independent
sales representatives.

         WinsLoew organized its Winston International division primarily for
the purpose of distributing casual furniture products that it does not
manufacture. Winston International's current product offerings include a line
of cast aluminum products. WinsLoew inventories, distributes and administers
this product line in Haleyville, Alabama.


                                      11
<PAGE>   12


         CONTRACT SEATING

         WinsLoew sells its contract seating products primarily to
architectural design firms, restaurant, lodging chains, office furniture
dealers and retail store planners. WinsLoew sells substantially all of its
contract seating products through approximately 40 independent sales
representative organizations that employ approximately 100 sales associates.
Each sales representative: (i) promotes and sells WinsLoew's products in an
assigned territory, (ii) assists WinsLoew in responding to customer service
request and (iii) receives commissions based on the net sales made in his or
her territory. WinsLoew determines the prices at which its products will be
sold, and may refuse to accept any orders submitted by a sales representative
for creditworthiness or other reasons.

         WinsLoew's marketing program assists its representatives in various
ways, including: (i) holds exhibitions at national shows, (ii) provides its
representatives and customers with four color catalogs of its products, (iii)
provides information to representatives at sales meetings and (iv) maintains a
customer service department that ensures WinsLoew promptly responds to the
needs and orders of customers.

         RTA FURNITURE

         WinsLoew sells its promotionally priced RTA furniture products through
independent sales representatives, primarily to mass merchandisers and catalog
wholesalers. WinsLoew prepares product catalogs and brochures as sales material
for its independent sales representatives. The Company maintains a customer
service department to ensure prompt response to the needs and orders of
customers. The Company also holds exhibitions at national furniture shows.

BACKLOG

         As of December 31, 1998, WinsLoew's backlog of orders was
approximately $21.8 million, compared to $17.6 million at December 31, 1997.
WinsLoew, in accordance with industry practice, generally permits orders to be
canceled prior to shipment without penalty. Management does not consider
backlog to be predictive of future sales activity because of WinsLoew's short
manufacturing cycle and delivery time, and, especially in the case of casual
furniture, the seasonality of sales.

RAW MATERIAL AND SOURCING

         WinsLoew manufactures most of its products to order from basic raw
materials, and, consequently, is able to avoid carrying large amounts of
finished goods inventory particularly in its casual and contract seating
product lines. WinsLoew also attempts to maintain minimum levels of raw
material inventory. WinsLoew's principal raw materials consist of extruded
aluminum tubes, steel rods, woven vinyl fabrics, paint/finishing materials,
vinyl strapping, cushion filler materials, cartons, glass table tops, component
parts for contract seating, particle board and other lumber products and
hardware. Although WinsLoew has no long-term supply contracts, it generally has
a number of sources for its raw materials and has not experienced any
significant problems in obtaining adequate supplies for its operations.
Nevertheless, the purchase of aluminum is, from time to time, highly
competitive, and its price, as a commodity, is subject to market conditions
beyond WinsLoew's control. In addition, fluctuations in lumber prices and the
costs of other raw materials have not historically had a material adverse
effect on WinsLoew's results of operations.

         However, future price increases may have a material adverse effect on
WinsLoew's financial condition and results of operations. Management believes
that WinsLoew's policy of maintaining several sources for most supplies
contributes to its ability to obtain competitive pricing.

         A significant portion of the Loewenstein raw materials consist of
component chair parts purchased from several Italian manufacturers. WinsLoew
views its suppliers as "partners" and works with such suppliers on an ongoing
basis to design and develop new products. WinsLoew believes that these
cooperative efforts, its long-standing relationships with these suppliers and
its experience in conducting on-site, quality control inspections provide it
with a competitive advantage over many other furniture manufacturers, including
a competitive 

                                      12

<PAGE>   13

purchasing advantage in times of product shortages. In addition, in the case of
Italian and European suppliers, WinsLoew generally contracts for its purchases
of such component parts in such manner as to minimize its exposure to foreign
currency fluctuations. Although WinsLoew has close working relationships with
its foreign suppliers, WinsLoew's future success may depend, in part, on
maintaining such or similar relationships. Given the special nature of the
manufacturing capabilities of these suppliers, in particular certain
wood-bending capabilities, and sources of specialized wood types, the
Loewenstein division could experience a disruption in their operations in the
event of any required replacement of such suppliers. Situations beyond
WinsLoew's control, including political instability, significant and prolonged
foreign currency fluctuations, economic disruptions, the imposition of tariffs
and import and export controls, changes in government policies and other
factors may have a material adverse effect on WinsLoew.

FURNITURE INDUSTRY AND COMPETITION

         The furniture industry is cyclical and affected by changes in general
economic conditions, consumer confidence and discretionary income, interest
rate levels, and credit availability. Weather conditions during the peak retail
selling season and the resulting impact on consumer purchases of outdoor
furniture products also affect sales of casual furniture products.

         The furniture industry is highly competitive and includes a large
number of manufacturers, none of which dominate the market. Certain of the
companies which compete directly with WinsLoew may have greater financial and
other resources than WinsLoew. Based on its extensive industry experience,
management believes that competition in casual furniture and contract seating
is generally a function of product design, construction quality, prompt
delivery, product availability, customer service and price. Management
similarly believes that competition in WinsLoew's promotional price niche of
the RTA furniture industry is limited, and is based primarily on prompt
delivery, product availability, customer service and price.

         WinsLoew believes that it successfully competes in the furniture
industry primarily on the basis of its innovatively styled product offerings
and merchandising programs, the quality of its products, and WinsLoew's
emphasis on providing high levels of customer service. While sales of imported,
foreign-produced casual furniture have increased significantly in recent years,
WinsLoew's sales have not been adversely affected because such foreign products
are generally: (i) limited in design, styles and colors, (ii) of lesser quality
than WinsLoew's products, (iii) marketed in the lower-end price range and (iv)
not supported with competitive customer service and responsiveness to
customers' needs for quick delivery.

TRADEMARKS AND PATENTS

         WinsLoew has registered the following trademarks with the United
States Patent and Trademark Office: WINSTON, LOEWENSTEIN/OGGO, GREGSON,
SOUTHERN WOOD PRODUCTS, and LECASSO. Management believes that WinsLoew's
trademark position is adequately protected in all markets in which WinsLoew
does business. WinsLoew also believes that its various trade names are
generally well recognized by dealers and distributors, and are associated with
a high level of quality and value.

         WinsLoew holds several design and utility patents, and has
applications pending for issuance of other design and utility patents. Since
WinsLoew believes that it is an innovator of styles and designs, it is the
Company's policy to apply for design and utility patents for those designs
which it believes may be of significance to WinsLoew.

EMPLOYEES

         At December 31, 1998, WinsLoew had approximately 1,124 full-time
employees, of whom 17 were employed in management, 203 in sales, general, and
administrative positions, and 904 in manufacturing, shipping, and warehouse
positions.


                                      13
<PAGE>   14

         The only employees subject to collective bargaining agreements are
approximately 123 of WinsLoew's hourly employees in Haleyville, Alabama, who
are represented by the Retail, Wholesale, and Department Store Union. The labor
agreement between WinsLoew and such union, which expires on July 31, 2001,
provides that there shall be no strikes, slowdowns or lockouts. WinsLoew
considers its employee relations to be good.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

         WinsLoew's management believes that WinsLoew complies in all material
respects with all applicable federal, state and local provisions relating to
the protection of the environment. The principal environmental regulations that
apply to WinsLoew govern air emissions, water quality and the storage and
disposition of solvents. Compliance with environmental protection laws and
regulations has not had a material adverse impact on WinsLoew's financial
condition or results of operations in the past and is not expected to have a
material adverse impact in the future.

                                      14
<PAGE>   15


ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

         The following table provides information with respect to each of the
Company's facilities:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Appr.                      Owned          Lease
                                                       Building Area    Appr. Land      or         Expiration
     Location          Division        Primary Use         (Feet)      Area (Acres)   Leased          Date
- ----------------    -------------     -------------   --------------   ------------   -----         ----------

<S>                       <C>          <C>                  <C>             <C>         <C>           <C>
Hoover, AL                All          Headquarters         9,800           2.0         Owned         N/A

Haleyville, AL          Winston       Manufacturing       155,000            17         Owned         N/A
                                       and Offices

Haleyville, AL          Winston         Warehouse          20,000             1         Owned         N/A

Haleyville, AL          Winston        Sewing Plant        30,000             1         Owned         N/A

Chicago, IL         Casual Division    Merchandise         12,000           N/A         Leased      8/31/02
                                      Mart Showroom

Houston, TX            Texacraft      Manufacturing        89,500           N/A         Leased      4/15/05
                                       and Offices

Ocala, FL            Tropic Craft     Manufacturing        49,000           7.4         Owned         N/A
                                       and Offices

Pompano Beach, FL     Loewenstein     Manufacturing       100,000          13.8         Owned         N/A
                                       and Offices

Pompano Beach, FL     Loewenstein       Warehouse           6,500           N/A         Leased        MTM

Liberty, NC             Gregson       Manufacturing       126,000           9.5         Owned         N/A
                                       and Offices

Sparta, TN             Southern       Manufacturing        94,300          10.0         Owned         N/A
                         Wood          and Offices

Sparta, TN             Southern       Manufacturing        63,260          32.9         Owned         N/A
                         Wood          and Offices

</TABLE>

         For additional information with respect to the Company's lease
obligations, see Note 8 of Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

         Substantially all of the Company's assets are currently pledged as
collateral for a credit facility. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


                                      15

<PAGE>   16


ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         From time to time, the Company is subject to legal proceedings and
other claims arising in the ordinary course of its business. The Company
maintains insurance coverage against potential claims in an amount which it
believes to be adequate. Based primarily on discussions with counsel and
management familiar with the underlying disputes, the Company believes that it
is not presently a party to any litigation, the outcome of which would have a
material adverse effect on its business or operations.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         None


                                      16

<PAGE>   17


                                    PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED 
         STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The Company's Common Stock has been traded on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "WLFI" since January 1, 1995. The following table sets
forth, for the period indicated, the high and low sales price per share of
Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market System:

                                            High                   Low
                                            ----                   ---
   1997
   ----
     First Quarter...................     $ 11 7/8            $  8 1/8
     Second Quarter..................     $ 11                $  8 3/8
     Third Quarter...................     $ 15                $ 10 15/16
     Fourth Quarter..................     $ 16 13/16          $ 13 5/16

   1998
   ----

     First Quarter...................     $ 20 5/8            $ 13 3/4
     Second Quarter..................     $ 29                $ 20 11/16
     Third Quarter...................     $ 28 3/4            $ 15 1/2
     Fourth Quarter..................     $ 26 1/2            $ 17 7/8

         As of March 1, 1999, there were approximately 105 holders of record of
Common Stock and approximately 1,550 persons or entities holding Common Stock
in nominee name. The closing sale price per share for the Common Stock on March
1, 1999 was $27.00

         The Company has not declared nor paid any cash dividends on its Common
Stock, does not anticipate that any dividends will be declared nor paid in the
foreseeable future, and intends to retain earnings to finance the development
and expansion of the Company's operations. In addition, the Company's payment
of dividends is also restricted under the terms of its credit facilities (see
Note 4 of Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements).



                                      17
<PAGE>   18


ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following selected consolidated financial data are derived from
the Consolidated Financial Statements of WinsLoew. The following data has been
restated to reflect Southern Wood as a continuing operation (see Note 2 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). The following selected
consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with WinsLoew's
Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes, "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the other
financial information included herein.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      Years Ended December 31,
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1998           1997          1996        1995        1994
                                                 ------------   ------------   -----------  ----------  ------------
                                                              (In thousands, except per share amounts)

<S>                                                   <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>    
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Net sales                                             $141,360       $122,145     $117,405    $110,887     $95,561
Cost of sales                                           87,232         79,431       78,029      78,710      65,060
                                                  ------------   ------------   ----------   ----------  ---------
   Gross profit                                         54,128         42,714       39,376      32,177      30,501
Selling, general and administrative expenses            23,124         21,427       21,472      19,303      16,303
Amortization                                             1,122            992        1,444       2,087       2,000
Non-recurring charges                                       --             --           --          --         917
                                                  ------------   ------------   ----------   ----------  ---------
   Operating income                                     29,882         20,295       16,460      10,787      11,281
Interest expense                                           635          2,296        3,083       3,841       2,795
                                                  ------------   ------------   ----------   ----------  ---------
Income from continuing operations before income
   taxes and extraordinary item                         29,247         17,999       13,377       6,946       8,486
Provision for income taxes                              10,947          6,838        4,834       3,489       3,068
                                                  ------------   ------------   ----------   ----------  ---------
Income from continuing operations before
   extraordinary item                                   18,300         11,161        8,543       3,457       5,418
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
   of taxes                                                 --           (718)        (259)     (9,199)        934
Gain (loss) from sale of discontinued
   operations, net of taxes                              2,031         (8,200)          --          --          --
Extraordinary item                                          --             --           --       1,698          --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ----------   ----------  ---------
Net income (loss)                                      $20,331         $2,243       $8,284     ($4,044)     $6,352
                                                  ============   ============   ==========  ===========  =========

Basic earnings (loss) per share:
   Income from continuing operations before
     extraordinary item                                  $2.46          $1.49        $0.98       $0.38       $0.56
   Income (loss) from discontinued operations,
     net of taxes                                           --          (0.09)       (0.03)      (1.02)       0.10
   Gain (loss) from sale of discontinued
     operations, net of taxes                             0.27          (1.10)          --          --          --
   Extraordinary item                                       --             --           --        0.19          --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ----------   ----------  ---------
   Net income (loss)                                     $2.73          $0.30        $0.95      ($0.45)      $0.66
                                                  ============   ============   ==========  ===========  =========
Weighted average shares                                  7,450          7,484        8,724       9,029       9,655
                                                  ============   ============   ==========  ===========  =========
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
   Income from continuing operations before
     extraordinary item                                  $2.40          $1.48        $0.98       $0.38       $0.56
   Income (loss) from discontinued operations,
     net of taxes                                           --          (0.10)       (0.03)      (1.02)       0.10
   Gain (loss) from sale of discontinued
     operations, net of taxes                             0.27          (1.08)          --          --          --
   Extraordinary item                                       --             --           --        0.19          --
                                                  ------------   ------------   ----------   ----------  ---------
   Net income (loss)                                     $2.67          $0.30        $0.95       ($0.45)     $0.66
                                                  ============   ============   ==========  ===========  =========

Weighted average shares and common share
   equivalents outstanding                               7,624          7,563        8,730       9,029       9,655
                                                  ============   ============   ==========  ===========  =========


</TABLE>

                                      18
<PAGE>   19


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          December 31,
                                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1998         1997          1996         1995         1994
                                                 ------------ ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                         (In thousands)

<S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>    
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital                                      $25,840      $29,937      $40,102      $58,785      $37,711
Total assets                                          84,553       80,414       99,950      104,004      111,054
Long-term debt (less current portion)                  1,400       15,908       38,726       40,130       39,094
Total debt                                             1,447       16,423       40,681       41,941       40,893
Stockholders' equity                                  66,226       51,026       48,400       53,228       60,680

</TABLE>




                                      19


<PAGE>   20


ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

         WinsLoew is comprised of companies engaged in the design, manufacture
and distribution of casual furniture and contract seating furniture. WinsLoew's
casual furniture products are distributed through independent manufacturer's
representatives and are constructed of extruded and tubular aluminum and cast
aluminum. These products are distributed through fine patio stores, department
stores and full line furniture stores nationwide. WinsLoew's contract seating
products are distributed to a broad customer base, which includes architectural
design firms and restaurant and lodging chains.

         During 1997 the Company adopted a plan to dispose of its RTA
operations. WinsLoew's RTA products included ergonomically-designed computer
workstations, which the Company denoted as "space savers", promotionally-priced
coffee and end tables, wall units and rolling carts and an extensive line of
futons, futon frames and related accessories. Distribution of RTA furniture
products was primarily through mass merchandisers, catalogue wholesalers and
specialty retailers. As a result of this decision, the Company recorded a
pre-tax non-cash charge totaling $12.4 million in the fourth quarter of 1997
relating to the disposal of the RTA operations. The charge can be summarized as
follows:

  Write-off of goodwill in connection with sale of assets      $ 3,902,000
  Reduction of inventory value                                   2,791,000
  Reduction of property to net realizable value                  2,067,000
  Reduction of accounts receivable value                         1,390,000
  Other liabilities / reserves                                   1,050,000
  Accrual for losses through disposition                         1,200,000
                                                             =============
  Total                                                        $12,400,000
                                                             =============

         The Company planned to sell two of the businesses and liquidating the
assets related to the futon business. During 1998 the Company sold one of the
businesses, completed the liquidation of the futon business and decided to
retain its Southern Wood business due to improved profitability (see Note 2 to
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

         The amounts reflected hereafter include Southern Wood as a continuing
operation.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following table sets forth net sales, gross profit and gross
margin as a percent of net sales for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996 for each of the Company's product lines (in thousands, except for
percentages):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              1998                           1997                         1996
                  -------------------------     -----------------------------   ----------------------------
                     Net       Gross    Gross       Net       Gross    Gross      Net       Gross    Gross
                    Sales      Profit   Margin     Sales      Profit   Margin    Sales      Profit   Margin
                  ----------- --------- -------- ----------- --------- ------------------- --------- --------
<S>                  <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>  
Casual furniture     $59,733   $28,227    47.3%     $56,363   $24,164    42.9%    $58,066   $23,812    41.0%
Contract seating      69,938    23,439    33.5%      58,386    17,256    29.6%     48,629    14,126    29.0%
RTA                   11,689     2,462    21.1%       7,396     1,294    17.5%     10,710     1,438    13.4%
                    --------   -------             --------   -------            --------   -------        
Total               $141,360   $54,128    38.3%    $122,145   $42,714    35.0%   $117,405   $39,376    33.5%
                    ========   =======             ========   =======            ========   =======        
</TABLE>

         The following table sets forth certain information relating to the
Company's operations expressed as a percentage of the Company's net sales:


                                      20
<PAGE>   21


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                            -----------------------------------------------
                                                                1998             1997             1996
                                                            --------------    ------------     ------------
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>             <C>  
Gross profit                                                      38.3%           35.0%           33.5%
Selling, general and administrative expense                       16.4%           17.5%           18.3%
Amortization                                                       0.8%            0.8%            1.2%
Operating income                                                  21.1%           16.6%           14.0%
Interest expense                                                   0.4%            1.9%            2.6%
Provision for income taxes                                         7.7%            5.6%            4.1%
Income from continuing operations before extraordinary
     item                                                         12.9%            9.1%            7.3%
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes                     --            (0.6%)          (0.2%)
Gain (loss) from sale of discontinued operations, net of
     taxes                                                         1.4%           (6.7%)            --
Net income                                                        14.4%            1.8%            7.1%

</TABLE>

COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997

         NET SALES. WinsLoew's consolidated net sales for 1998 increased $19.2
million or 15.7% to $141.4 million, compared to $122.1 million in 1997. The
casual product line sales increased by 17.9%, after excluding sales for the
Company's wrought iron business sold during 1997. The Company believes that due
to its high quality and innovative designs, existing retail customers have
continued to allocate more floor space, requiring larger inventories of the
Company's casual aluminum furniture. The contract seating product line
experienced a sales increase of 19.8% due to growth in the core business and
increased demand from the lodging industry. The RTA product line experienced a
sales increase of 58.0% due to increased demand as the Company broadened it's
product offering to include additional flat-line products and case goods which
allowed the Company to enter new markets.

         GROSS PROFIT. Consolidated gross profit increased $11.4 million in
1998 to $54.1 million compared to $42.7 million in 1997. The casual, contract
seating and RTA product lines improved gross profits in 1998 due to greater
operating efficiencies, increased sales volumes and improved raw material
costs.

         SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $1.7 million in 1998, compared to 1997, due
to commissions expense and other variable costs related to the increased sales
volume in 1998.

         AMORTIZATION. Amortization expense increased $130,000 in 1998,
compared to 1997, due to amortization of goodwill related to the Tropic Craft
acquisition.

         OPERATING INCOME. As a result of the above, WinsLoew recorded
operating income of $29.9 million (21.1% of net sales) in 1998, compared to
operating income of $20.3 million (16.6% of net sales) in 1997.

         INTEREST EXPENSE. WinsLoew's interest expense decreased $1.7 million
in 1998, compared to 1997. The Company has reduced its debt by $15.0 million
from December 31, 1997.

         PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES. WinsLoew's effective tax rate from
continuing operations of 37.4% in 1998 and 38.0% in 1997 is greater than the
federal statutory rate due to the effect of state income taxes and
non-deductible goodwill amortization.


                                      21

<PAGE>   22

COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

         NET SALES. WinsLoew's consolidated net sales for 1997 increased $4.7
million or 4.0% to $122.1 million, compared to $117.4 million in 1996. The
casual product line sales increased by 7.6% after excluding sales for the
Company's wrought iron business sold during 1997. The Company believes that due
to its high quality and innovative designs, existing retail customers have
allocated more floor space, requiring larger inventories of the Company's
casual aluminum furniture. The contract seating product line experienced a
sales increase of 20.1% due to growth in the core business and increased demand
from the lodging industry. The RTA product line experienced a sales decrease of
30.9% due to the loss of a major customer.

         GROSS PROFIT. Consolidated gross profit increased $3.3 million in 1997
to $42.7 million compared to $39.4 million in 1996. The casual and contract
seating product lines improved gross profits in 1997 due to greater operating
efficiencies, increased sales volumes (after excluding sales for the Company's
Lyon Shaw wrought iron business sold in 1997) and improved raw material costs.
The RTA product line experienced a 10.0% decrease in gross profit in 1997 due
to lower sales volume.

         SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased $45,000 in 1997, compared to 1996, due to
various cost reduction programs which more than offset commission expense and
other variable costs related to the increased sales volume in 1997.

         AMORTIZATION. Amortization expense decreased $452,000 due to the
intangible assets that became fully amortized in 1996.

         OPERATING INCOME. As a result of the above, WinsLoew recorded
operating income of $20.3 million (16.6% of net sales) in 1997, compared to
operating income of $16.5 million (14.0% of net sales) in 1996.

         INTEREST EXPENSE. WinsLoew's interest expense decreased $787,000 in
1997, compared to 1996. The Company reduced its debt by $24.3 million from
December 31, 1996 to December 31, 1997.

         PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES. WinsLoew's effective tax rate from
continuing operations of 38.0% in 1997 and 36.1% in 1996 is greater than the
federal statutory rate due to the effect of state income taxes and
non-deductible goodwill amortization.

SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY INFORMATION

         The furniture industry is cyclical and sensitive to changes in general
economic conditions, consumer confidence, and discretionary income, interest
rate levels and credit availability.

         Sales of casual products are typically higher in the second quarter
and fourth quarters of each year, primarily as a result of the following: (i)
high retail demand for casual furniture in the second quarter, preceding the
summer months and (ii) the impact of special sales programs on fourth quarter
sales. The Company's casual product sales can also be affected by weather
conditions during the peak retail selling season and the resulting impact on
consumer purchases of outdoor furniture products. During the third quarter of
1997, the Company sold its Lyon Shaw wrought iron division (See Note 3 of the
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

         The following table presents the Company's unaudited quarterly data
for 1998 and 1997. Such operating results are not necessarily indicative of
results for future periods. WinsLoew believes that all necessary and normal
recurring adjustments have been included in the amounts in order to present
fairly and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles the
selected quarterly information when read in conjunction with WinsLoew's
Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein. The following data
has been restated to reflect Southern Wood as a continuing operation.


                                      22
<PAGE>   23
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           (In thousands, except per share amounts)

1998 QUARTERS                                       First          Second            Third          Fourth
                                                ------------    ------------    -------------    ------------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>    
Net sales                                         $27,576         $42,892          $36,258         $34,634
Gross profit                                        9,630          16,740           13,527          14,231
Operating income                                    4,871          10,282            6,265           8,464
Interest expense (income)                             333             354              137            (189)
Income from continuing operations                   2,873           6,199            3,791           5,437
Gain on sale of discontinued operations                --              --               --           2,031

Net income                                         $2,873          $6,199           $3,791          $7,468
                                                ============    ============     ============    ============

Basic earnings per share:
   Income from continuing operations(1)             $0.38           $0.83            $0.51           $0.75
   Gain on sale of discontinued
      operations                                       --              --               --            0.27
                                                ------------     -----------    -------------    ------------
   Net income(1)                                    $0.38           $0.83            $0.51           $1.02
                                                ============     ===========    =============    ============
Weighted average shares                             7,535           7,513            7,468           7,296
                                                ============     ===========    =============    ============

Diluted earnings per share:
   Income from continuing operations                $0.37           $0.80            $0.50           $0.73
   Gain on sale of discontinued
      operations                                       --              --               --            0.27
                                                ------------     -----------    -------------    ------------
   Net income                                       $0.37           $0.80            $0.50           $1.00
                                                ============     ===========    =============    ============
Weighted average shares and common share
 equivalents outstanding                            7,683           7,722            7,647           7,453
                                                ============     ===========    =============    ============
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


1997 QUARTERS                                       First            Second          Third          Fourth
                                                  -----------      ------------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                <C>               <C>             <C>            <C>    
Net sales                                          $24,682           $39,854         $29,523        $28,086
Gross profit                                         7,519            15,020          10,073         10,102
Operating income                                     2,592             8,313           4,440          4,950
Interest expense                                       857               645             590            204
Income from continuing operations                    1,047             4,729           2,355          3,030
Loss from discontinued operations                     (229)             (225)            (73)          (191)
Loss on sale of discontinued operations                 --                --              --         (8,200)
Net income (loss)                                     $818            $4,504          $2,282        ($5,361)
                                                  ===========      ============    ===========    ===========

Basic earnings (loss) per share:
   Income from continuing operations(1)              $0.14             $0.63            $0.31         $0.40
   Loss from discontinued operations(1)              (0.03)            (0.03)           (0.01)        (0.03)
   Loss on sale of discontinued operations(1)           --                --              --          (1.09)
                                                  -----------      ------------    -----------    -----------
   Net income (loss)                                 $0.11             $0.60            $0.30        ($0.72)
                                                  ===========      ============    ===========    ===========
Weighted average shares                              7,443             7,456           7,508          7,524
                                                  ===========      ============    ===========    ===========
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
   Income from continuing operations                 $0.14             $0.63           $0.31          $0.40
   Loss from discontinued
      operations                                     (0.03)            (0.03)          (0.01)        (0.03)
    Loss on sale of discontinued
      operations(1)                                     --                --              --         (1.07)
                                                  -----------      ------------    -----------    -----------
   Net income (loss)(1)                              $0.11             $0.60           $0.30        ($0.70)
                                                  ===========      ============    ===========    ===========
Weighted average shares and common share
 equivalents outstanding                             7,495             7,502           7,602          7,630
                                                  ===========      ============    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

- -----------
(1)  Quarter amounts do not add to annual figures due to rounding.



                                      23


<PAGE>   24

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         The Company's short-term cash needs are primarily for working capital
to support its debt service, accounts receivable and inventory requirements.
The Company has historically financed its short-term liquidity needs with
internally generated funds and revolving line of credit borrowings. At December
31, 1998, the Company had $25.8 million of working capital and $18.4 million of
unused and available funds under its credit facilities.

         The Company has a senior credit facility with a consortium of banks
and other institutional lenders. The facility, which matures in February 2001
and is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company,
consists of a revolving line of credit, term loan and an acquisition line of
credit. The working capital revolving line of credit allows the Company to
borrow funds up to a certain percentage of eligible inventories and accounts
receivable. The $12.5 million acquisition line of credit can be used for
capital expenditures and purchases of the Company's common stock.

         In June 1996, WinsLoew amended its senior credit facility to provide
the Company with a variable amount available under the revolving line of credit
(see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Due to the seasonal
nature of the casual furniture product line, WinsLoew's cash requirements are
usually greater in the first quarter of each year. The June 1996 amendment
allows the amount available to fluctuate with the seasonal nature of the
Company's business. After the first quarter of each year, the Company's cash
requirements from its credit line decline. By use of a variable amount of
credit availability, the Company can avoid the cost of an available but unused
line of credit. At December 31, 1998, from an available maximum line of credit
of $40 million, WinsLoew has elected to set the amount available at $35
million.

         WinsLoew's senior credit facility allows the Company to borrow under
its line of credit to purchase shares of the Company's common stock (see Note 5
of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). As of December 31, 1998,
there was $6.1 million available for such repurchases.

         CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES. Net cash provided by operations
increased to $31.1 million in 1998 primarily due to improved profitability from
continuing operations.

         CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES. During 1998, the Company spent
$0.9 million on capital expenditures and $9.3 million on the purchase of Tropic
Craft (see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

         At December 31, 1998, the Company had no material commitments for
capital expenditures.

         CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES. During 1998, The Company used
the cash generated by operations to repay $15.0 million of debt and purchase
$6.1 million of the Company's common stock (see Note 5 of Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements).

FOREIGN EXCHANGE FLUCTUATIONS AND EFFECTS OF INFLATION

         WinsLoew purchases some raw materials from several Italian suppliers.
These purchases expose the Company to the effects of fluctuations in the value
of the U.S. dollar versus the Italian lira. If the U.S. dollar declines in
value versus the Italian lira, the Company will pay more in U.S. dollars for
these purchases. To reduce its exposure to loss from such potential foreign
exchange fluctuations, the Company will occasionally enter into foreign
exchange forward contracts. These contracts allow the Company to buy Italian
lira at a predetermined exchange rate, thereby transferring the risk of
subsequent exchange rate fluctuations to a third party. However, if the Company
is unable to continue such forward contract activities, and the Company's
inventories increase in connection with expanding sales activities, a weakening
of the U.S. dollar against the Italian lira could result in reduced gross
margins. The Company elected to hedge a portion of its exposure to purchases
made in 1998 by entering into foreign currency forward contracts. At December
31, 1998, the Company did not have any forward 

                                      24


<PAGE>   25

contracts outstanding. The Company did not incur significant gains or losses
from these foreign currency transactions.

         Inflation has not had a significant impact on the Company in the past
three years, nor is it expected to have a significant impact in the foreseeable
future.

YEAR 2000

         The Company began an assessment of the Year 2000 issue on its systems
in mid 1995. Based on the assessment, the Company determined that it was
necessary to replace portions of its software and hardware so that those
systems will properly utilize dates beyond December 31, 1999. To date,
approximately 91% of the Company's continuing operations business critical
systems have been remediated and tested at a cost of approximately $0.5
million, which was provided by internally generated funds. This process is
projected to be completed by mid to late 1999 at minimal additional cost.

         The Company has contacted its significant suppliers and customers
concerning Year 2000 compliance. Based on these discussions the Company is not
aware of any supplier or customer with a Year 2000 issue that would materially
impact the Company's financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
However, WinsLoew has no means of ensuring that suppliers or customers will be
Year 2000 ready. The effect of non-compliance by third parties is not
determinable.

         Management believes that it has substantially completed an effective
program to resolve the Year 2000 issue in a timely manner. In the event that
the Company is unable to complete the program or if the program is not
successful, management believes that it has established adequate contingency
plans involving manual systems, maintaining increased inventory levels and
adjusting staffing levels for it's business critical systems and that such an
event would not materially impact the Company's financial position. However,
disruptions in the general economy resulting from Year 2000 issues could
adversely affect the Company.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

         The information required by this item is contained in "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
in Note 1 of the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                      25

<PAGE>   26


ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.......................    27

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997............    28

Consolidated Statements of Income For the Years Ended December 31,
   1998, 1997 and 1996..................................................    29

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity For the Years
   Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996...............................    30

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For the Years Ended 
   December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.....................................    31

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..............................    32



                                      26


<PAGE>   27


               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

STOCKHOLDERS OF WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WinsLoew
Furniture, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of WinsLoew
Furniture, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

                                            /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Birmingham, Alabama
January 29, 1999



                                      27


<PAGE>   28


                   WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands except share and per share amounts)                                December 31,
                                                                         ---------------------------
                                                                           1998              1997
                                                                         ----------        ---------
<S>                                                                         <C>                <C> 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents                                                $   1,475         $    707
Accounts  receivable,  less  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  of
   $1,694 and $788 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively              23,647           22,031
Inventories                                                                 12,206           10,433
Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                    4,638            7,409
Net assets of discontinued operations                                           --            1,470
                                                                         ----------        ---------
       Total current assets                                                 41,966           42,050

Net assets of discontinued operations                                           --            4,548
Property, plant and equipment, net                                          13,948           12,023
Goodwill, net                                                               27,176           21,021
Other assets, net                                                            1,463              772
                                                                         ----------        ---------
                                                                           $84,553          $80,414
                                                                         ==========        =========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current portion of long-term debt                                              $47              $515
Accounts payable                                                             4,377             3,395
Other accrued liabilities                                                    9,952             8,203
Net liabilities of discontinued operations                                   1,750                --
                                                                         ----------        ---------
       Total current liabilities                                            16,126            12,113

Long-term debt, net of current portion                                       1,400            15,908
Deferred income taxes                                                          801             1,367
                                                                         ----------        ---------
       Total liabilities                                                    18,327            29,388
                                                                         ----------        ---------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred  stock, par value $.0l per share, 5,000,000 shares
   authorized, none issued                                                      --                --
Common stock -- par value $.0l per share, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 
   7,294,408 and 7,526,508 shares issued and
   outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively                      73                75
Additional paid-in capital                                                  19,797            24,926
Retained earnings                                                           46,356            26,025
                                                                         ----------        ---------
Total stockholders' equity                                                  66,226            51,026
                                                                         ----------        ---------
                                                                           $84,553           $80,414
                                                                         ==========        =========

</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.



                                      28

<PAGE>   29


                    WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


(In thousands except per share amounts)                        Year Ended December 31,
                                                      ----------------------------------------
                                                        1998          1997            1996
                                                      ---------    ----------     ---------

<S>                                                   <C>           <C>            <C>      
Net sales                                             $ 141,360     $ 122,145      $ 117,405
Cost of sales                                            87,232        79,431         78,029
                                                      ---------    ----------     ----------
     Gross profit                                        54,128        42,714         39,376
Selling, general and administrative expenses             23,124        21,427         21,472
Amortization                                              1,122           992          1,444
                                                      ---------    ----------     ----------
     Operating income                                    29,882        20,295         16,460
Interest expense                                            635         2,296          3,083
                                                      ---------    ----------     ----------
     Income from continuing operations before
       income taxes                                      29,247        17,999         13,377
Provision for income taxes                               10,947         6,838          4,834
                                                      ---------    ----------     ----------
     Income from continuing operations                   18,300        11,161          8,543
Loss from discontinued operations,
       net of taxes                                          --          (718)          (259)
Gain (loss) from sale of discontinued operations,
       net of taxes                                       2,031        (8,200)            --
                                                      ---------    ----------     ----------
     Net income                                       $  20,331     $   2,243      $   8,284
                                                      =========    ==========     ==========
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
   Income from continuing operations                  $    2.46     $    1.49      $    0.98
   Loss from discontinued operations,
       net of taxes                                          --         (0.09)         (0.03)
   Gain (loss) from sale of discontinued
       operations, net of taxes                            0.27         (1.10)            --
                                                      ---------    ----------     ----------
     Net income                                       $    2.73     $    0.30      $    0.95
                                                      =========    ==========     ==========
   Weighted average number of shares                      7,450         7,484          8,724
                                                      =========    ==========     ==========
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
   Income from continuing operations                  $    2.40     $    1.48      $    0.98
   Loss from discontinued operations,
       net of taxes                                          --         (0.10)         (0.03)
   Gain (loss) from sale of discontinued
       operations, net of taxes                            0.27         (1.08)            --
                                                      ---------    ----------     ----------
     Net income                                       $    2.67     $    0.30      $    0.95
                                                      =========    ==========     ==========
   Weighted average number of shares and
       common stock equivalents                           7,624         7,563          8,730
                                                      =========    ==========     ==========


</TABLE>


                            See accompanying notes.



                                      29
<PAGE>   30


                   WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


(In Thousands Except Share Amounts)                 Common Stock           Additional
                                                 --------------------       Paid-in        Retained
                                                 Shares        Amount        Capital       Eearnings      Total
                                                --------       ------      ----------     ----------      -----

<S>                                       <C>                <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>          
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995                8,967,112           $   90      $   37,640      $   15,498     $   53,228

Exercise of stock options                    25,100               --             187              --            187
Repurchase and cancellation of stock       (576,925)              (6)         (3,958)             --         (3,964)
Repurchase and cancellation of stock 
     from affiliated company               (933,504)              (9)         (9,326)             --         (9,335)
Net income                                       --               --              --           8,284          8,284
                                          ---------           ------      ----------      ----------     ---------- 
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996                7,481,783               75          24,543          23,782         48,400

Exercise of stock options                    94,725                1             872              --            873
Repurchase and cancellation of stock        (50,000)              (1)           (489)             --           (490)
Net income                                       --               --              --           2,243          2,243
                                          ---------           ------      ----------      ----------     ---------- 
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997                7,526,508               75          24,926          26,025         51,026

Exercise of stock options                    63,900                1             924              --            925
Repurchase and cancellation of stock       (296,000)              (3)         (6,053)             --         (6,056)
Net income                                       --               --              --          20,331         20,331
                                          ---------           ------      ----------      ----------     ---------- 
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998                7,294,408           $   73      $   19,797      $   46,356     $   66,226
                                          =========           ======      ==========      ==========     ========== 

</TABLE>


                            See accompanying notes.


                                      30

<PAGE>   31


                   WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)                                                                            Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                   ------------------------------------
                                                                                     1998          1997          1996
                                                                                   --------     ---------      --------
<S>                                                                                <C>           <C>           <C>     
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income                                                                      $ 20,331      $  2,243      $  8,284
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                                                      2,618         2,634         2,979
   Provision for losses on accounts receivable                                        1,331            42         1,759
   Change in net assets held for sale                                                 6,743        14,710         1,591
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities,
       net of effects from acquisitions and dispositions:
     Accounts receivable                                                             (2,210)        1,875          (617)
     Inventories                                                                     (1,164)        1,182           288
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                        2,779        (3,871)           50
     Other assets                                                                       843           691          (144)
     Accounts payable                                                                   792          (591)        1,841
     Other accrued liabilities                                                         (357)        3,386          (497)
     Deferred income taxes                                                             (566)         (310)          690
                                                                                   --------      --------      --------
     Total adjustments                                                               10,809        19,748         7,940
                                                                                   --------      --------      --------
       Net cash provided by operating activities                                     31,140        21,991        16,224
                                                                                   --------      --------      --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Capital expenditures, net of disposals                                              (942)         (425)       (1,351)
   Proceeds from disposition of business                                                 --         2,119            --
   Investment in subsidiary                                                          (9,323)           --            --
                                                                                   --------      --------      --------
       Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities                          (10,265)        1,694        (1,351)
                                                                                   --------      --------      --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Net payments under revolving credit agreements                                   (10,837)      (19,872)          (65)
   Payments on long-term debt                                                        (4,139)       (4,386)       (4,225)
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net                                          925           873           187
   Repurchase and cancellation of stock                                              (6,056)         (490)       (3,964)
   Repurchase and cancellation of stock from affiliated company                          --            --        (9,335)
   Proceeds front issuance of long-term debt                                             --            --         3,030
                                                                                   --------      --------      --------
       Net cash used in financing activities                                        (20,107)      (23,875)      (14,372)
                                                                                   --------      --------      --------
       Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                             768          (190)          501
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                                          707           897           396
                                                                                   --------      --------      --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                           $  1,475      $    707      $    897
                                                                                   ========      ========      ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
   Interest paid                                                                   $    695      $  2,318      $  3,296
   Income taxes paid                                                               $  9,579      $  6,048      $  3,937
                                                                                   ========      ========      ========
   Investing activities included the acquisition of Tropic Craft in 1998. 
   Assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration paid was as follows:
   Fair value of assets acquired                                                   $ 10,078
   Cash acquired                                                                        (43)
   Liabilities assumed                                                                 (712)
                                                                                   --------
                                                                                   $  9,323
                                                                                   ========

</TABLE>


                            See accompanying notes.

                                      31


<PAGE>   32


WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of WinsLoew
Furniture, Inc. ("WinsLoew") and its subsidiaries (the "Company"). All material
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

BUSINESS

WinsLoew is comprised of companies engaged in the design, manufacture and
distribution of casual, contract seating and ready-to-assemble ("RTA")
furniture. WinsLoew's casual furniture products are distributed through
independent manufacturer's representatives, and are constructed of extruded and
tubular aluminum, wrought iron and cast aluminum. These products are
distributed through fine patio stores, department stores and full line
furniture stores nationwide. WinsLoew's contract seating products are
distributed to a customer base which includes architectural design firms,
restaurant and lodging chains. WinsLoew's RTA products include promotionally
priced coffee and end tables, wall units and rolling carts. Distribution of RTA
furniture products is primarily through mass merchandisers, catalogue
wholesalers and specialty retailers. The Company performs periodic credit
evaluations of its customers' financial condition and determines if collateral
is needed on a customer by customer basis.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Company classifies as cash and cash equivalents all highly liquid
investments which have maturities at the date of purchase of three months or
less. The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts which, at times,
may exceed the federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any
losses in such accounts. The Company's cash balance at December 31, 1998
includes $1.0 million in an escrow account pending final purchase price
adjustments related to the sale of a discontinued operation (see Note 2).

INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined
utilizing the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") and weighted average methods.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. The Company provides for
depreciation on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful
lives: building and improvements, 8 to 40 years; manufacturing equipment, 2 to
10 years; office furniture and equipment, 3 to 7 years; and vehicles, 3 to 5
years.

GOODWILL

Goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over forty years from the date
of the respective acquisition. The carrying value of goodwill is reviewed if
the facts and circumstances suggest it may be impaired. If the review, using
undiscounted cash flows over the remaining amortization period, indicates that
the cost of goodwill will not be recoverable, the Company's carrying value are
reduced.


                                      32
<PAGE>   33

DEFERRED COSTS (OTHER ASSETS)

Loan acquisition costs and related legal fees, included in other assets, are
deferred and amortized over the respective terms of the related debt.

INCOME TAXES

Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the basis
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the related
basis for income tax purposes in accordance with the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

In 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 128, EARNINGS
PER SHARE. Statement 128 replaced the calculation of primary and fully diluted
earnings per share with basic and diluted earnings per share. Unlike primary
earnings per share, basic earnings per share excludes any dilutive effects of
options, warrants and convertible securities. Diluted earnings per share is
very similar to the previously reported fully diluted earnings per share. All
earnings per share amounts for all periods have been presented, and where
appropriate, restated to conform to SFAS No. 128 requirements.

The numerators for the earnings per share calculation are set forth on the face
of the accompanying income statements. The only difference between the
denominator for the basic and dilutive calculations are the number of shares
added to basic for the dilutive effect of employee stock options.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Sales are recorded at time of shipment from the Company's facilities to
customers.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires the use of
estimates in the amounts reported. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

The Company follows the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion
No. 25, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES and related Interpretations to
account for its stock option plan. Under provisions of APB No. 25, no
compensation expense has been recognized for stock option grants.

FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD CONTRACTS

The Company has exposure to losses which may result from settlement of certain
raw materials purchases denominated in a foreign currency. To reduce this
exposure, the Company has entered into forward contracts to buy foreign
currency. These forward contracts are accounted for as hedges, therefore, gains
and losses from settlement of the forward contracts are used to offset gains
and losses from settlement of the liability for the purchased raw materials.
Gains and losses are recognized in the same period in which gains or losses
from the raw material purchases are recognized. The Company is exposed to
losses on the forward contracts in the event it does not purchase the raw
materials, however, the Company does not anticipate this event.

At December 31, 1998 the Company did not have any forward contracts
outstanding. There were no significant deferred gains or (losses) and actual
gains (losses) included in cost of sales were ($12,000), $30,000 and $15,000
for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

                                      33
<PAGE>   34

IMPACT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARD

In 1998, the Company adopted SFAS No. 131, DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN
ENTERPRISE AND RELATED INFORMATION. The standard establishes principles for the
disclosure of information about operating segments in financial statements. The
adoption did not have any effect on the Company's primary financial statements,
but did effect the disclosure of segment information contained in Note 9.

2. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

During 1997 the Company adopted a plan to dispose of its RTA operations.
WinsLoew's RTA products included ergonomically-designed computer workstations,
which the Company denoted as "space savers", promotionally-priced coffee and
end tables, wall units and rolling carts and an extensive line of futons, futon
frames and related accessories. Distribution of RTA furniture products was
primarily through mass merchandisers, catalogue wholesalers and specialty
retailers. As a result of this decision, the Company recorded a pre-tax
non-cash charge totaling $12.4 million ($8.2 million net of taxes) in the
fourth quarter of 1997 relating to the disposal of the RTA operations. The
charge can be summarized as follows:

    Write-off of goodwill in connection with sale of assets      $ 3,902,000
    Reduction of inventory value                                   2,791,000
    Reduction of property to net realizable value                  2,067,000
    Reduction of accounts receivable value                         1,390,000
    Other liabilities / reserves                                   1,050,000
    Accrual for losses through disposition                         1,200,000
                                                              ==============
    Total                                                        $12,400,000
                                                              ==============

The Company planned to sell two of the businesses and liquidate the assets
related to the futon business. During 1998 the Company sold one of the
businesses, completed the liquidation of the futon business and decided to
retain its Southern Wood business due to improved profitability.

As a condition of the sale mentioned above, WinsLoew is required to hold in
escrow $1.0 million of the sales proceeds to provide indemnification to the
purchaser for claims arising from the date of purchase to December 31, 1999.



                                      34
<PAGE>   35


The operating results of the discontinued operations are summarized as follows
(dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     For the Years Ended December 31,
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------
                                              1998                1997                 1996
                                         ----------------    ---------------      ----------------

<S>                                        <C>                 <C>                  <C>      
Net sales                                  $   4,432           $  15,921            $  26,574
Income before taxes                               --              (1,178)                (385)
Net loss                                          --                (718)                (259)
Net loss per share - diluted               $      --              ($0.10)              ($0.03)

</TABLE>

The net assets of the discontinued operations at December 31, 1998 and 1997 are
as follows:

(In thousands)                                     1998                1997
                                              -------------        ------------
Current assets                                  $      --          $    3,449
Current liabilities, including reserve
   for estimated losses through
   disposal date                                   (1,750)             (1,979)
                                              =============        ============
Net assets/liabilities of discontinued
   operations, current                            ($1,750)         $    1,470
                                              =============        ============

Property, net                                   $      --          $      478
Goodwill, net                                          --               4,018
Other assets                                           --                  52
                                              =============        ============
Net assets of discontinued
   operations, non-current                      $      --          $    4,548
                                              =============        ============

The total assets and liabilities of the subsequently retained Southern Wood
operation for the period classified as a discontinued operation were $4.0
million and $1.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 1997.

The operating results of the subsequently retained Southern Wood operation for
each of the years the operation was reported as a discontinued operation are
summarized as follows (dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     For the Years Ended December 31,
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------
                                              1998                1997                 1996
                                         ----------------    ---------------      ----------------

<S>                                        <C>                 <C>                  <C>       
Net sales                                  $   11,689          $    7,396           $   10,710
Income before taxes                             1,004                 399                   30
Net income                                        611                 247                   18
Net income per share - diluted             $     0.08          $     0.03           $       --

</TABLE>

During 1998, the Company recorded pre-tax income from the disposition of
discontinued operations totaling $3.2 million ($2.0 million net of taxes). The
components are as follows:

Reversal of reserves related to Southern Wood             $   2,425,000
Gain on liquidation of Futon operations                       1,857,000
Loss on sale of remaining RTA operation                      (1,093,000)
                                                        ---------------
Total                                                     $   3,189,000
                                                        ===============

                                      35


<PAGE>   36

As a result of the Board's decision to retain Southern Wood, the consolidated
financial statements for 1997 and 1996 have been reclassified to reflect the
results of operations and assets and liabilities, net of reserves for
discontinued operations, of Southern Wood as a continuing operation.

3.  ACQUISITION AND DISPOSITION

During the third quarter of 1997 the Company disposed of certain assets of its
wrought iron business in the casual furniture product line. The sale generated
proceeds of $2.1 million. This business accounted for net sales of $5.7 million
and $11.0 million in the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
The operating income of this business was not material to consolidated
operating income. During the third quarter of 1997, the Company recorded
approximately $230,000 of costs associated with the sale in selling, general
and administrative expenses.

In June 1998, the Company purchased all of the stock of Villella, Inc. d/b/a
Tropic Craft Aluminum Furniture Manufacturers ("Tropic Craft") for $9.3
million. In addition, the seller will be entitled to receive a contingent
purchase price payment of up to $1.0 million upon achievement of targeted
earning performance with respect to the years ending June 30, 1999 and June 30,
2000. Tropic Craft is engaged in the design and manufacture of contract casual
furniture. The acquisition resulted in goodwill of $6.9 million. Funds for the
acquisition were provided under WinsLoew's credit facility. The acquisition was
accounted for under the purchase method and, accordingly, the operating results
of Tropic Craft have been included in the consolidated operating results since
the date of acquisition.

The following unaudited pro forma information has been prepared assuming that
the acquisition of Tropic Craft occurred on January 1, 1997. Permitted pro
forma adjustments include only the effects of events directly attributable to
the transaction that are factually supportable and expected to have a
continuing impact. The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of what
actually would have occurred if the acquisition had been in effect for the
entire period presented. In addition, they are not intended to be a projection
of future results and do not reflect any synergies that might be achieved from
combined operations.

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

                                           For the Years Ended December 31,
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                               1998                  1997
                                        -----------------     -----------------
Net sales                                     $144,752              $127,108
Income from continuing
   operations                                  $18,946               $11,298
Net income                                     $20,977                $2,380
Income from continuing
   operations per share - diluted                $2.49                 $1.49
Net income per share - diluted                   $2.76                 $0.32



                                      36
<PAGE>   37


4.  LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31, 1998 and 1997:

(In thousands)                                  1998                1997
                                           ----------------    ----------------

Revolving line of credit                         $1,400              $1,546
Term loan                                            --               2,287
Acquisition line of credit                           --              12,500
Other                                                47                  90
                                              ----------           ---------
                                                  1,447              16,423
Less: current portion                                47                 515
                                             ----------           ---------
                                                 $1,400             $15,908
                                             ==========           =========

SENIOR CREDIT FACILITIES

The Company's senior credit facility, as amended, provides for $62.5 million
which matures in February 2001, and is collateralized by substantially all of
the assets of the Company. The facility consists of a working capital revolving
line of credit (maximum of $40 million), a term loan (originally $10 million)
and an acquisition line of credit (maximum of $12.5 million). The working
capital revolving line of credit allows the Company to borrow funds up to a
certain percentage of eligible inventories and accounts receivable. The term
loan requires quarterly repayments. The acquisition line of credit converts to
a term loan with principal payments due in quarterly installments.
Additionally, a payment equal to 50% of cash flow, as defined, is required for
each year within 90 days of year-end. WinsLoew's amended senior credit facility
provides the Company with a variable amount available under the revolving line
of credit. Effective each June 30, the maximum amount available under its
revolving line of credit is $20 million. The Company may, at its option, elect
to increase the revolving line of credit at each December 31 through the
following June 30 to a maximum of $40 million. As of December 31, 1998,
WinsLoew elected to increase the revolving line of credit to $35 million.

The WinsLoew's senior credit facility allows the Company to borrow up to $10
million under its line of credit to purchase shares of the Company's common
stock (see Note 5 below). At December 31, 1998 there was $6.1 million available
for this purpose.

The interest rates on the components of the senior credit facility are either
the base rate plus a spread, or the LIBOR rate plus a spread, as elected by the
Company. The spread is determined by the leverage ratio, as defined, for the
twelve month period ending each quarter. At December 31, 1998, the loans are
priced at the base rate plus 0.25% (8.25% at December 31, 1998). If any LIBOR
loans been outstanding at December 31, 1998 they would have been priced at the
LIBOR rate plus 1.25%. In addition, WinsLoew pays an unused facility fee of
 .375% per annum on a quarterly basis in arrears.

The agreement requires the Company to meet certain financial ratios for
leverage, interest coverage, tangible net worth and includes other provisions
generally common in such agreements including restrictions on dividends,
additional indebtedness and capital expenditures. At December 31, 1998, the
Company was in compliance with its debt covenants. The carrying value of the
revolving line of credit approximated its fair value at December 31, 1998.


                                      37

<PAGE>   38


5.  CAPITAL STOCK

On January 23, 1998, the Board approved a plan authorizing the repurchase of
1,000,000 shares of the Company's stock in the open market at times and prices
deemed advantageous. During 1998, the Company retired 296,000 shares of common
stock purchased for $6.1 million. Subsequent to December 31, 1998 the Company
has purchased 92,500 shares at a cost of $2.6 million. Currently, under the
Board approved repurchase plan, there are 611,500 shares available for
repurchase.

6.  INCOME TAXES

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    For the Years Ended December 31,
                                         --------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                                1998                1997                 1996
                                         ----------------    ---------------      ----------------
<S>                                         <C>                 <C>                <C>
Provision for taxes related to
   continuing operations                    $ 10,947             $  6,838           $  4,834
Benefit for taxes related to
   discontinued operations                      (375)                  --               (126)
Provision (benefit) for taxes related
to loss on sale of discontinued
operations
                                               1,158                (4,200)               --
                                            ========              ========          ========
Total provision for taxes                   $ 12,105              $  2,263          $  4,708
                                            ========              ========          ========

</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    For the Years Ended December 31,
                                         --------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)                                1998                1997                 1996
                                         ----------------    ----------------     ---------------
<S>                                              <C>                  <C>                 <C>   
Federal:
   Current                                       $10,128              $3,985              $4,478
   Deferred                                          856              (1,936)               (251)
State:
   Current                                           989                 496                 542
   Deferred                                          132                (282)                (61)
                                          ----------------    ----------------    ----------------
                                                 $12,105              $2,263              $4,708
                                         ================    ================     ================
</TABLE>



At December 31, 1998 and 1997, deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of
the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in thousands)
                                                                        1998                 1997
                                                                   ----------------     ---------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                 <C>  
Deferred tax assets:
   Capitalized inventory costs                                               $ 173               $ 415
   Reserves and accruals                                                     2,894               3,660
   State net operating loss carryforwards                                      304                 344
                                                                   ----------------     ---------------
Deferred tax assets                                                          3,371               4,419
                                                                   ----------------     ---------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Intangible asset basis difference                                          (191)                (98)
   Excess of tax over book depreciation                                       (611)             (1,194)
   Prepaid expenses                                                            (94)                (93)
   Other                                                                      (504)                (75)
                                                                   ----------------     ---------------
   Deferred tax liabilities                                                 (1,400)             (1,460)
                                                                   ================     ===============
Deferred income taxes, net                                                  $1,971              $2,959
                                                                   ================     ===============

</TABLE>

                                      38

<PAGE>   39
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        1998                 1997
                                                                   ----------------     ---------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                 <C>  
Included in:
   Other current assets/liabilities                                         $2,772              $4,326
   Deferred income taxes                                                      (801)             (1,367)
                                                                   ================     ===============
                                                                            $1,971              $2,959
                                                                   ================     ===============
</TABLE>


The following table summarizes the differences between the federal income tax
rate and the Company's effective income tax rate for financial statement
purposes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              For the Years Ended December 31,
                                         -------------------------------------------
                                            1998            1997            1996
                                         -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>  
Federal income tax rate                       35.0%           34.0%           34.0%
State income taxes                             3.4%            4.7%            2.2%
Goodwill amortization                          2.1%            9.3%            2.0%
Other                                         (3.4%)           2.2%           (2.0%)
                                         ===========      ==========     ===========
Effective tax rate                            37.1%           50.2%           36.2%
                                         ===========      ==========     ===========
</TABLE>


7.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In October 1994, WinsLoew entered into a ten-year agreement (the "Investment
Services Agreement") with Trivest, Inc. ("Trivest"). Trivest and the Company
have certain common shareholders, officers and directors. Pursuant to the
Investment Services Agreement, Trivest provides corporate finance, financial
relations, strategic and capital planning and other management advice to the
Company. The base compensation is $500,000, subject to cost of living increases
and increases for additional businesses acquired. For 1998, 1997 and 1996, the
amount expensed was $641,000, $628,000 and $604,000, respectively. In 1996, the
Company retired 933,504 shares of its common stock purchased from an affiliated
company at $10 per share.

8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEASES

The Company leases certain office space, manufacturing facilities and various
items of equipment under operating leases. Some leases for office and
manufacturing space contain renewal options and provisions for increases in
minimum payments based on various measures of inflation. Rental expense
amounted to approximately $830,000, $769,000, and $792,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Operating lease agreements in
effect at December 31, 1998, have the following remaining minimum payment
obligations:

(In thousands)

1999                                                $765
2000                                                 740
2001                                                 744
2002                                                 714
2003                                                 306
2004 - 2007                                          757


                                      39
<PAGE>   40


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

The Company has employment agreements with certain employees. The agreements
provide for minimum salary levels and bonuses based on a percentage of pre-tax
operating income, as defined in the agreements.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has an employee benefit plan established under the provisions of
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Full-time employees who meet
various eligibility requirements may voluntarily participate in the plan. The
plan provides for voluntary employee contributions through salary reduction, as
well as discretionary employer contributions. Company contributions were
$161,000 and $143,000 in 1998 and 1997, respectively.

STOCK OPTION PLAN

In 1994, the Company established a Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") as a means to
retain and motivate key employees and directors. The Compensation Committee of
the Board of Directors administers and interprets the Plan and is authorized to
grant options to all eligible employees of the Company and non-employee
directors. The Plan provides for both incentive stock options and non-qualified
stock options. Options are granted under the Plan on such terms and at such
prices as determined by the Compensation Committee, except that the per share
exercise price of incentive stock options cannot be less than the fair market
value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. The Company has
reserved 1,500,000 shares of common stock for issuance upon exercise of stock
options. All options which have been granted have a term of ten years and vest
ratably over five years.

Pro forma net income and earnings per share have been determined as if the
Company had accounted for its employee stock options as compensation expense
based on their fair value. Fair value was estimated at the date of grant using
a Black-Scholes option pricing model for 1998, 1997 and 1996 assuming a
risk-free interest rate of 4.83%, 6.45% and 6.2% for 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively, a volatility factor for the Company's common stock of .608, .411
and .532 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively and a weighted-average expected
life of the options of six years. The pro forma information is not likely to be
representative of the effects of options on pro forma net income in future
years because the Company is required to include only options granted since
1994 in the pro forma information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                ----------------------------------------------------
                                                    1998                1997               1996
                                                --------------     ---------------    ----------------
<S>                                                   <C>                  <C>                 <C>   
(In thousands)
Pro forma net income                                  $20,035              $2,068              $8,198
                                                ==============     ===============    ================
Pro forma income (loss) per share, diluted:
   Income from continuing operations                  $  2.36               $ 1.45             $ 0.97
   Loss from discontinued operations,
       net of taxes                                        --                (0.09)             (0.03)
   Gain (loss) from sale of discontinued
       operations, net of taxes                          0.27                (1.08)                --
                                                ==============     ===============    ================
   Net income                                         $  2.63               $ 0.28             $ 0.94
                                                ==============     ===============    ================

</TABLE>



                                      40

<PAGE>   41


Information with respect to WinsLoew's Plan is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    1998
                                     -----------------------------------
                                                      Weighted Average
                                                       Exercise Price
                                        Options             Price               1997                1996
                                     ---------------  ------------------   ----------------   -----------------

<S>                            <C>           <C>           <C>                    <C>                <C>    
Options outstanding at January 1             784,850       $      9.19            671,550            738,450
Granted                                       40,000       $     20.62            250,000             25,000
Exercised                                    (63,900)      $      8.25            (94,725)           (25,100)
Canceled                                     (18,050)      $      9.29            (41,975)           (66,800)
                                        ------------                          ============       ============
Options outstanding at December 31           742,900       $      9.89            784,850            671,550
                                        ============                          ============       ============
Exercise prices per share               $5.88-$23.44                          $5.88-$16.06       $5.88-$11.63
Options exercisable at December 31           422,060       $      9.20             407,100            480,400
                                        ============                          ============       ============
Options available for grant at
     December 31                             573,375                               595,325            803,350
                                        ============                          ============       ============

</TABLE>

Information with regard to options outstanding and exercise price at December
31 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Options Exercisable
                                                                                       at December 31, 1998
                                                                                      ----------------------
                                                                         Weighted
                      Weighted                                           Average
                       Average           Options Outstanding            Remaining                  Weighted
                      Exercise    -----------------------------------     Life                     Average
   Exercise Price      Price        1998        1997         1996      at 12/31/98     Shares       Price
- -------------------  -----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -------------  ----------  ----------
<S>                       <C>       <C>         <C>           <C>              <C>    <C>           <C>
  $5.88 - $6.67           $6.16     255,800     291,850      356,250         6.1       160,240       $6.20
       8.66                8.66       8,200      10,250       10,250         6.2         4,920        8.66
  10.00 - 10.50           10.35     240,900     284,750      158,550         7.3       104,900       10.16
  11.13 - 11.63           11.56     163,000     163,000      146,500         5.4       145,000       11.61
      12.63               12.63      20,000      20,000           --         8.6         4,000       12.63
      16.06               16.06      15,000      15,000           --         8.9         3,000       16.06
      17.00               17.00      17,500          --           --         9.0            --          --
      23.44               23.44      22,500          --           --         9.4            --          --
                                  ==========  ==========  ===========               ==========
      Total                9.89     742,900     784,850      671,550         7.0       422,060        9.20
                                  ==========  ==========  ===========               ==========
</TABLE>


The estimated weighted average fair value of options granted in 1998 is $12.51
per option. The weighted average remaining contractual life for options granted
in 1998 is 9.3 years.

LITIGATION AND LIABILITY CLAIMS

The Company is, from time to time, involved in routine litigation including
general liability and worker's compensation claims. It is the opinion of
management that sufficient insurance has been purchased to cover current and
potential general liability and worker's compensation claims. None of such
litigation in which the Company is presently involved is believed to be
material to its liquidity, financial position or results of operations.


                                      41

<PAGE>   42


9. OPERATING SEGMENTS

The Company has three segments organized and managed based on the products
sold. These reportable segments are described in Note 1.

The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on gross
profit. The accounting policies are the same as those described in the summary
of significant accounting policies. There are no intersegment sales/transfers.
Export revenues are not material.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                -------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1998                1997                1996
                                                --------------     ---------------    -----------------
(In thousands)

<S>                                                   <C>                 <C>                  <C>    
REVENUES:
Casual products                                  $     59,733       $      56,363      $        58,066
Contract seating products                              69,938              58,386               48,629
Ready to assemble products                             11,689               7,396               10,710
                                                --------------     ---------------    -----------------
        Total revenues                           $    141,360       $     122,145      $       117,405
                                                ==============     ===============    =================

SEGMENT GROSS PROFIT:
Casual products                                  $     28,227       $      24,164      $        23,812
Contract seating products                              23,439              17,256               14,126
Ready to assemble products                              2,462               1,294                1,438
                                                --------------     ---------------    -----------------
         Total segment gross profit                    54,128              42,714               39,376
Reconciling items:
Selling and general and administrative
   expenses                                            23,124              21,427               21,472
Amortization                                            1,122                 992                1,444
                                                --------------     ---------------    -----------------
Operating income                                       29,882              20,295               16,460
Interest expense, net                                     635               2,296                3,083
                                                --------------     ---------------    -----------------
 Income from continuing operations before
   income taxes                                   $    29,247        $     17,999       $       13,377
                                                ==============     ===============    =================
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION:
Casual products                                        $1,550              $1,532               $1,956
Contract seating products                                 425                 411                  360
Ready to assemble products                                309                 341                  349
                                                --------------     ---------------    -----------------
       Total                                            2,284               2,284                2,665
Reconciling items:
Corporate                                                 334                 350                  314
                                                --------------     ---------------    -----------------
Total depreciation and amortization               $     2,618         $     2,634        $       2,979
                                                ==============     ===============    =================
</TABLE>


                                      42

<PAGE>   43



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                -----------------------------------------------------
                                                    1998                1997                1996
                                                --------------     ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>                 <C>
EXPENDITURES  FOR (DISPOSAL OF) LONG LIVED
   ASSETS, NET:
Casual products                                     $    (24)         $     790           $    629
                                                                                  
Contract seating products                                                   
                                                         129                236                162 
Ready to assemble products                                                 
                                                         103               (576)                61
                                                --------------     ---------------    ---------------
       Total                                             208                450                852
Reconciling items:
Corporate                                                734                (25)               499
                                                --------------     ---------------    ---------------
Total  expenditures for long lived assets,
   net                                              $    942           $    425           $  1,351
                                                ==============     ===============    ===============

SEGMENT ASSETS:
Casual products                                     $ 51,880           $ 41,964           $ 48,086
Contract seating products                             23,486             21,836             22,372
Ready to assemble products                             6,496              3,974              6,246
        Total                                         81,862             67,774             76,704
Reconciling items:
Corporate                                              2,691              6,622              2,518
Assets held for sale                                      --              6,018             20,728
                                                --------------     ---------------    ---------------
Total consolidated assets                           $ 84,553           $ 80,414           $ 99,950
                                                ==============     ===============    ===============
</TABLE>




The Company has one contract seating customer that accounted for 17%, 16% and
10% of consolidated revenues in the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively.

10.  SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

The following balance sheet captions are comprised of the items specified
below:

                                                       December 31,
                                         ------------------------------------
                                              1998                1997
                                         ----------------    ----------------
(In thousands)

Inventories:

Raw materials                               $      9,288        $      8,146
Work in process                                    1,521               1,089
Finished goods                                     1,397               1,198
                                         ----------------    ----------------
                                            $     12,206        $     10,433
                                         ================    ================




                                      43

<PAGE>   44



                                                     December 31,
                                         ------------------------------------
                                              1998                1997
                                         ----------------    ----------------
(In thousands)
Property, plant and equipment:

Land                                              $2,628           $1,834
Building and improvements                         10,838            9,273
Manufacturing equipment                            9,464            9,146
Office equipment                                   1,953            1,776
Construction in progress                              81               74
Vehicles                                             176              141
                                         ----------------    ---------------
                                                  25,140           22,244
Accumulated depreciation                         (11,192)         (10,221)
                                         ----------------    ---------------
                                                 $13,948          $12,023
                                         ================    ===============

Other accrued liabilities:

Compensation, commissions and
   employee benefits                              $3,063           $2,324
Customer deposits                                  1,749            1,559
Income taxes                                       1,546              971
Interest                                              24               88
Other                                              3,570            3,261
                                         ----------------    ---------------
                                                  $9,952           $8,203
                                         ================    ===============

Depreciation expense for continuing operations was $1,496,000, $1,642,000, and
$1,535,000 for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Accumulated amortization at December 31, 1998 and 1997 related to goodwill was
$6,348,000 and $5,564,000, respectively. Accumulated amortization at December
31, 1998 and 1997 related to other intangible assets was $1,110,000 and
$773,000, respectively.

11.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In January 1999, the Company entered into a non-binding letter of intent (the
"letter") to pursue a potential merger in which the Company's public
shareholders would receive $30.00 per share in cash. The purchasing entity
would be formed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors and other members of
management. A Special Committee of the Company's Board of Directors was
established to review the proposal and it has recommended the letter.

The letter permits the Company to solicit and consider superior proposals
subject to the payment of a termination fee to the management group upon the
acceptance of another offer. The proposed merger is subject to, among other
things, approval by the Company's shareholders and the Special Committee.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the merger will be consummated.



                                      44

<PAGE>   45


ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         No events nor occurrences required to be disclosed in this Item 9 have
occurred.










                                      45

<PAGE>   46


                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         The executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                Name                     Age               Position
- --------------------------------         ---     ------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>    <C>
Earl W. Powell...................         60     Chairman of the Board
Bobby Tesney.....................         54     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
R. Craig Watts...................         45     Executive Vice President -- Contract Seating
Stephen C. Hess..................         50     Executive Vice President  -- Casual Furniture
Vincent A. Tortorici, Jr.........         45     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Jerry C. Camp....................         33     Vice President -- Operations
William F. Kaczynski, Jr.........         39     Director
Phillip T. George, M.D...........         59     Director
Peter W. Klein...................         43     Director
William H. Allen, Jr.............         63     Director
Sherwood M. Weiser...............         68     Director
M. Miller Gorrie.................         63     Director
James S. Smith...................         70     Director
Henry C. Cheek...................         73     Director
</TABLE>

         The Company was formed in September 1994, and in December 1994 the
Company merged with each of Winston and Loewenstein. Each of the Company's
directors and executive officers were also directors or officers of Winston
and/or Loewenstein, as described below. Prior to the merger, each of Winston
and Loewenstein were publicly held corporations whose common stock traded on
the Nasdaq National Market.

         Mr. Powell, Chairman of the Board of the Company since October 1994,
serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of Trivest, Inc. ("Trivest"),
which is a private investment firm specializing in management services and
acquisitions, dispositions and leveraged buyouts, which was formed by Messrs.
Powell and George in 1981. Trivest is an affiliate of the Trivest Partnerships
and Trivest Manager. Mr. Powell has also served as Chairman of the Board of
Atlantis Plastics, Inc., an American Stock Exchange company whose subsidiaries
are engaged in the plastics industry ("Atlantis"), since founding that company
in February 1984, as Chief Executive of Atlantis from its organization until
February 1995 and as President of Atlantis from November 1993 to February 1995.
Mr. Powell has served as Chairman of the Board of Biscayne Apparel, Inc., a
company whose principal subsidiaries are engaged in the apparel industry
("Biscayne"), since October 1985 and presently serves as Chief Executive
Officer of Biscayne. The common stock of Biscayne is quoted on the NASD OTC
Bulletin Board. Biscayne filed a voluntary Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition in
February 1999. Mr. Powell also served as Chairman of the Board of Winston from
December 1988 to December 1994, Chairman of the Board of Loewenstein from
February 1985 to December 1994 and as Loewenstein's President and Chief
Executive Officer from May 1994 to December 1994. From 1971 until 1985, Mr.
Powell was a partner with KPMG Peat Marwick, Certified Public Accountants
("Peat Marwick"), where his positions included serving as managing partner of
Peat Marwick's Miami office.


                                      46

<PAGE>   47

         Mr. Tesney, President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of the
Company since October 1994, served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a
director of Winston from December 1993 to December 1994, General Manager of
Winston from 1985 to December 1993 and as Senior Vice President-Operations of
Winston from January to December 1993. Mr. Tesney also served as Vice President
of Winston from 1979 until January 1992.

         Mr. Watts, Executive Vice President-Contract Seating of the Company
since October 1994, served as a director of Loewenstein from December 1990 to
December 1994, and was appointed Loewenstein's Executive Vice
President-Contract Seating in May 1993, after serving as Vice President since
May 1991. Mr. Watts also serves as the President and Chief Operating Officer of
the Company's Loewenstein and Gregson divisions, and has served in a number of
management positions since joining Loewenstein in April 1981.

         Mr. Hess, the Company's Executive Vice President-Casual Furniture
since October 1994, served as Winston's Executive Vice President from December
1993 to December 1994, Winston's Senior Vice President-Marketing and Sales from
January 1992 to September 1993, and as Winston's Vice President-Marketing and
Sales from January 1983 until January 1992.

         Mr. Tortorici, the Company's Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer since October 1994, served as Winston's Vice President-Finance and
Administration and Chief Financial Officer from March 1988 to December 1994.
Mr. Tortorici is a certified public accountant and was employed by Arthur
Andersen & Co. from 1976 until March 1988.

         Mr. Camp, the Company's Vice President - Operations since September
1998, served as the Company's Director of Safety, Environmental and Human
Resources from October 1994 to September 1998, served as Director of
Engineering at Winston from September 1988 to October 1994, and served in
various other capacities with Winston, including Project Engineer, from May
1984 to September 1988.

         Mr. Kaczynski was elected director of the Company in January 1998. Mr.
Kaczynski has served as an executive officer of Trivest since January 1998 and
is presently a Managing Director. From July 1996 until December 1997, he was
Chief Financial Officer of WebSite Management Company, Inc. d/b/a FlashNet
Communications, an Internet service provider. From May 1994 until July 1996, he
was Chief Financial Officer of Colorado Mountain Express, Inc., an airport
transportation company. Prior to that he was with Heller Financial, Inc. from
1986 until 1994, most recently as Senior Vice President-Corporate Finance
Group, Dallas, Texas.

         Dr. George, a director of the Company since October 1994, served as a
director of Winston from October 1989 to December 1994 and as a director of
Loewenstein from February 1985 to December 1994. Dr. George also serves as the
Vice Chairman of the Board of Trivest, the Vice Chairman of the Board and
Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of Atlantis, and
as a Director of Biscayne. Biscayne filed a voluntary Chapter 11 bankruptcy
petition in February 1999. Dr. George's executive position with Trivest has
been his principal occupation since retiring from the private practice of
plastic and reconstructive surgery in February 1986.

         Mr. Klein, a director of the Company since October 1994, served as a
director of Winston from December 1988 to December 1994 and as a director of
Loewenstein from May 1993 to December 1994. Mr. Klein has served as an
executive officer of Trivest since May 1986 and is presently a Managing
Director and the General Counsel of Trivest. Prior to joining Trivest, Mr.
Klein practiced law in Chicago, Illinois and Cleveland, Ohio.

         Mr. Allen, a director of the Company since October 1994, served as a
director of Loewenstein from September 1993 to December 1994. Mr. Allen serves
as Vice Chairman of NationsBank Florida, and served as Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer of Intercontinental Bank, a Nasdaq National Market
company headquartered in Miami, Florida, since April 1987 until its merger with
NationsBank South in December 1994. Mr. Allen also serves as a director of
American Bankers Insurance Group, a New York Stock Exchange company
headquartered in Miami, Florida, and Decorator Industries, Inc., traded on the
American Stock Exchange, headquartered in Hollywood, Florida.


                                      47
<PAGE>   48

         Mr. Weiser, a director of the Company since October 1994, has been,
since 1970, the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of
CHC International, Inc., a leading hotel and casino development and management
company that does business as "Carnival Hotels and Casinos," and its
predecessors. Mr. Weiser also serves as a director of Carnival Corporation, a
cruise line traded on the New York Stock Exchange, Wyndam International, Inc.,
traded as a paired share real estate investment trust on the New York Stock
Exchange, and Mellon United National Bank, a New York Stock Exchange company.

         Mr. Gorrie, a director of the Company since October 1994, served as a
director of Winston from February 1993 to December 1994 and from May 1986 to
December 1988. Mr. Gorrie has been Chairman of Brasfield & Gorrie General
Contractor, Inc., a diversified general contractor based in Birmingham,
Alabama, since 1964. Mr. Gorrie is a director of Colonial Properties Trust, a
real estate investment trust traded on the New York Stock Exchange.

         Mr. Smith, a director of the Company since October 1994, served as a
director of Winston from February 1993 to December 1994, and as a director of
Biscayne from June 1986 to February 1992. Mr. Smith has been engaged in private
investment activities as his principal occupation for more than the prior five
years. Mr. Smith served as Executive Vice President of Stephens, Inc., an
investment banking firm based in Little Rock, Arkansas, from January 1985 until
May 1987. Mr. Smith has also served as President of the Arnold D. Frese
Foundation since March 1979.

         Mr. Cheek, a director of the Company since October 1994, served as a
director of Winston from February 1993 to December 1994. Mr. Cheek has been
engaged in private investment activities as his principal occupation for more
than the prior five years. From 1951 until his retirement in 1984, Mr. Cheek
was Vice President of U.S. Industries, Inc., a diversified holding company and
served as Chief Executive Officer of its Furniture Group. Mr. Cheek served as a
director of Winston from May 1987 through December 1988.


                                      48


<PAGE>   49


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

         The following table sets forth compensation awarded to, earned by or
paid to the Company's Chief Executive Officer, and each of the Company's other
executive officers whose total 1998 salary and bonus from the Company was
$100,000 or more (the Chief Executive Officer and such other executive officer
are referred to herein as the "Named Executive Officers").

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Long Term
                                                                                                       Compensation
                                                                                                      -------------
                                                           Annual Compensation                            Awards
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------      -------------
                                                                                    Other Annual        Number of
                                       Fiscal Year      Salary          Bonus      Compensation(1)   Options Granted
                                       -----------    ---------      ---------     ---------------   ---------------
     Name and Principal Position                                                          (1)
- --------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>             <C>              <C>                <C>
BOBBY TESNEY.......................       1998        $250,150        $250,150         $104,236               --
   President and Chief Executive          1997         245,000         183,750           49,221           40,000
   Officer                                1996         216,400         162,300           28,240               -- 
STEPHEN C. HESS....................       1998         204,200         173,570           42,256               --
   Executive  Vice President --           1997         200,000         150,000           20,935           30,000
   Casual Furniture                       1996         178,218         133,663           18,606               --
VINCENT A. TORTORICI, JR...........       1998         148,050          96,233           15,784               --
   Vice President and Chief               1997         145,000          72,500           12,669           25,000
   Financial Officer                      1996         129,900          64,950            8,718               --
R. CRAIG WATTS.....................       1998         185,824         157,803           21,067               --
   Executive Vice President --            1997         181,830         136,373           19,343           25,000
   Contract Seating                       1996         166,138         121,103           20,357               --
JERRY C. CAMP......................       1998          94,096          28,800            7,820               --
   Vice President -- Operations           1997          85,770           8,900            5,908            5,000
                                          1996          71,850           7,185            5,195               --


</TABLE>

- ---------------------
(1)  "Other Annual Compensation" represents amount paid by the Company on
     behalf of the Named Executive Officer under the Company's Non-Qualified
     Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan established in October 1996. Under
     the terms of this Plan, selected employees make after-tax contributions of
     their salary to one or more investment alternatives available under such
     Plan. The Company then matches the employee contribution (up to 10% of
     compensation on an after-tax basis) depending on the employee's length of
     service (up to 50% for 15 years of continuous service). The employee is
     vested at all times in the deferred compensation and is vested immediately
     in the matching contribution.

         OPTION GRANTS

         No stock options were granted to any Named Executive Officers in 1998.


                                      49
<PAGE>   50


         AGGREGATED 1998 FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUE TABLE

         The following table sets forth certain information concerning
unexercised stock options held by the Named Executive Officers as of December
31, 1998. No stock options were exercised by such persons during 1998. All
"unexercisable" options will become fully exercisable and cancelled in exchange
for cash payments pursuant to the Merger. See "THE MERGER -- Cash-out of
WinsLoew Stock Options."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Number of Securities                    Value of Unexercised
                                           Underlying Unexercised Options               In-the Money Options
                                                At December 31, 1998                    At December 31, 1998
                                          --------------------------------        --------------------------------
                Name                      Exercisable        Unexercisable        Exercisable        Unexercisable
- --------------------------------------    -----------        -------------        -----------        -------------
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>             <C>                   <C>     
Bobby Tesney......................            73,000              52,000          $1,263,625            $922,000
Stephen C. Hess...................            51,000              34,000             849,750             589,000
Vincent A. Tortorici, Jr..........            30,000              30,000             536,250             525,000
R. Craig Watts....................            55,175              30,000           1,020,335             525,000
Jerry C. Camp.....................             4,500               4,000              68,063              64,000

</TABLE>

         401 (k) PLAN

         Effective January 1, 1997, the WinsLoew Furniture, Inc. 401 (k) Plan
was established. Employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to
participate in the Plan following the later to occur of (i) the employee's
completion of one year of service or (ii) the employee's 21st birthday.
Eligible employees may make a salary reduction contributions to the Plan on a
pretax basis. For each calendar year, the Company and the other participating
employees may make matching contributions to the Plan based on a discretionary
matching percentage to be determined each year by the Company. In addition, the
Company and the other participating employers may make a discretionary profit
sharing contribution to the plan on behalf of each participant who completes
more than 500 hours of service during the year or who is employed on the last
day of the year. This latter contribution is allocated proportionately based on
each participants compensation. An employee's vested benefits are payable upon
his retirement, death, disability, or other termination of employment or upon
the attainment of age 59-1/2. An employee is always fully vested in his account
balance attributable to his own contributions to the Plan. The employee's
interest in the account attributable to his employers contributions and
earnings thereon becomes fully vested upon the earlier of the attainment of his
normal retirement date (age 65), his death, his permanent and total disability,
or his completion of six years of service. If an employee terminates employment
for reasons other than retirement, death, or disability, his vested interest is
based on a graduated vesting schedule which provides for 20% vesting after two
years of service and 20% for each year thereafter. Nonvested amounts are 
forfeited.

         LONG TERM INCENTIVE AND PENSION PLANS

         The Company has no Long Term Incentive or Pension Plans.

         DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

         During 1996 and the first quarter of 1997, the Company paid each
director who was neither an employee of the Company nor Trivest an annual
retainer of $10,000, an additional retainer of $2,500 for serving on the
Compensation Committee, a $500 fee for each meeting of the Board of Directors
attended and, unless held on the same day as a Board meeting, $500 for each
committee meeting attended. The Company also reimburses all directors for
expenses incurred in connection with their activities as directors.

         Additionally, prior to 1997, on March 31 of each year, each director
who was neither an employee of the Company nor Trivest received automatic
grants of options to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the
Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan. Such options become exercisable at the rate
of 20% per year on each anniversary of the date of grant, and have an exercise
price equal to the fair market value of Common Stock on the date of grant. The
unexercised portion of any such option will terminate upon the earliest to
occur of the 


                                      50


<PAGE>   51


following: (i) the expiration of 10 years from the date of grant of the option,
(ii) twelve months after the date on which the optionee ceases to be a director
by reason of the death or disability of the optionee, or (iii) three months
after the optionee ceases to be a director for any other reason. In addition,
each other director of the Company is eligible to receive discretionary grants
of options pursuant to such plan. These automatic grants were terminated in
connection with the adoption of the Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan
by the Board of Directors in January 1997.

         The Board of Directors approved new compensation policies effective
April 1, 1997. Directors who are neither employees of the Company nor Trivest
are paid a $2,500 cash fee for each meeting attended in person and a $500 cash
fee for each meeting attended by telephone. In addition, each member of the
Compensation and Audit Committee receives a $2,500 annual retainer, payable
quarterly in advance.

         In addition, during 1998 each of the Company's directors was granted
options to purchase 2,500 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company's
Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan for each meeting of the Board of
Directors attended by him. There were two meetings of the Board of Directors in
1998. Such options become exercisable at the rate of 20% per year on each
anniversary of the date of grant and have an exercise price equal to the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. The unexercised portion
of such options will terminate on the earliest to occur of the following (i)
the expiration of 10 years from the date of grant of the option, (ii) twelve
months after the date on which the optionee ceases to be a director by reason
of the death or disability of the optionee, or (iii) except as otherwise may be
determined by the Board, three months after the date on which the optionee
ceases to be a director for any other reason. The unvested portion of the
foregoing options will become fully vested in the event of a change in control
of the Company.

         EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS, TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE IN 
         CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS

         Effective January 1, 1995, the Company entered into five-year
employment agreements with each of Messrs. Tesney, Watts, Hess and Tortorici
(as amended, the "Employment Agreement"). The Employment Agreements provide for
the Company to pay Messrs. Tesney, Watts, Hess and Tortorici base salaries of
$200,000, $150,000, $165,000 and $120,000, respectively, in each case subject
to annual cost of living adjustments. The Employment Agreements also provide
for annual incentive compensation payments of a portion of the executive's then
base salary (100% in the case of Mr. Tesney, 85% in the case of each of Messrs.
Hess and Watts, and 65% in the case of Mr. Tortorici) based on the operating
earnings (adjusted to exclude the effect of goodwill amortization) of (i) the
Company, in the case of Messrs. Tesney and Tortorici, (ii) the Company's
Contract Seating divisions, in the case of Mr. Watts,) and (iii) the Company's
Casual Furniture divisions, in the case of Mr. Hess. None of such officers will
receive any incentive compensation payment under his Employment Agreement for
any particular year unless the relevant operating earnings for such year are at
least 75% of the "target earnings" for such year. Target earnings for 1998 were
set by the Compensation Committee of the Board. Each Employment Agreement also
provides that the executive will receive six months base salary if his
employment is terminated without "cause" (as defined), and prohibits the
executive from directly or indirectly competing with the Company for one year
after termination of his employment (six months if he is terminated by the
Company without "cause"). The Employment Agreements were approved by the
Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors.

         Each of the Named executive Officers holds options to purchase Common
Stock under the company's Amended and restated 1994 Stock Option Plan. To the
extent not already exercisable, such options generally become exercisable upon
(i) a reorganization, merger, consolidation or other form of corporate
transaction with respect to which ownership of a majority of the voting power
of the Common Stock is transferred, (ii) liquidation or dissolution of the
Company or (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

         COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

         Mr. Powell, the Company's Chairman, also serves on the Board of
Directors of CHC International, Inc., a hotel and casino development and
management company. Mr. Weiser, a director and member of the 


                                      51

<PAGE>   52


Compensation Committee of the Company, serves as Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer of CHC International, Inc. See
"--Directors and Executive Officers of WinsLoew."






                                      52



<PAGE>   53


ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of March 1, 1999 by (i) each person
known by the Company to beneficially own more than five percent of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each director of the Company, (iii)
each "Named Executive Officer" of the Company (as defined below in "Executive
Compensation-Summary Compensation Table"), and (iv) all directors and executive
officers of the Company as a group:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Beneficial Ownership
                                                                                    of Common Stock(2)
                                                                           -----------------------------------
                                                                           Number of Shares         Percentage
                                                                           ----------------         ----------
<S>           <C>                                                             <C>                        <C>  
Earl W. Powell(3)(4)..............................................            1,999,187                  27.7%
Phillip T. George, M.D.(3)(5).....................................            1,865,283                  25.9%
Trivest Group, Inc.(3)(6).........................................              908,455                  12.6%
FMR Corp.(7)......................................................              596,200                   8.3%
Trivest Special Situations Fund 1985, L.P.(3)(8)..................              542,816                   7.6%
Heartland Advisors, Inc.(9).......................................              229,300                   3.2%
R. Craig Watts(10)................................................              173,237                   2.4%
M. Miller Gorrie(11)..............................................              155,950                   2.2%
Bobby Tesney(12)..................................................              134,693                   1.9%
Stephen C. Hess(13)...............................................               87,602                   1.2%
Vincent A. Tortorici, Jr.(14).....................................               51,950                  *
James S. Smith(15)................................................               35,000                  *
Henry C. Cheek(16)................................................               21,000                  *
Sherwood M. Weiser(17)............................................               17,175                  *
William H. Allen, Jr.(18).........................................               10,550                  *
Peter W. Klein(3)(19).............................................                8,050                  *
Jerry C. Camp(20).................................................                6,262                  *
William F. Kaczynski, Jr.(3)(21)..................................                  500                  *
All directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons)(22)..            2,863,012                  37.9%

</TABLE>

- -------------------------
(*)    Less than 1%

(1)  Except as  otherwise  indicated  below,  the  address  of each  beneficial
     owner is 160  Village  Street, Birmingham, Alabama 35242.

(2)  Except as otherwise indicated below, all shares are owned directly and
     each person has sole voting and investment power with respect to all
     shares. For purposes of this table, a person is deemed to have "beneficial
     ownership" of any shares as of a given date which the person has the right
     to acquire within 60 days after such date. For purposes of computing the
     outstanding shares held by each person named above on a given date, any
     shares which such person has the right to acquire within 60 days after
     such date are deemed to be outstanding, but are not deemed to be
     outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any
     other person. However, the table does not reflect the acceleration of
     stock options vesting that will result from the Merger. See "THE MERGER --
     Cash-out of WinsLoew Stock Options."


                                      53
<PAGE>   54


(3)  The beneficial owner's address is 2665 South Bayshore Drive, Suite 800, 
     Miami, Florida 33133.

(4)  Includes 259,135 shares owned directly, 36,625 shares subject to
     exercisable options granted under the Company's stock option plan, 662,484
     shares held of record by Trivest Fund I, Ltd., 245,971 shares held of
     record by Trivest Equity Partners I, Ltd., 116,459 shares held of record
     by Trivest Principals' Fund 1988, of which Mr. Powell is a general
     partner, 542,816 shares owned of record by Trivest Special Situations Fund
     1985, L.P. ("TSSF") (see note (8)) and 135,697 shares owned of record by
     Trivest Annuity Fund, Ltd.("Annuity Fund") . The General Partner of
     Annuity Fund is Trivest Plan Sponsor, Inc. ("Trivest Plan Sponsor").
     Messrs. Powell and George are executive officers and directors of Trivest
     Plan Sponsor and beneficially own 100% of its outstanding stock.

(5)  Includes 136,641 shares owned directly, 1,965 shares held of record by Dr.
     George as custodian for his minor children under the Florida Uniform Gifts
     to Minors Act as to which Dr. George disclaims beneficial ownership,
     23,250 shares subject to exercisable options under the Company's stock
     option plan, 662,484 shares held of record by Trivest Fund I, Ltd.,
     245,971 shares held of record by Trivest Equity Partners I, Ltd., 116,459
     shares held of record by Trivest Principals' Fund 1988, of which Dr.
     George is a general partner, 542,816 shares of record owned by TSSF (See
     note (8)), and 135,697 shares owned of record by Annuity Fund. The General
     Partner of Annuity Fund is Trivest Plan Sponsor. Messrs. Powell and George
     are executive officers and directors of Trivest Plan Sponsor and
     beneficially own 100% of its outstanding stock.

(6)  Trivest Group, Inc. serves as the sole general partner of Trivest 1988
     Fund Managers, Ltd., which in turn is the sole general partner of (i)
     Trivest Fund I, Ltd., a privately held investment partnership that holds
     of record 662,484 shares of Common Stock, and (ii) Trivest Equity Partners
     I, Ltd., a privately held investment partnership that holds of record
     245,971 shares of Common Stock. Messrs. Powell and George are executive
     officers and directors of Trivest Group, Inc. and beneficially own 100% of
     its outstanding capital stock.

(7)  The address for FMR Corp. is 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 
     02109.

(8)  The general partner of TSSF is Trivest Associates, L.P. ("Associates"), a
     Florida limited partnership whose general partner is Trivest, Inc. Messrs.
     Powell and George are executive officers and directors of Trivest Inc. and
     beneficially own 100% of its outstanding capital stock. Messrs. Powell and
     George are also limited partners of Associates.

(9)  The address for Heartland Advisors, Inc. is 790 North Milwaukee Street, 
     Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

(10) Includes 113,062 shares owned directly and 60,175 shares subject to
     exercisable options granted under the Company's Stock Option Plan. Mr.
     Watts' address is 1801 N. Andrews Extension, Pompano Beach, Florida 33061.

(11) Includes 62,750 shares owned directly and 14,500 shares subject to
     exercisable options granted under the Company's stock option plan and
     78,700 shares owned by Brasfield & Gorrie, General Contractors,
     Incorporated. Mr. Gorrie's address is c/o Brasfield and Gorrie, 729 South
     30th Street, Birmingham, Alabama 35223.

(12) Includes 51,693 shares owned directly and 83,000 shares subject to 
     exercisable  options granted under the Company's stock option plan.

(13) Includes 31,602 shares owned directly and 56,000 shares subject to 
     exercisable options granted under the Company's stock option plan.

(14) Includes 16,950 shares owned directly and 35,000 shares subject to 
     exercisable options granted under the
     Company's stock option plan.

                                      54
<PAGE>   55

(15) Includes 20,000 shares owned directly and 15,000 shares subject to
     exercisable options granted under the Company's stock option plan. Mr.
     Smith's address is Suite 916, 10 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York
     10020.

(16) Includes 6,000 shares owned directly and 15,000 shares subject to
     exercisable options granted under the Company's stock option plan. Mr.
     Cheek's address is 3713 Fairway Drive, DCBE, Granbury, Texas 76049.

(17) Includes 5,675 shares held by Mr. Weiser's wife, 2,000 shares owned
     directly and 9,500 shares subject to exercisable options granted under the
     Company's stock option plan. Mr. Weiser's address is 3250 Mary Street, 5th
     Floor, Miami, Florida 33133.

(18) Includes 1,050 shares owned directly and 9,500 shares subject to
     exercisable options granted under the Company's stock option plan. Mr.
     Allen's address is c/o Nations Bank South, 200 S.E. 1st Street, Suite 800,
     Miami, Florida 33131.

(19) Represents 8,050 shares subject to exercisable options granted under the 
     Company's stock option plan.

(20) Includes 1,762 shares owned directly and 4,500 shares subject to 
     exercisable  options  granted under the Company's stock option plan.

(21) Includes 500 shares subject to exercisable options.

(22) Includes an aggregate of 361,100 shares subject to exercisable options
     granted under the Company's stock option plan, 1,024,914 shares owned of
     record by Trivest Fund I, Ltd., Trivest Equity Fund I, Ltd., and Trivest
     Principals' Fund 1988 and 678,513 shares owned of record by TSSF and
     Annuity Fund. See notes (4), (5), (6) and (7).





                                      55

<PAGE>   56


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         INVESTMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT. In December 1994, the Company entered
into a ten-year investment Services Agreement with Trivest (the "Investment
Services Agreement), pursuant to which Trivest provides corporate finance,
strategic and capital planning and other management advice to the Company,
including (i) conducting relations on behalf of the Company with accountants,
attorneys, financial advisors and other professionals, (ii) providing reports
to the Company with respect to the value of its assets, and (iii) rendering
advice with respect to acquisitions, dispositions, financings and refinancings.
Pursuant to the Investment Services Agreement, Trivest receives a base annual
fee of $500,000 (in 1994), subject to cost-of-living increases. In addition,
for each additional business acquired by the Company, Trivest's base
compensation will generally be increased by the greater of (i) $100,000, and
(ii) the sum of 5% of the additional business's projected annual earnings
before income taxes, interest expense and amortization of goodwill ("EBITA")
for the fiscal year in which it is acquired up to $2.0 million of EBITA, plus
3.5% of EBITA in excess of $2.0 million. Moreover, subject to the approval of
the Company's board (including a majority of disinterested directors), for each
acquisition or disposition of any business operation by the Company introduced
or negotiated by Trivest, Trivest will generally receive a fee of up to 3% of
the purchase price. The Company paid Trivest $640,980 for services rendered
under the Investment Services Agreement during 1998.

         Pursuant to an amendment entered into between Trivest and the Company
as of March 5, 1999, the parties agreed that (i) no such fee would be payable
to Trivest with respect to the Merger, (ii) if the Termination Fee is paid in
connection with a Superior Proposal pursuant to the Merger Agreement, no such
fee shall be payable with respect to such Superior Proposal under the
Investment Services Agreement, and (iii) Trivest shall not be reimbursed under
the Investment Services Agreement for any expenses related to the Merger or a
Superior Proposal. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Background" and "THE
MERGER--Termination."

         TRIVEST LEGAL DEPARTMENT. Trivest maintains an internal legal
department. The Trivest legal department accounts for its time on an hourly
basis and bills Trivest and its affiliates, including the Company, for services
rendered at prevailing rates. In 1998, the Company paid Trivest $40,516.25 for
services rendered by the Trivest legal department. The Company believes that
the fees charged by the Trivest legal department in 1998 were no less favorable
to the Company than fees charged by unaffiliated third parties for similar
services.



                                      56


<PAGE>   57


                                    PART IV

ITEM 14.      EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

              (a)     Documents filed as part of this report:

                      (1)      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

                               Reference is made to the index set forth on page
                               26 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K

                      (2)      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES:

                               The following consolidated financial statement
                               schedule is filed herewith:

                                                                    Sequential
                                                                    Page Number
                                                                    -----------
             Schedule II-- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts............62

         Any required information not included in the above-described schedule
is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto
contained herein. All other schedules for which provision is made in the
applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are
not required under the related instructions are otherwise not applicable and
therefore have been omitted.

                      (3)      EXHIBITS: (An asterisk to the left of an exhibit
                               number denotes a management contract or
                               compensatory plan or arrangement required to be
                               filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form
                               10-K)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit             Description
- -------             -----------
<S>                 <C>
    2.1             Agreement  and Plan of Merger,  dated as of  September 30,  1994,  by and among  Registrant,  Old
                      Winston and Old Loewenstein(1)

    2.2             Agreement  and Plan of Merger,  dated as of March 5, 1999,  between  the  Registrant  and Trivest
                      Furniture Corporation. (2.1)(10)

    3.1             Registrant's Articles of Incorporation(1)

    3.2             Registrant's Bylaws(1)

  *10.1             Registrant's 1994 Stock Option Plan, As Amended and Restated Effective January 23, 1997(6)
   10.2             Form of  Indemnification  Agreement  between  the  Registrant  and certain of its  directors  and

                      executive officers, and schedule of parties thereto (10.2)(2)

  *10.3             Employment  Agreements  between the Registrant and each of Bobby Tesney, R. Craig Watts,  Stephen
                      C. Hess, and Vincent A. Tortorici, Jr. (10.3)(2)

  *10.4             Investment Services Agreement, dated December 16,  1994, between the Registrant and Trivest, Inc.
                      (10.6)(2)
</TABLE>


                                      57


<PAGE>   58
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit             Description
- -------             -----------
<S>                 <C>
   10.5             Agreement,  dated August 1, 1996, between Winston and the Retail, Wholesale, and Department Store
                      Union, AFL-CIO (10.8)(1)
   10.6             Lease, dated May 24, 1996, between LaSalle National Bank and Winston (10.7)(6)

   10.7             Business Lease, dated November 18, 1993, between Loewenstein and Emanuel Vanzo (10.21)(2)

   10.8             Lease Agreement by and between Teacher  Insurance and Annuity  Association and Winston  Furniture
                      Company of Alabama, Inc., commencing December 15, 1995 (10.23)(4)

   10.9             Lease Agreement, dated as of January 11,  1989, between W. Leslie Pelio and Michael Haworth d/b/a
                      Simworth, as amended (10.29)(2)
   10.10            Standard Industrial Lease Multi-tenant,  dated as of June 1997, between The Mutual Life Insurance
                      Company of New York and Continental Engineering Group, Inc., d/b/a Microcenter(7)

   10.11            Stock Purchase Agreement among WinsLoew  Furniture,  Inc.,  Continental  Engineering Group, Inc.,
                      and certain Shareholders, dated February 15, 1995 (10.31)(3)

   10.12            Credit Agreement,  dated  February 2,  1995, among the Registrant,  its subsidiaries,  and Heller
                      Financial, Inc. (10.32)(3)

   10.13            First  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  February 22,  1995,  among the  Registrant,  its
                      subsidiaries, and Heller Financial, Inc. (10.17)(4)

   10.14            Second Amendment to Credit Agreement,  dated May 8, 1995, among the Registrant, its subsidiaries,
                      and Heller Financial, Inc. (10.18)(4)

   10.15            Third  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  November 15,  1995,  among the  Registrant,  its
                      subsidiaries, and Heller Financial, Inc. (10.19)(4)

   10.16            Fourth  Amendment  to Credit  Agreement,  dated  November 20,  1995,  among the  Registrant,  its
                      subsidiaries, and Heller Financial, Inc. (10.20)(4)

   10.17            Fifth  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,   dated  June 30,  1996,  among  the  Registrants,   its
                      subsidiaries, and Heller Financial, Inc. (10.21)(5)

   10.18            Sixth  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,   dated  July 1,   1996,  among  the  Registrants,   its
                      subsidiaries, and Heller Financial, Inc. (10.22)(5)

   10.19            Seventh  Amendment to Credit  Agreement,  dated  January 27,  1997,  among the  Registrants,  its
                      subsidiaries, and Heller Financial, Inc. (10.20)(6)

  *10.20            Registrant's Non-Qualified Supplemental Retirement Plan for Key Employees (10.22)(6)

   10.21            Eighth  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  May  22,  1998,  between  the  Registrant,  its
                      subsidiaries and Heller Financial, Inc. (8)

   10.22            Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of June 30,  1998,  between the  Registrant  and  Vertiflex
                      Company (11)

</TABLE>

                                      58

<PAGE>   59
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit             Description
- -------             -----------
<S>                 <C>
   10.23            Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of June 30,  1998,  between  Winston  Furniture  Company of
                      Alabama, Inc. and Thomas Villella. (2.1)(9)

   10.24            Contract for Sale and Purchase,  dated as of June 30, 1998, between Villella,  Inc. and Thomas L.
                      Villella, as Trustee of the Thomas L. Villella Family Trust dated August 5, 1991 (2.2)(9)

   10.25            Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of November 23, 1998,  among Winston  Furniture  Company of
                      Alabama, Inc., Miami Metal Products,  Inc., Industrial Mueblera Pompeii de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
                      and the Sellers named therein (11)

  *10.26            Amendment  No. 1 to  Investment  Services  Agreement,  dated as of March  5,  1998,  between  the
                      Registrant and Trivest II, Inc. (11)

   21.1             Registrant's Subsidiaries(11)

   23.1             Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors(11)
</TABLE>
- ---------------

(1)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibits, shown in parentheses and filed
     with the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 33-85476).

(2)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibits, shown in parentheses and filed
     with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
     December 31, 1994.

(3)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibits, shown in parentheses and filed
     with the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K filed April 7, 1995.

(4)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibits, shown in parentheses and filed
     with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
     December 31, 1995.

(5)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibits, shown in parentheses and filed
     with the Registrant's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 28,
     1996.

(6)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibits, shown in parentheses and filed
     with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
     December 31, 1996.

(7)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibits, shown in parentheses and filed
     with the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
     December 31, 1997.

(8)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibits, shown in parentheses and filed
     with the Registrant's Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 26,
     1998.

(9)  Incorporated by reference to the exhibits, shown in parentheses and filed
     with the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K filed July 14, 1998.

(10) Incorporated by reference to the exhibits, shown in parentheses and filed
     with the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K filed March 11, 1999.

(11)     Filed herewith.

              (b)     REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

                      No reports on Form 8-K were filed by the Registrant
                      during the last quarter of the period covered by this
                      report.

                                      59
<PAGE>   60

              (c)     EXHIBITS REQUIRED BY ITEM 601 OF REGULATION S-K

                      The index to exhibits that are listed in Item 14(a)(3) of
                      this report and not incorporated by reference follows the
                      "Signatures" section hereof and is incorporated herein by
                      reference.

              (d)     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES REQUIRED BY REGULATION S-X

                      The financial statement schedules required by Regulation
                      S-X are included herein. See Item 14(a)2 for index.



                                      60

<PAGE>   61


                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                       WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC.

Date:  March 29, 1999                  By:/S/BOBBY TESNEY    
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Bobby Tesney
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant in the capacities, and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               Signature                                 Title                                  Date
- ----------------------------------        --------------------------------         ---------------------

<S>                                       <C>                                      <C>

/S/BOBBY TESNEY                           
- ----------------------------------        President, Chief Executive Officer
Bobby Tesney                               and Director (Principal Executive
                                                       Officer)
/S/VINCENT A. TORTORICI, JR.
- ----------------------------------        Vice President and Chief Financial
Vincent A. Tortorici, Jr.                  Officer (Principal Financial and
                                           Accounting Officer)

/S/EARL W. POWELL
- ----------------------------------        Chairman of the Board
Earl W. Powell

/S/PHILLIP T. GEORGE, M.D.
- ----------------------------------        Director
Phillip T. George, M.D.

/S/WILLIAM F. KACZYNSKI, JR.
- ----------------------------------        Director
William F. Kaczynski, Jr.

/S/PETER W. KLEIN
- ----------------------------------        Director
Peter W. Klein

/S/M. MILLER GORRIE
- ----------------------------------        Director
M. Miller Gorrie

/S/JAMES S. SMITH
- ----------------------------------        Director
James S. Smith

/S/HENRY C. CHEEK
- ----------------------------------        Director
Henry C. Cheek

/S/WILLIAM H. ALLEN, JR.
- ----------------------------------        Director
William H. Allen, Jr.

/S/SHERWOOD M. WEISER
- ----------------------------------        Director
Sherwood M. Weiser


</TABLE>


                                      61

<PAGE>   62
                SCHEDULE II - VALUATION OF QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                           WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC.
                               December 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      COL. A                            COL. B                  COL. C          COL. D                  COL. E         COL. F
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Additions
                                   Balance at          --------------------------------------------
                                   Beginning                  Charged to        Charged to                           Balance at
Description                        of Period               Costs and Expense   Other Accounts        Deductions     End of Period
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                 <C>                      <C>                                      <C>         <C>        
Year Ended December 31, 1996
Allowance for doubtful accounts     $   464,000          $ 1,759,000                    --           ($191,000)(1)    $ 2,032,000
                                    ===========          ===========           ===========         ===========        ===========

Year Ended December 31, 1997
Allowance for doubtful accounts     $ 2,032,000          $    42,000                    --         ($1,286,000)(1)    $   788,000
                                    ===========          ===========           ===========         ===========        ===========

Year Ended December 31, 1998
Allowance for doubtful accounts     $   788,000          $ 1,331,000                   --           ($425,000)(1)    $ 1,694,000
                                    ===========          ===========           ===========         ===========        ===========

Year Ended December 31, 1996
Allowance for excess and 
 obsolete inventory                 $   660,000          $   680,000                    --           ($851,000)(2)    $   489,000
                                    ===========          ===========           ===========         ===========        ===========
Year Ended December 31, 1997
Allowance for excess and 
  obsolete inventory                $   489,000          $ 1,267,000                   --          ($1,382,000)(2)    $   374,000
                                    ===========          ===========           ===========         ===========        ===========

Year Ended December 31, 1998
Allowance for excess and 
  obsolete inventory                $   374,000          $   702,000                   --           ($581,000)(2)     $   495,000
                                    ===========          ===========           ===========         ===========        ===========


</TABLE>
- ----------------------
    (1)  Uncollectible accounts receivable written-off.
    (2)  Excess and obsolete inventory written-off

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.22




                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                            WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC.

                                       AND

                                VERTIFLEX COMPANY

                  (Sale of Continental Engineering Group, Inc.)

                            Dated as of June 30, 1998


<PAGE>   2



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                              ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                  <C>
1.       Definitions                                                                            1

2.       PURCHASE AND SALE OF COMPANY SHARES                                                    8
         (a)      BASIC TRANSACTION                                                             8
         (b)      PURCHASE PRICE                                                                8
         (c)      PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE                                                     8
         (d)      SATISFACTION OF FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS                                           9
         (e)      THE CLOSING                                                                   9
         (f)      DELIVERIES AT THE CLOSING                                                     9
         (g)      POST-CLOSING PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT                                       10

3A.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER AS TO SELLER MATTERS                     12
         (a)      ORGANIZATION                                                                 12
         (b)      AUTHORIZATION OF TRANSACTION                                                 12
         (c)      NONCONTRAVENTION                                                             12
         (d)      OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK                                                    13
         (e)      BROKERS FEES                                                                 13

3B.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER WITH RESPECT TO THE COMPANY              13
         (a)      ORGANIZATION AND STANDING                                                    13
         (b)      AUTHORITY TO DO BUSINESS                                                     13
         (c)      CHARTER AND BYLAWS; CORPORATE RECORDS                                        13
         (d)      NO SUBSIDIARIES                                                              14
         (e)      CAPITALIZATION                                                               14
         (f)      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                                         14
         (g)      ABSENCE OF CERTAIN DEVELOPMENTS                                              15
         (h)      UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES                                                      17
         (i)      TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY                                                   17
         (j)      REAL PROPERTY                                                                18
         (k)      INSURANCE                                                                    18
         (l)      LABOR RELATIONS                                                              18
         (m)      COMPANY PERMITS; COMPLIANCE WITH LAW                                         19
         (n)      LITIGATION                                                                   19
         (o)      LIST OF ACCOUNTS                                                             19
         (p)      LIST OF PERSONNEL                                                            19
         (q)      EMPLOYEE BENEFITS                                                            20
         (r)      TAX MATTERS                                                                  22

</TABLE>



                                      -i-

<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                              ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                  <C>
         (s)      ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS                                                        23
         (t)      INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY                                                        24
         (u)      MATERIAL CONTRACTS                                                           25
         (v)      TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES                                                 25
         (w)      POWERS OF ATTORNEY                                                           25
         (x)      INVENTORY                                                                    25
         (y)      ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE                                                          26
         (z)      CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS                                                      26
         (aa)     TRAILING SALES COMMISSIONS                                                   26
         (bb)     FULL DISCLOSURE                                                              26

4.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER                                       26
         (a)      ORGANIZATION                                                                 26
         (b)      AUTHORIZATION OF TRANSACTION                                                 26
         (c)      NONCONTRAVENTION                                                             26
         (d)      BROKERS FEES                                                                 27
         (e)      ACQUISITION OF SHARES FOR INVESTMENT                                         27
         (f)      FULL DISCLOSURE                                                              27

5.       POST-CLOSING COVENANTS                                                                27
         (a)      GENERAL                                                                      27
         (b)      LITIGATION SUPPORT                                                           27
         (c)      PUBLICITY                                                                    27
         (d)      CERTAIN TAX MATTERS                                                          28
         (e)      FINANCIAL REPORTING COOPERATION                                              30
         (f)      401(K) PLAN                                                                  30
         (g)      NON-COMPETITION                                                              30

6.       CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION TO CLOSE                                                     31
         (a)      CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF THE PURCHASER                                    31
         (b)      CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF THE SELLER                                       33

7.       REMEDIES FOR BREACHES OF THIS AGREEMENT                                               34
         (a)      SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                                   34
         (b)      INDEMNIFICATION                                                              34
         (c)      LIMITATION OF RECOURSE                                                       37

8.       DISPUTE RESOLUTION                                                                    38
         (a)      DISPUTE DEFINED                                                              38
         (b)      DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES                                                38
</TABLE>





                                      -ii-
<PAGE>   4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                              ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                  <C>
         (c)      PROVISIONAL REMEDIES                                                         39
         (d)      TOLLING STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS                                               39
         (e)      PERFORMANCE TO CONTINUE                                                      39
         (f)      EXTENSION OF DEADLINES                                                       39
         (g)      ENFORCEMENT                                                                  39
         (h)      COSTS                                                                        39
         (i)      REPLACEMENT                                                                  40

9.       MODIFICATION AND WAIVERS                                                              40
         (a)      MODIFICATION                                                                 40
         (b)      WAIVERS                                                                      40

10.      ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS                                                                 40
         (a)      PROPORTIONATE SHARE                                                          41
         (b)      STOCK ADJUSTMENTS                                                            41
         (c)      SELLER'S GUARANTEE OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE                                    42
         (d)      SEVERANCE OBLIGATIONS                                                        43
         (e)      MICROCENTRE DISPUTE                                                          43
         (f)      PRE-CLOSING WORKERS COMPENSATION CLAIMS                                      43
         (g)      VACATION ACCRUAL                                                             43

11.      MISCELLANEOUS                                                                         44
         (a)      NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES                                                 44
         (b)      ENTIRE AGREEMENT                                                             44
         (c)      SUCCESSION AND ASSIGNMENT                                                    44
         (d)      COUNTERPARTS                                                                 44
         (e)      HEADINGS                                                                     44
         (f)      NOTICES                                                                      44
         (g)      GOVERNING LAW; VENUE                                                         46
         (h)      AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS                                                       46
         (i)      SEVERABILITY                                                                 46
         (j)      EXPENSES                                                                     46
         (k)      CONSTRUCTION                                                                 46
         (l)      INCORPORATION OF DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE                                         46
         (m)      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL                                                         47
         (n)      PREVAILING PARTIES                                                           47
         (o)      EQUITABLE REMEDIES                                                           47

</TABLE>

EXHIBIT A -- Escrow Agreement
Schedule I -- Shares
Schedule II -- Accounting Policies and Procedures
Disclosure Schedule



                                      -iii-


<PAGE>   5




                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                  This Stock Purchase Agreement is made and entered into as of
June 30, 1998, by and between VERTIFLEX COMPANY, an Illinois corporation (the
"PURCHASER"), and WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC., a Florida corporation (the
"SELLER"). The Purchaser and the Seller are each referred to in this Agreement
as a "PARTY" and collectively as the "PARTIES".

         The Seller directly owns all of the outstanding capital stock of
Continental Engineering Group, Inc., a California corporation (the "COMPANY").

         This Agreement contemplates a transaction in which the Purchaser will
purchase from the Seller, and the Seller will sell to the Purchaser, all of the
outstanding capital stock of the Company.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
promises herein made, and in consideration of the representations, warranties
and covenants herein contained, the Parties agree as follows.

         1.       DEFINITIONS.

         "ACCOUNTING FIRM" has the meaning set forth in section 2(g)(ii) below.

         "ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE" means all accounts, instruments, drafts,
acceptances and other forms of receivables relating to the Company's business,
and all rights earned under the Company's contracts to sell goods or render
services.

         "ACQUIRED BUSINESS" has the meaning set forth in section 5(g)(ii)
below.

         "ACTUAL AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in section 2(g)(ii)(C) below.

         "AFFILIATE" has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the regulations
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act.

         "AFFILIATED GROUP" means any affiliated group within the meaning of
section 1504 of the Code.

         "AUTHORITY" means any federal, state, local or foreign governmental
regulatory agency, commission, bureau, authority, court or arbitration tribunal.

         "AGREEMENT" means this Stock Purchase Agreement together with all
exhibits and schedules contemplated hereby.

         "ASSIGNED RECEIVABLES" has the meaning set forth in section 10(c)(ii)
below.


                                       -1-


<PAGE>   6



         "BASIS" means any past or present fact, situation, circumstance,
status, condition, activity, practice, plan, occurrence, event, incident,
action, failure to act, or transaction that forms or could form the basis for
any specified consequences.

         "BASKET" has the meaning set forth in section 7(b)(i) below.

         "CERCLA" has the meaning set forth in section 3B(s)(iV) below.

         "CHANGE OF CONTROL" has the meaning set forth in section 5(g)(i) below.

         "CHARTER" and "BYLAWS," respectively, mean with respect to any
corporation, those instruments that, among other things, (a) define its
existence, as filed or recorded with the applicable Authority, including,
without limitation, such corporation's Articles or Certificate of Incorporation,
and (b) otherwise govern its internal affairs, in each case as amended,
supplemented, or restated.

         "CLOSING" has the meaning set forth in section 2(e) below.

         "CLOSING BALANCE SHEET" has the meaning set forth in section 2(g)(i)
below.

         "CLOSING DATE" has the meaning set forth in section 2(e) below.

         "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the
regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "COMMON STOCK" means the Common Stock of the Company, no par value.

         "COMPANY" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "COMPANY PERMITS" means all licenses, franchises, permits, orders,
approvals, registrations, authorizations, qualification filings with all
Authorities required in connection with the operation of the business of the
Company.

         "COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" has the meaning set forth in section
3B(f)(i) below.

         "COMPANY INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" has the meaning set forth in
section 3B(f)(i) below.

         "COMPETING BUSINESS" has the meaning set forth in section 5(g)(ii)
below.

         "CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in section 11(b)
below.

         "CONTROLLED GROUP OF CORPORATIONS" has the meaning set forth in section
1563 of the Code.

         "CPR" has the meaning set forth in section 8(b)(ii) below.



                                       -2-


<PAGE>   7



         "DISPUTE" has the meaning set forth in section 8(a) below.

         "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN" has the meaning set forth in section 3B(q)
below.

         "EMPLOYEE PENSION BENEFIT PLAN" has the meaning set forth in ERISA
section 3(2).

         "EMPLOYEE WELFARE BENEFIT PLAN" has the meaning set forth in ERISA
section 3(1).

         "ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS" means all federal,
state, local and foreign statutes, regulations, ordinances and judicial and
administrative orders and determinations to which the Company is a party
concerning workplace health and safety and pollution or protection of the
environment, including, without limitation, all those relating to the presence,
use, production, generation, handling, transportation, treatment, storage,
disposal, distribution, labeling, testing, processing, discharge, release,
threatened release, control or cleanup of any Materials of Environmental
Concern.

         "ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM" means any written notice or claim by any person
or any Authority alleging potential liability (including, without limitation,
potential liability for investigatory costs, cleanup costs, governmental
response costs, natural resources damages, property damages, personal injuries
or penalties) arising out of, based on or resulting from (i) the presence,
release or threatened release into the environment, of any Material of
Environmental Concern at any location, whether or not owned, leased or operated
by the Company, or (ii) any violation, or alleged violation, of any
Environmental, Health and Safety Requirement.

         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

         "ERISA AFFILIATE" means any Person that would be aggregated with the
Company under section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

         "ESCROW ACCOUNT" has the meaning set forth in section 2(c)(ii) below.

         "ESCROW AGREEMENT" means the Escrow Agreement, in the form of EXHIBIT A
hereto, to be entered into on the Closing Date by the Purchaser, the Seller and
the Escrow Agent.

         "ESCROW AGENT" has the meaning set forth in section 2(c)(ii) below.

         "ESCROW FUNDS" has the meaning set forth in section 2(c)(ii) below.

         "FINAL CLOSING BALANCE SHEET DETERMINATION DATE" has the meaning set
forth in section 2(g)(ii) below.

         "FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS" means the aggregate amount (including the current
portions thereof) of all (i) indebtedness for money borrowed from others and
purchase money indebtedness (other than



                                       -3-


<PAGE>   8



accounts payable in the ordinary course) of the Company, (ii) indebtedness of
the type described in clause (i) above guaranteed, directly or indirectly, in
any manner by the Company, or in effect guaranteed, directly or indirectly, in
any manner by the Company, through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, to
supply funds to, or in any other manner invest in, the debtor, or to purchase
indebtedness, or to purchase and pay for property if not delivered or pay for
services if not performed, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to
make payment of the indebtedness or to assure the owners of the indebtedness
against loss, but excluding endorsements of checks and other instruments in the
ordinary course, (iii) indebtedness of the type described in clause (i) above
secured by any Lien upon property owned by the Company, even though the Company
has not in any manner become liable for the payment of such indebtedness, and
interest expense accrued but unpaid, and all prepayment premiums, on or relating
to any of such indebtednesection 

         "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles as
in effect from time to time.

         "HIGH AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in section 2(g)(ii)(B) below.

         "INCOME TAX" means any federal, state, local or foreign Tax based on,
measured by or with respect to income, net worth or capital, including any
interest, penalty or addition thereto.

         "INDEMNIFIED PARTY" has the meaning set forth in section 7(b)(v) below.

         "INDEMNIFYING PARTY" has the meaning set forth in section 7(b)(v)
below.

          "INITIAL PAYMENT" has the meaning set forth in section 2(c)(i) below.

         "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" has the meaning set forth in section 3B(t)
below.

         "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSES" has the meaning set forth in section
3B(t) below.

         "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service.

         "INVENTORY" means all of the Company's inventories, including without
limitation, raw materials, work in progress, finished goods, spare parts,
supplies, packaging goods and other like items.

         "KNOWLEDGE" (and the related phrase "TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF"), (a) when
applied to the Seller means the actual knowledge of Bobby Tesney, Vincent A.
Tortorici, Jr., Jerry Camp and Rick Lee, after reasonable investigations and
inquiries of the officers and responsible employees of the Company (including,
without limitation, Zoeann Gamboa, Randy Gastelum, Terry King, John Latta and
David Capodiece), and (b) when applied to the Purchaser means the actual
knowledge after reasonable investigation of the executive officers of the
Purchaser.



                                       -4-


<PAGE>   9



         "LABOR DISPUTE" has the meaning set forth in section 7(b)(iii) below.

         "LIEN" means any lien, charge, claim, restriction, encumbrance,
security interest or pledge of any kind whatsoever.

         "LISTED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" has the meaning set forth in section
3B(t) below.

         "LOSS" or "LOSSES" means all damages, dues, penalties, fines,
reasonable amounts paid in settlement, Taxes, costs, obligations, losses,
expenses, and fees (including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees and
expenses), including, as the context may require, any of the foregoing which
arise out of or in connection with any actions, suits, proceedings, hearings,
investigations, charges, complaints, claims, demands, injunctions, judgments,
orders, decrees or rulings.

         "LOW AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in section 2(g)(ii)(A) below.

         "MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE" or "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means any change
or effect that is materially adverse to the business, assets, financial
condition or results of operations of the Company.

         "MATERIAL CONTRACT" means any contract or agreement whether written or
oral (including any and all amendments thereto) to which the Company is a party,
or by which the Company or any of its assets is bound, and which (a) relates to
Funded Indebtedness or is a letter of credit, pledge, bond or similar
arrangement running to the account of or for the benefit of the Company, (b)
relates to the purchase, maintenance or acquisition, or sale or furnishing of
materials, supplies, merchandise, machinery, equipment, parts or any other
property or services (excluding any such contract made in the Ordinary Course of
Business and which is expected to be fully performed within 30 days of the date
hereof or which involves revenues or expenditures of less than $25,000), (c) is
a collective bargaining agreement, (d) obligates the Company not to compete with
any business, or to conduct any business with only certain parties, or which
otherwise restrains or prevents the Company from carrying on any lawful business
or which restricts the right of the Company to use or disclose any information
in its possession, (e) relates to (i) employment, compensation, severance, or
consulting between the Company and any of its officers or directors, or (ii)
other employees or consultants who are entitled to compensation thereunder in
excess of $25,000 per annum, (f) is a lease or sublease of real property, or a
lease, sublease or other title retention agreement or conditional sales
agreement for any machinery, equipment, vehicle or other tangible personal
property (whether the Company is a lessor or lessee), (g) is a contract for
capital expenditures or the acquisition or construction of fixed assets for or
in respect of any real property involving payments in excess of $25,000, (h) is
a contract granting any Person a Lien on any of the assets of the Company, in
whole or in part (other than Permitted Liens), (i) is a contract by which the
Company retains any manufacturer's representatives, broker or other sales agent,
distributor or representative, or advertising or marketing entity or through
which the Company is appointed or authorized as a sales agent, distributor or
representative, (j) is a contract under which the Company has granted or
received a license or sublicense or under which the Company is obligated to pay
or has the right to receive a royalty,



                                       -5-


<PAGE>   10



license fee or similar payment (other than software licenses for purchased
software), (k) is a joint venture or partnership contract or a limited liability
company operating agreement, (l) is (i) an agreement for the storage,
transportation, treatment and disposal of any materials subject to regulation
under any Environmental Health and Safety Requirements, or (ii) a contract for
storage, transportation or similar services with carriers or warehousemen
(excluding any such contract entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business and
involving annual expenditures not exceeding $50,000), (m) is an agreement or
arrangement with the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller, or (n) other than
the insurance policies and binders set forth in section 3B(k) of the Disclosure
Schedule, is otherwise material to the assets, business, operations or financial
condition of the Company.

         "MATERIALS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN" means chemicals, toxic chemicals,
pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances,
petroleum and petroleum products, pesticides, asbestos, polychlorinated
biphenyls, in each case with respect to which liability or standards of conduct
are imposed pursuant to any Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements.

         "MEDIATION REQUEST" has the meaning set forth in section 8(b)(ii)
below.

         "MOST RECENT BALANCE SHEET" means the balance sheet contained within
the Most Recent Financial Statements.

         "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" has the meaning set forth in ERISA section 3(37).

         "NET WORKING CAPITAL" means the total current assets of the Company
(which current assets shall exclude the current portion of deferred tax assets,
cash (except the Company's cash in its payroll account and its bank account in
England and the Company's petty cash), and prepaid insurance) and (b) the total
current liabilities of the Company (which current liabilities shall exclude the
current portion of any Funded Indebtedness, income taxes and accrued insurance),
in each case determined as of the close of business on June 26, 1998 and by
reference to the amounts set forth on the face (but not the notes) of the
Closing Balance Sheet..

         "90 AND OVER ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE" has the meaning set forth in section
10(c) below.

         "NON-COMPETITION AREA" has the meaning set forth in section 5(g)(i)
below.

         "NOTICE OF DISAGREEMENT WITH CLOSING BALANCE SHEET" has the meaning set
forth in section 2(g)(ii) below.

         "OPINION OF SELLER'S COUNSEL" means the opinion of Gordon & Einstein,
Ltd., counsel to the Seller, dated as of the Closing Date, addressed to the
Purchaser, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser and
its lender.

         "ORDINARY COURSE OF BUSINESS" means the ordinary course of business
consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to quantity and
frequency).



                                       -6-


<PAGE>   11



         "OTHER TAXES" means all Taxes other than Income Taxes.

         "PARTY" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "PERMITTED INVESTMENT" has the meaning set forth in section 5(g)(ii)
below.

         "PERMITTED LIENS" means (a) Liens set forth on the Disclosure Schedule
and which are identified as Permitted Liens, (b) Liens for Taxes not yet due and
payable and as to which appropriate reserves have been reflected on the Company
Interim Financial Statements, (c) workers or unemployment compensation Liens
arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and as to which appropriate reserves
have been reflected on the Most Recent Balance Sheet or adequate provision has
been made therefor by the Seller, and (d) mechanic's, materialman's, supplier's,
vendor's or landlord's Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing
amounts which are not delinquent or being contested.

         "PERSON" means any natural person, corporation, limited liability
company, unincorporated organization, partnership, association, joint-stock
company, joint venture, trust or government, or any agency or political
subdivision of any government.

         "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

         "PRE-CLOSING TAX PERIOD" means any tax period (including partial
periods) that ends on or prior to the Closing Date.

         "PROPORTIONATE SHARE" has the meaning set forth in section 10(a)(i)
below.

         "PURCHASED BUSINESS" has the meaning set forth in section 5(g)(i)
below.

         "PURCHASER" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning set forth in section 2(b) below.

         "PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT" has the meaning set forth in section
2(g)(iii) below.

         "REAL PROPERTY" has the meaning set forth in section 3B(j) below.

         "REPLACEMENT" has the meaning set forth in section 8(i) below.

         "RETURN" means any return, declaration (including any declaration of
estimated Taxes), report, claim for refund, or information return or statement
relating to Taxes with respect to any income, assets or properties of the
Company, including any schedule or attachment thereto.



                                       -7-


<PAGE>   12



         "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "SELLER" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "SHARES" has the meaning set forth in section 2(a) below.

         "SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation with respect to which a specified
Person (or a Subsidiary thereof) owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the
common stock or has the power to vote or direct the voting of sufficient
securities to elect a majority of the directors.

         "TAX ASSESSMENT" has the meaning set forth in section 5(d) below.

         "TAX NOTICE" has the meaning set forth in section 5(d) below.

         "TAXES" means all federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including,
without limitation, income or profits taxes, premium taxes, excise taxes, sales
taxes, use taxes, gross receipts taxes, franchise taxes, ad valorem taxes,
severance taxes, capital levy taxes, transfer taxes, value added taxes,
employment and payroll-related taxes, property taxes, real estate taxes,
business license taxes, occupation taxes, import duties and other governmental
charges and assessments), of any kind whatsoever, including interest, additions
to tax and penalties with respect thereto.

         "THIRD PARTY CLAIM" has the meaning set forth in section 7(b)(v) below.

         "UNRESTRICTED REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" has the meaning set forth
in section 7(a) below.

         2. PURCHASE AND SALE OF COMPANY SHARES.

         (a) BASIC TRANSACTION. On and subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Seller, and the Seller
agrees to sell to the Purchaser, free and clear of any and all restrictions on
transfer, Liens, claims and demands, all of the shares of Common Stock owned by
the Seller (the "SHARES") as set forth in SCHEDULE I hereto, for the
consideration specified below in this section 2.

         (b) PURCHASE PRICE. The aggregate purchase price to be paid by the
Purchaser for all of the Shares (the "PURCHASE PRICE") shall be (i) $7,875,000,
plus or MINUS (ii) any Purchase Price Adjustment made pursuant to section 2(g)
below.

         (c) PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE. On the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall
make payment of the Purchase Price as follows:

                  (i) To the Seller, by wire transfer of immediately available
         funds, the sum of $6,874,250 (the "INITIAL PAYMENT"), to the account
         designated in writing by the Seller on the



                                       -8-


<PAGE>   13



         Closing Date. The Seller may direct the Purchaser to deliver a portion
         of the Initial Payment to certain third parties for fees, expenses,
         costs or other obligations arising out of or in connection with the
         transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

                  (ii) To American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago,
         as escrow agent (the "ESCROW AGENT") pursuant to the terms of the
         Escrow Agreement, the sum of $1,000,000 (the "ESCROW FUNDS"), together
         with $750.00, representing the Seller's share of the first 12 months'
         escrow fees, for a total payment to the Escrow Agent of $1,000,750. As
         provided in the Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Funds shall be held in an
         account (the "ESCROW ACCOUNT") to provide indemnification to the
         Purchaser as provided in section 7(b) hereof.

         (d) SATISFACTION OF FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS.  On the Closing Date, the
Seller, at its expense, shall take such steps as shall be necessary such that,
concurrently with the Closing, there will be no further obligations of the
Company, monetary or otherwise, with respect to any Funded Indebtedness
outstanding immediately prior to the Closing. The Seller will make arrangements
reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser for all holders of Funded Indebtedness
outstanding immediately prior to the Closing to provide to the Purchaser
recordable form mortgage and lien releases, canceled notes, trademark and patent
assignments and other documents reasonably requested by the Purchaser
simultaneously with or promptly following the Closing. If, after the Closing,
the Purchaser discovers that the Seller failed to eliminate, concurrently with
the Closing, all obligations of the Company, monetary or otherwise, with respect
to any Funded Indebtedness outstanding immediately prior to the Closing, the
Seller, at its expense, will take those actions reasonably requested by the
Purchaser to remove such obligations.

         (e) THE CLOSING. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement (the "CLOSING") shall take place at the offices of Schwartz & Freeman,
401 North Michigan, Suite 1900, Chicago, Illinois 60611 (or at such other
location as the Parties may agree), commencing at 10:00 a.m. local time on June
30, 1998 or such other date as the Seller and the Purchaser may mutually
determine (the "CLOSING DATE"). The Closing when completed shall be deemed to
have been effective at 11:59 p.m. on June 26, 1998.

         (f) DELIVERIES AT THE CLOSING. At the Closing, (i) the Seller will
deliver to the Purchaser the various certificates and documents referred to in
section 6(a) below, (ii) the Purchaser will deliver to the Seller the various
certificates and documents referred to in section 6(b) below, (iii) the Seller
will deliver to the Purchaser stock certificates representing all of the Shares
being purchased pursuant to section 2(a) above, duly endorsed in blank or
accompanied by duly executed assignment documents, sufficient in form and
substance to convey to the Purchaser good title to such Shares, free and clear
of all restrictions on transfer, Liens, claims and demands and (iv) the
Purchaser will deliver to the Seller the Initial Payment.



                                       -9-


<PAGE>   14



         (g) POST-CLOSING PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT.

                  (i) At the Closing, the Seller shall prepare and deliver to
         the Purchaser (A) a balance sheet of the Company as of June 26, 1998
         (the "CLOSING BALANCE SHEET") and (B) the Seller's calculation of the
         Net Working Capital of the Company as of such time. The Seller shall
         deliver to Purchaser a draft of the Closing Balance Sheet and its
         calculation of Net Working Capital two days prior to the Closing Date.
         Except as provided in SCHEDULE II hereto, the Closing Balance Sheet
         (including, without limitation, such calculation of Net Working
         Capital) shall be prepared (A) in accordance with GAAP applied in a
         manner consistent with the same accounting principles and methodologies
         used in preparing the Company Financial Statements and (B) in
         accordance with the principles and procedures set forth on SCHEDULE II
         hereto.

                  (ii) During the 45 days immediately following receipt of the
         Closing Balance Sheet by the Purchaser, the Purchaser and its
         accountants shall be entitled to review the Closing Balance Sheet and
         the calculation of Net Working Capital and any working papers, trial
         balances and similar materials relating thereto prepared by the Seller
         or its accountants, and the Seller shall provide the Purchaser and its
         accountants with timely access, during the Company's normal business
         hours, to the Company's personnel, properties, books and records and to
         the Seller's personnel, properties, books and records to the extent
         related to the preparation of the Closing Balance Sheet's calculation
         of Net Working Capital. The Seller shall use reasonable commercial
         efforts to cause its accountants to make available to the Purchaser any
         working papers, trial balances and similar materials prepared by such
         accountants in connection with the preparation of the Closing Balance
         Sheet's calculation of Net Working Capital; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
         Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that such accountants may require the
         Purchaser to execute customary undertakings in connection with such
         accesection The Closing Balance Sheet's calculation of Net Working
         Capital shall become final and binding upon the Parties on the 46th day
         following delivery thereof unless the Purchaser gives written notice to
         the Seller of its disagreement with the Closing Balance Sheet's
         calculation of Net Working Capital (a "NOTICE OF DISAGREEMENT WITH
         CLOSING BALANCE SHEET") prior to such date. Any Notice of Disagreement
         With Closing Balance Sheet shall specify in reasonable detail the
         nature of any disagreement so asserted. If a timely Notice of
         Disagreement With Closing Balance Sheet is received by the Seller with
         respect to the Closing Balance Sheet's calculation of Net Working
         Capital , then the Closing Balance Sheet's calculation of Net Working
         Capital (as revised in accordance with clause (A) or (B) below), shall
         become final and binding as to the calculation of Net Working Capital
         upon the Parties on the earlier of (A) the date the Purchaser and the
         Seller resolve in writing any differences they have with respect to any
         matter specified in a Notice of Disagreement With Closing Balance
         Sheet, or (B) the date any matters in dispute are finally resolved in
         writing by the Accounting Firm in the manner described below (the date
         on which the Closing Balance Sheet's calculation of Net Working Capital
         becomes final and binding being hereinafter referred to as the "FINAL
         CLOSING BALANCE SHEET DETERMINATION DATE"). During the 30 days
         immediately following the delivery of any Notice of



                                      -10-


<PAGE>   15



         Disagreement With Closing Balance Sheet, the Purchaser and the Seller
         shall seek in good faith to resolve in writing any differences which
         they may have with respect to any matter specified in such Notice of
         Disagreement With Closing Balance Sheet. During such period, the
         Purchaser and its accountants shall each have access to the Seller's
         and the Company's working papers, trial balances and similar materials
         (including the working papers, trial balances and similar materials of
         their respective accountants) prepared in connection with the
         preparation of the Closing Balance Sheet and the calculation of Net
         Working Capital. At the end of such 30 day period, the Seller and the
         Purchaser shall submit to an Accounting Firm for review and resolution
         any and all matters which remain in dispute and which were included in
         any Notice of Disagreement With Closing Balance Sheet (it being
         understood that the Accounting Firm shall act as an arbitrator to
         determine, based solely on presentations by the Purchaser and the
         Seller (and not by independent review), only those matters which remain
         in dispute), and the Accounting Firm shall reach a final, binding
         resolution of all matters which remain in dispute, which final
         resolution shall be (A) in writing, (B) furnished to the Purchaser and
         the Seller as soon as practicable after the items in dispute have been
         referred to the Accounting Firm, (C) made in accordance with this
         Agreement, and (D) conclusive and binding upon the Parties and not
         subject to collateral attack for any reason. The Closing Balance Sheet,
         with any adjustments necessary to reflect the Accounting Firm's
         resolution of the matters in dispute, shall become final and binding as
         to the calculation of Net Working Capital on the Parties on the date
         the Accounting Firm delivers its final resolution to the Parties, which
         shall be no later than 90 days after the Closing Date. The Accounting
         Firm shall be mutually selected by the Purchaser and the Seller, or, if
         the Purchaser and the Seller cannot so agree within the 30-day period
         referred to above, by lot from among the independent "Big 6" public
         accounting firms (after excluding the Seller's independent public
         accountants and the Purchaser's independent public accountants) willing
         to act (the "ACCOUNTING FIRM"). Each Party shall pay its own costs and
         expenses incurred in connection with such arbitration, provided that
         the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne as follows:

                                    (A) if the Accounting Firm resolves all of
                  the remaining objections in favor of the Purchaser (the amount
                  of the Net Working Capital so determined is referred to herein
                  as the "LOW AMOUNT"), the Seller will be responsible for all
                  of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm;

                                    (B) if the Accounting Firm resolves all of
                  the remaining objections in favor of the Seller (the amount of
                  the Net Working Capital so determined is referred to herein as
                  the "HIGH AMOUNT"), the Purchaser will be responsible for all
                  of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm; and

                                    (C) if the Accounting Firm resolves some of
                  the remaining objections in favor of the Purchaser and the
                  rest of the remaining objections in favor of the Seller (the
                  amount of the Net Working Capital so determined is referred to
                  herein as "ACTUAL AMOUNT"), the Seller will be responsible for
                  that fraction of the fees



                                      -11-


<PAGE>   16



                  and expenses of the Accounting Firm equal to (i) the
                  difference between the High Amount and the Actual Amount over
                  (ii) the difference between the High Amount and the Low
                  Amount, and the Purchaser will be responsible for the
                  remainder of the fees and expenses.

                  (iii) Upon the final determination of the Closing Balance
         Sheet in accordance with this section 2(g), the following amounts will
         be payable:

                           (A)      if Net Working Capital is greater than
                                    $2,800,000.00, the Purchaser shall pay to
                                    the Seller the amount by which the amount of
                                    the Net Working Capital exceeds such amount;
                                    and

                           (B)      if Net Working Capital is less than
                                    $2,800,000.00, the Seller shall pay to the
                                    Purchaser the amount by which the amount of
                                    the Net Working Capital is less than such
                                    amount.

         Any required adjustment to the Purchase Price pursuant to this section
         2(g) shall be referred to as the "PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT".

                  (iv) Within 48 days after the receipt by the Purchaser of the
         Closing Balance Sheet in accordance with section 2(g)(i) above, the
         Seller, if section 2(g)(iii)(B) is applicable, shall make the payment
         required by section 2(g)(iii)(B) above with respect to any undisputed
         amounts constituting a portion of the Purchase Price Adjustment. If
         section 2(g)(iii)(A) is applicable, the Purchaser shall make payments
         to Seller of the Purchase Price Adjustment out of 60% of its collection
         of accounts receivable until the Purchase Price Adjustment is paid in
         full. With respect to any items that are the subject of a Notice of
         Disagreement With Closing Balance Sheet, payment shall be made within
         three business days after the Final Closing Balance Sheet Determination
         Date.

         3A. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER AS TO SELLER MATTERS.
The Seller represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

         (a) ORGANIZATION. The Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing, and in good standing under the laws of Florida.

         (b) AUTHORIZATION OF TRANSACTION. The Seller has full corporate power
and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and
to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement constitutes
and the Escrow Agreement, when executed and delivered, will constitute the valid
and legally binding obligations of the Seller, enforceable in accordance with
their respective terms.

         (c) NONCONTRAVENTION. Neither the execution and the delivery of this
Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby, will



                                      -12-


<PAGE>   17



(i) violate any statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree
or ruling of any Authority to which the Seller is subject or any provision of
its charter or bylaws or other organizational document, as the case may be, or
(ii) except as set forth under section 3A(c) of the Disclosure Schedule conflict
with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the
acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify
or cancel, or require any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license
or instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it is bound or to which
any of its assets is subject. The Seller is not required to give any notice to,
make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent or approval of any
Authority in order for it to consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.

         (d) OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK. The Seller holds of record and owns
beneficially the number of Shares set forth on SCHEDULE I attached hereto and
has good title to such Shares, free and clear of any restrictions on transfer,
Liens, claims, and demands. The Seller is not a party to any option, warrant,
purchase right, or other contract or commitment that could require the Seller to
sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of the Company (other
than this Agreement). The Seller is not a party to any voting trusts, proxies,
or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting of any capital
stock of the Company. The Shares represent all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of the Company.

         (e) BROKERS FEES. The Seller does not have any liability or obligation
to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which the Company or the
Purchaser could become liable or obligated. Without limitation as to the
foregoing, the Seller shall pay all fees and expenses of Mann, Armistead &
Epperson, Ltd. in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

         3B. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER WITH RESPECT TO THE
COMPANY. The Seller represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

         (a) ORGANIZATION AND STANDING. The Company is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of
incorporation.

         (b) AUTHORITY TO DO BUSINESS The Company has all requisite corporate
power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its
business in the manner where now conducted and is duly licensed or qualified to
do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each
jurisdiction in which the nature of its properties and assets or the conduct of
its business requires it to be so licensed or qualified, except where the
failure to be in good standing or to be duly licensed or qualified to do
business would not have a Material Adverse Effect. section 3B(b) of the
Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of each jurisdiction in which the Company
is licensed or qualified to do business as a foreign corporation. The Company is
not required to be licensed or qualified to transact business as a foreign
corporation in the District of Columbia or England.

         (c) CHARTER AND BYLAWS; CORPORATE RECORDS. Copies of the Charter and
bylaws of the Company and all amendments thereto as in effect on the date hereof
have been delivered to the



                                      -13-


<PAGE>   18



Purchaser and are complete and correct as of the date hereof. A copy of the
corporate minutes and stock records of the Company have been delivered to the
Purchaser. With respect to all periods from and after March 24, 1995, such
corporate minutes contain a complete record of the meetings of the sole
shareholder and the board of directors (and any committees thereof) of the
Company. With respect to all periods prior to March 24, 1995, to the Knowledge
of the Seller such corporate minutes contain a complete record of the meetings
of the sole shareholder and the board of directors (and any committees thereof)
of the Company.

         (d) NO SUBSIDIARIES. The Company has no direct or indirect equity
interest by stock ownership or otherwise in any other corporation, partnership,
joint venture, firm, association or business enterprise.

         (e) CAPITALIZATION. The Company's authorized capital stock consists
solely of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 1,000 shares are issued and
outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Company (i) are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable,
(ii) are held beneficially and of record by the Seller, and (iii) were not
issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any person or any agreement or
law by which the Company at the time of issuance was bound. No shares of Common
Stock are held by the Company in its treasury. There are no outstanding or
authorized subscriptions, warrants, options or, except for this Agreement, other
agreements or rights of any kind to purchase or otherwise receive or be issued,
or securities or obligations of any kind convertible into, any shares of capital
stock or any other security of the Company; there is no outstanding contract or
other agreement of the Seller, the Company or any other person to purchase,
redeem or otherwise acquire any outstanding shares of the capital stock of the
Company, or securities or obligations of any kind convertible into any shares of
the capital stock of the Company; there are no dividends which have accrued or
been declared but are unpaid on the capital stock of the Company, and there are
no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit sharing,
stock plans or similar rights with respect to the Company.

         (f) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                  (i) The Seller has delivered to the Purchaser copies of the
         Company's unaudited balance sheet at March 27, 1998 (the "MOST RECENT
         BALANCE SHEET") and the related statements of income, stockholders'
         equity and cash flow for the three fiscal months then ended (the
         "COMPANY INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"), and for the fiscal years ended
         December 31, 1995, December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997, which
         financial statements together with the Company Interim Financial
         Statements are collectively referred to herein as the "COMPANY
         FINANCIAL STATEMENTS". The Company Financial Statements (i) have been
         prepared from the books and records of the Company, (ii) present fairly
         the financial condition of the Company and its results of operations as
         at and for the respective periods then ended, and (iii) have been
         prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the
         periods indicated; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Interim Company Interim
         Financial Statements are subject to normal, non-material year-end
         adjustments and lack footnotes and other presentation items.



                                      -14-


<PAGE>   19



                  (ii) The Seller has delivered to the Purchaser copies of (i)
         the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related consolidated
         statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Seller
         and its subsidiaries for the three fiscal months ended March 27, 1998,
         and (ii) the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Seller and its
         subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
         consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows
         for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, with
         the report thereon of Ernst & Young LLP.

         (g) ABSENCE OF CERTAIN DEVELOPMENTS. Except as otherwise contemplated
by this Agreement, since the date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet, the Company
has conducted its business only in the Ordinary Course of Business and there has
not been any Material Adverse Change with respect to the Company. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, since that date, the Company has not,
except as set forth in section 3B(g) of the Disclosure Schedule:

                  (i) borrowed any amount or incurred any liabilities, except
         liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business (none of which
         results from, arises out of, relates to, is in the nature of or was
         caused by any breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort,
         infringement or violation of law);

                  (ii) mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any Lien any of its
         assets, except for Permitted Liens, or entered into any conditional
         sale or other title retention agreement with respect to any property or
         asset;

                  (iii) sold, assigned or transferred any of its tangible
         assets, except for (A) sales of Inventory in the Ordinary Course of
         Business and (B) sales of immaterial assets (having an aggregate value
         of not more than $10,000) not used nor useful in the business of the
         Company;

                  (iv) sold, assigned, transferred or granted any interest
         (other than Liens in respect of Funded Indebtedness) in any patents,
         trademarks or trade names or any material copyrights, trade secrets or
         other intangible assets;

                  (v) made any capital expenditures or commitments therefor in
         excess of $25,000 individually or $100,000 in the aggregate (all
         capital expenditures being in the Ordinary Course of Business), except
         for the purchase of the packaging line which, except for amounts
         included in accounts payable on the Closing Balance Sheet, has been
         paid for in full

                  (vi) entered into any agreement, contract, lease or license
         outside the Ordinary Course of Business or involving in excess of
         $25,000;

                  (vii) suffered any theft, damage, destruction or casualty loss
         (in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate) to its property, whether or not
         covered by insurance;



                                      -15-


<PAGE>   20



                  (viii) entered into any agreement with any labor union or
         association representing any employee, or made any wage or salary
         increase or bonus, or increase in any other direct or indirect
         compensation, for or to any of its officers, directors or employees;

                  (ix) made any change in its accounting methods, principles or
         practices;

                  (x) made any increase in or established any bonus, insurance,
         deferred compensation, pension, retirement, profit-sharing, stock
         option (including the granting of stock options, stock appreciation
         rights, performance awards or restricted stock awards or the amendment
         of any existing stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance
         awards or restricted stock awards), stock purchase or other employee
         benefit plan or agreement or arrangement;

                  (xi) reclassified, combined, split, subdivided or redeemed or
         otherwise repurchased any capital stock of the Company, or created,
         authorized, issued, sold, delivered, pledged or encumbered any
         additional capital stock (whether authorized but unissued or held in
         treasury) or other securities equivalent to or exchangeable for capital
         stock, or granted or otherwise issued any options, warrants or other
         rights with respect thereto;

                  (xii) acquired or agreed to acquire by merging or
         consolidating with, or by purchasing any portion of the capital stock,
         partnership interests or assets of, or by any other manner, any
         business or any corporation, partnership, limited liability company,
         association or other business organization or division thereof;

                  (xiii) made any loan or advance (whether in cash or other
         property), or made any investment in or capital contribution to, or
         extended any credit to, any Person, except (i) short-term investments
         pursuant to customary cash management policies, and (ii) advances made
         in the Ordinary Course of Business to employees;

                  (xiv) cancelled, compromised, waived or released any right or
         claim (or series of related rights and claims) outside the Ordinary
         Course of Business or involving more than $25,000 in the aggregate;

                  (xv) made or pledged to make any charitable contribution;

                  (xvi) (A) except in the Ordinary Course of Business liquidated
         Inventory or accepted product returns, (B) accelerated receivables or
         (C) delayed payables;

                  (xvii) declared or set aside or paid any dividend in kind or
         made any distribution in kind with respect to its capital stock or
         redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired any of its capital stock;



                                      -16-


<PAGE>   21



                  (xviii) incurred any obligation to pay any management fee or
         other fees or reimbursements to Affiliates of the Company, except for
         obligations which will be paid prior to Closing; or

                  (xix) committed to do any of the foregoing.

         (h) UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES. The Company does not have any liability
(whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued
or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become
due, including any liability for Taxes) (and, to the Knowledge of the Seller,
there is no Basis for any present or future action, suit, proceeding, hearing,
investigation, charge, complaint, claim or demand against the Company giving
rise to any liability), except for (i) liabilities reflected in the Company
Financial Statements, (ii) contractual obligations of the Company which are to
be performed in the Ordinary Course of Business under agreements, contracts,
leases, licenses and other arrangements to which the Company or any of its
assets are bound (none of which results from, arises out of, relates to, is in
the nature of or was caused by any breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort,
infringement or violation of law), (iii) liabilities reflected in section 3B(h)
of the Disclosure Schedule and (iv) liabilities which have arisen in the
Ordinary Course of Business since the date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet
(none of which results from, arises out of, relates to, is in the nature of or
was caused by any breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort, infringement or
violation of law). The Company has received no notice of any potential returns
from customers; however, based upon the past custom and practice of the Company,
there may be returns from United Stationers, S.P. Richards and Office Depot.

         (i) TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY.

                           (i) Except as set forth in section 3B(i) of the
         Disclosure Schedule and except for Inventory disposed of in the
         Ordinary Course of Business since the date of the Most Recent Balance
         Sheet, the Company has (x) good and marketable title to all of the
         tangible personal property and assets which are used in the operation
         of its business and which it owns or purports to own, and (y) valid
         leasehold interests in all leases of tangible personal property which
         it leases or purports to lease, in each case free and clear of any
         Liens, other than Permitted Liens. The Company owns or leases all
         buildings, machinery, equipment, and other tangible assets necessary
         for the conduct of its businesses as presently conducted. Each such
         tangible asset has been maintained in accordance with normal industry
         practice, is in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal
         wear and tear), and is suitable for the purposes for which it presently
         is used.

                           (ii) The Company enjoys peaceful and undisturbed
         possession under all of such leases of personal property under which it
         is operating. There are no existing defaults, or events which with the
         passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute
         defaults by the Company or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, by any
         other party to any such lease, except defaults which could not
         reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.



                                      -17-


<PAGE>   22




         (j) REAL PROPERTY.

                  (i) The Company does not own any real property. section 3B(j)
         of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all real property
         leased, subleased or otherwise occupied by the Company, indicating the
         nature of its interest therein and setting forth a brief description of
         the buildings and improvements located thereon (collectively, the "REAL
         PROPERTY"). The Seller has delivered a complete copy of all leases to
         the Purchaser. The Company has valid leasehold interests in all leases
         of Real Property which it leases or purports to lease, free and clear
         of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens. To the Knowledge of the
         Seller, there are no pending condemnation, expropriation, eminent
         domain or similar proceedings affecting all or any portion of such Real
         Property and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no such proceedings are
         contemplated.

                  (ii) The Company enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession
         under all of such Real Property leases under which it is operating. All
         of such leases are valid, subsisting and in full force and effect, no
         notice of termination has been received by the Company with respect
         thereto, and there are no existing defaults, or events which with the
         passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute
         defaults by the Company or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, by any
         other party thereto, except for defaults which could not reasonably be
         expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (iii) The Real Property is in compliance with the American
         with Disabilities Act.

         (k) INSURANCE. Section 3B(k) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a
list of all insurance policies currently in effect which are owned or held by
the Company, insuring the products, properties, assets, business and operations
of the Company and its potential liabilities to third parties, and all general
liability policies maintained by the Company. All such policies are in full
force and effect and all premiums due and payable in respect thereof have been
paid, except to the extent set forth in section 3B(k) of the Disclosure
Schedule. Since the respective dates of such policies, no notice of cancellation
or non-renewal with respect to any such policy has been received by the Company.
Such policies are sufficient for compliance with all requirements of law and
Material Contracts to which the Company is a party. Since the respective dates
of such policies, no notice of cancellation or non-renewal with respect to any
such policy has been received by the Company. Section 3B(k) of the Disclosure
Schedule sets forth a list of all pending claims with respect to all such
policies.

         (l) LABOR RELATIONS.

                  (i) The Company is not now, nor has it ever been, a party to
         or otherwise bound by any labor or collective bargaining agreement.
         Except as set forth in section 3B(l) of the Disclosure Schedule, as of
         the date hereof (A) the Company is not involved in or, to the Knowledge
         of the Seller, threatened with any labor dispute, strike, slowdown,
         work stoppage, grievance, unfair labor practice charge, arbitration,
         suit or administrative



                                      -18-


<PAGE>   23



         proceeding relating to labor matters involving its employees, (B) there
         are no actions, proceedings or claims pending or, to the Knowledge of
         the Seller, threatened against the Company under any laws relating to
         employment, including any provisions thereof relating to wages, hours,
         collective bargaining, withholding or the payment of social security or
         other Taxes, and (C) the Company has not conducted negotiations with
         respect to any future contract with or commitment to any labor union or
         association and, to the Knowledge of the Seller, there are no current
         or threatened attempts to organize or establish any labor union or
         association or employee association with respect to the Company.

                  (ii) The Company is not involved in or, to the Knowledge of
         the Company, threatened with any grievance, unfair labor practice
         charge, arbitration, suit or administrative proceeding relating to
         labor matters involving its employees or independent contractors
         (including, without limitation, any dispute, grievance, charge or
         proceeding relating to sexual harassment or age, sex, race or other
         discrimination).

         (m) COMPANY PERMITS; COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. The Company holds and is in
compliance with all Company Permits and is in substantial compliance with all
requirements of law. Except as set forth in section 3B(m) of the Disclosure
Schedule, no notice, citation, summons or order has been received by the
Company, no complaint has been filed and served on it, no penalty has been
assessed and, to the Knowledge of the Seller, no investigation, proceeding or
review is pending or threatened (i) with respect to any alleged violation by the
Company of any law or Company Permit, or (ii) with respect to any alleged
failure by the Company to have any Permit. A true and correct list of all
Company Permits is set forth in section 3B(m) of the Disclosure Schedule.

         (n) LITIGATION. Section 3B(n) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a
list of all actions, suits, claims or proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge
of the Seller, threatened against or involving the Company, or any of its assets
or properties. There are no outstanding orders, judgments, injunctions,
stipulations, awards or decrees of any Authority against the Company, or any of
its assets or properties.

         (o) LIST OF ACCOUNTS. Section 3B(o) of the Disclosure Schedule sets
forth a list of all bank and securities accounts, and all safe deposit boxes,
maintained by the Company and a listing of the persons authorized to draw
thereon or make withdrawals therefrom or, in the case of safe deposit boxes,
with access thereto.

         (p) LIST OF PERSONNEL. Section 3B(p) of the Disclosure Schedule sets
forth (i) the name and total compensation of each officer and director of the
Company and each other employee of the Company whose total compensation for the
twelve months ended December 31, 1997 exceeded $25,000, (ii) all wage or salary
increases or bonuses received by such persons since December 31, 1997, and any
accrual for such increases or bonuses, and (iii) all commitments or agreements
by the Company to increase the wages or modify the conditions or terms of
employment of any of its employees.



                                      -19-


<PAGE>   24



         (q) EMPLOYEE BENEFITS. Section 3B(q) of the Disclosure Schedule sets
forth (i) all of the current Employee Pension Benefit Plans, Employee Welfare
Benefit Plans and all other employee benefit, fringe benefit plans and programs
maintained or contributed to by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate with respect
to current or former employees of the Company (the "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS").

                  (i) With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan:

                           (1)      each such Employee Benefit Plan (and each
                                    related trust, insurance contract or fund)
                                    complies in form and, to the Knowledge of
                                    the Seller, in operation with the applicable
                                    requirements of ERISA, the Code and other
                                    applicable laws (including, without
                                    limitation, all reporting and disclosure
                                    requirements), and has been operated in all
                                    material respects in accordance with its
                                    terms;

                           (2)      all contributions (including all employer
                                    contributions and employee salary reduction
                                    contributions, if any) which are due have
                                    been paid to each such Employee Benefit Plan
                                    which is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan,
                                    and there are no accumulated funding
                                    deficiencies with respect to any such
                                    Employee Pension Benefit Plan;

                           (3)      each such Employee Benefit Plan which is an
                                    Employee Pension Benefit Plan intended to so
                                    qualify under section 401(a) of the Code so
                                    qualifies and has received a favorable
                                    determination letter from the IRS as to its
                                    qualification under section 401(a) of the
                                    Code;

                           (4)      no "prohibited transaction" (as such term is
                                    defined in section 406 of ERISA or section
                                    4975 of the Code) has occurred with respect
                                    to any such Employee Benefit Plan which is
                                    an Employee Pension Benefit Plan (or its
                                    related trust) which could subject the
                                    Company or any officer, director or employee
                                    of the Company, to any Tax or penalty
                                    imposed under section 4975 of the Code or
                                    liability under section 406 of ERISA;

                           (5)      the Company has delivered to the Purchaser
                                    correct and complete copies of the plan
                                    documents and summary plan descriptions
                                    which implement each such Employee Benefit
                                    Plan;

                           (6)      no such Employee Benefit Plan which is an
                                    Employee Pension Benefit Plan has been
                                    completely or partially terminated or has
                                    been the subject of a "reportable event" (as
                                    defined in section 4043 of ERISA) as to
                                    which notices would be required to be filed
                                    with the PBGC. To the Knowledge of the
                                    Seller, no proceeding by the PBGC to
                                    terminate



                                      -20-


<PAGE>   25



                                    any such Employee Pension Benefit Plan
                                    (other than a Multiemployer Plan) has been
                                    instituted;

                           (7)      the Company has not incurred, and will not
                                    incur as a result of any existing condition
                                    or the transactions contemplated by this
                                    Agreement, any liability to the PBGC (except
                                    for required premium payments, if any), or
                                    otherwise under Title IV of ERISA (including
                                    any withdrawal liability) or under the Code
                                    with respect to any such Employee Benefit
                                    Plan which is an Employee Pension Benefit
                                    Plan and, as of the Closing Date, the assets
                                    of each such Employee Pension Benefit Plan
                                    are at least equal in value to the present
                                    value of accrued benefits of the Plan, based
                                    on actuarial methods, tables and assumptions
                                    reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser;
                                    and

                           (8)      no action, suit, proceeding, hearing or
                                    investigation with respect to the
                                    administration or the investment of assets
                                    of any such Employee Benefit Plan (other
                                    than routine claims for benefits) is pending
                                    or, to the Knowledge of the Seller,
                                    threatened.

                  (ii) The Company does not contribute to any Multiemployer Plan
         or have any liability (including withdrawal liability) under any
         Multiemployer Plan.

                  (iii) The Company does not have any obligation to provide
         health or other welfare benefits to former, retired or terminated
         employees, except as specifically required under section 4980B of the
         Code. With respect to all of its past and present employees, the
         Company has complied in all material respects with the notice and
         continuation requirements of Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA
         and of section 4980B of the Code.

                  (iv) The Company has no liability for or relating to any
         Employee Benefit Plan or arrangement sponsored, maintained or
         contributed to by an ERISA Affiliate.

                  (v) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement will not entitle any individual to any severance pay, and
         will not accelerate the time of payment or vesting, or increase the
         amount of any compensation due to any individual, and will not be the
         direct or indirect cause of any amount payable under any Employee
         Benefit Plan being classified as an "excess parachute payment" under
         section 280G of the Code.

                  (vi) The Company has no obligation under any dental plan to
         pay any portion of its employees' dental insurance or deductible.



                                      -21-


<PAGE>   26



         (r) TAX MATTERS.

                  (i) All Income Tax Returns and all material Other Tax Returns
         required to be filed with respect to the business and assets of the
         Company have been duly and timely (within any applicable extension
         periods) filed with the appropriate Authorities in all jurisdictions in
         which such Returns are required to be filed. The Company has paid all
         Taxes required to be paid by it (without regard to whether a Tax Return
         is required), except Taxes which are not delinquent and for which an
         adequate reserve has been established on the Company Interim Financial
         Statements.

                  (ii) The unpaid Taxes of the Company (i) did not as of the
         date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet, exceed the reserve for Tax
         liability (rather than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to
         reflect timing differences between book and tax income) disclosed on
         the face of the Most Recent Balance Sheet, and (ii) do not exceed that
         reserve as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in
         accordance with the custom of the Company.

                  (iii) Except as set forth in section 3B(r) of the Disclosure
         Schedule, there is no claim or assessment pending or, to the Knowledge
         of the Seller, threatened against the Company for any alleged
         deficiency in Income Taxes or any material alleged deficiency in Other
         Taxes.

                  (iv) Except as set forth in section 3B(r) of the Disclosure
         Schedule, the Company has not (a) filed any consent to the application
         of Section 341(f) of the Code, (b) executed a waiver or consent
         extending any statute of limitations for the assessment or collection
         of any Income Taxes or Other Taxes which remain outstanding, (c)
         applied for a ruling relative to Income Taxes or Other Taxes, (d)
         entered into a closing agreement with any Tax Authority, or (e) filed
         an election under Section 338(g) or 338(h)(10) of the Code or caused or
         permitted a deemed election under Section 338(e) of the Code.

                  (v) Except as set forth in section 3B(r) of the Disclosure
         Schedule, no Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return of the Company has
         been audited by any Tax Authority at any time since March 24, 1995 and
         to the Seller's Knowledge, no Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return of
         the Company was audited prior to March 24, 1995.

                  (vi) The Company is not a party to any written agreement
         providing for the allocation or sharing of Taxes.

                  (vii) The Company has no liability for the Income Taxes of any
         other Person other than the Seller and its subsidiaries under Treasury
         Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state,
         foreign or local law).



                                      -22-


<PAGE>   27



                  (viii) The Company has not been a member of an Affiliated
         Group filing a consolidated federal Income Tax Return other than an
         Affiliated Group of which the common parent is the Seller.

                  (ix) The Company has not changed its tax method of accounting
         or tax practice from January 1, 1997 through the Closing Date, except
         for the adoption of mark to market rules for accounts receivable. The
         Company's taxable income for the year ending December 31, 1998
         attributable to the adoption of such mark to market rules will not
         exceed $50,000.

         (s) ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. Except as disclosed in section 3B(s) of the
Disclosure Schedule:

                  The Company has not disposed of or released any substance,
arranged for the disposal of any substance, knowingly exposed any employee or
other individual to any substance or condition, or owned or operated its
businesses or any property or facility so as to give rise to any liability or
corrective or remedial obligation of the Company under any Environmental, Health
and Safety Requirement.

                  (i) The Company has not, since March 24, 1995 and, to the
         Knowledge of the Seller, in any period prior thereto, disposed of or
         released any substance, arranged for the disposal of any substance,
         knowingly exposed any employee or other individual to any substance or
         condition, or owned or operated its businesses or any property or
         facility so as to give rise to any liability or corrective or remedial
         obligation of the Company under any Environmental, Health and Safety
         Requirement. The Company is in compliance with all Environmental Health
         and Safety Requirements and, to the Knowledge of the Seller, has been
         in compliance with all Environmental Health and Safety Requirements
         since March 24, 1995.

                  (ii) There is no Environmental Claim of which the Company has
         received written notice or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, threatened
         or filed since March 14, 1995 against the Company or against any Person
         whose liability for any Environmental Claim the Company has retained or
         assumed either contractually or by operation of law, or against any
         real or personal property or operations which the Company owns, leases
         or operates.

                  (iii) There are no environmental Liens on any of the Real
         Property arising as a result of any actions taken or omitted to be
         taken by the Company and, to the Knowledge of the Seller, no actions
         have been taken by any Authority with respect to any of the Real
         Property or are in process or pending, to impose an environmental Lien
         with respect to the Real Property as a result of any such actions.

                  (iv) No Real Property presently or heretofore owned or
         operated by the Company is currently listed on the National Priorities
         List or the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
         Liability Information System, both promulgated under the Comprehensive
         Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as



                                      -23-


<PAGE>   28



         amended ("CERCLA"), or on any comparable state list, and the Company
         has not received any written notice of potential liability from any
         Person under or relating to CERCLA or any comparable state or local
         law.

                  (v) To the Knowledge of the Seller, no underground storage
         tanks, friable and damaged asbestos-containing materials, or
         pcb-containing equipment or fluids are present on any of the Real
         Property.

                  (vi) To the Knowledge of the Seller, no off-site location at
         which the Company has disposed or arranged for the disposal of any
         waste is listed on the National Priorities List or on any comparable
         state list and the Company has not received any written notice from any
         Person with respect to any such off-site location, of potential or
         actual liability or a written request for information from any Person
         under or relating to CERCLA or any comparable state or local law.

                  (vii) The Company has investigated all recommendations in the
         Phase I Environmental Assessment and Environmental Compliance Audit
         dated December 20, 1994 prepared by The Forrester Group, Inc. and the
         Seller has determined either that the Company has complied with or was
         in compliance with all such recommendations. The Company has not
         changed its environmental compliance and procedures except to come into
         compliance with such recommendations and Environmental, Health and
         Safety Requirements and has not taken any action which would cause it
         not to be in compliance with such recommendations.

         (t) INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. Section 3B(t) of the Disclosure Schedule
hereto sets forth a list of all patents, pending patent applications,
trademarks, service marks, pending trademark or service mark applications and
trade names licensed to, applied for or registered in the name of, the Company,
or in which the Company has or purports to have any rights, and all material
copyright registrations or pending applications for registrations of the
Company, or in which the Company has or purports to have any rights, including
the nature (E.G., patent, trademark, etc.) of the intellectual property, the
application or registration number, the jurisdiction and the record owner (the
"LISTED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY"). Except as set forth in section 3B(t) of the
Disclosure Schedule, with respect to the ListeD Intellectual Property, no
registration relating thereto (if any) has lapsed, expired or been abandoned or
canceled or is the subject of cancellation proceedings. The Company owns or
possesses adequate and enforceable licenses (free of Liens other than Permitted
Liens) to use all Listed Intellectual Property and any other material
intellectual property rights (including, without limitation, drawings, trade
secrets, know-how and confidential information) currently used by the Company,
or necessary to permit the Company to conduct its business as now conducted (the
Listed Intellectual Property and the other intellectual property rights are
collectively called the "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY"). Section 3B(t) of the
Disclosure Schedule sets forth all licenses to which the Company is a party
relating to the Intellectual Property (the "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSES").
Except as set forth in section 3B(t) of the Disclosure Schedule, to the
Knowledge of the Seller the Company has not infringed on or misappropriated and
is not now infringing on or misappropriating any Intellectual Property right



                                      -24-


<PAGE>   29



belonging to any Person, and no claim is pending or, to the Knowledge of the
Seller, threatened to the effect that any Intellectual Property is invalid or
unenforceable. To the Knowledge of the Seller, except as set forth section 3B(t)
of the Disclosure Schedule, no Person is infringing upon or violating any of the
Listed Intellectual Property. Each item of Intellectual Property owned or used
by the Company prior to the Closing hereunder (other than any intellectual
property rights owned by the Seller or any Subsidiary of the Seller other than
the Company and not necessary or useful to the conduct of the Company's business
as now conducted) will be owned or available for use by the Company on identical
terms and conditions immediately subsequent to the Closing hereunder. Except as
set forth section 3B(t) of the Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the
Seller, since 1991 the Company has never received any charge, complaint, claim,
demand or notice alleging any such interference, infringement, misappropriation
or violation with any intellectual property rights of third parties except as
disclosed in section 3B(n) of the Disclosure Schedule. The loss of the
Microcentre name will not cause a breach or default by the Company under any
Material Contract.

         (u) MATERIAL CONTRACTS. Section 3B(u) of the Disclosure Schedule sets
forth a list of all Material Contracts. Except as set forth section 3B(u) of the
Disclosure Schedule, all of the Material Contracts are valid and binding and in
full force and effect and there are no defaults thereunder or events which with
notice or the passage of time would constitute a default by the Company or, to
the Knowledge of the Seller, by any other party thereto, except for defaults
which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The
Seller has delivered to the Purchaser a correct and complete copy of each
Material Contract.

         (v) TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Except as set forth in section 3B(v)
of the Disclosure Schedule and except for normal advances to employees
consistent with past practices, payment of compensation for employment to
employees consistent with past practices, and participation in Employee Benefit
Plans by employees, the Company has not purchased, acquired or leased any
property or services from, or sold, transferred or leased any property or
services to, or loaned or advanced any money to, or borrowed any money from or
entered into or been subject to any management, consulting or similar agreement
with, any officer, director or shareholder of the Company or any of their
respective Affiliates. No Affiliate of the Company is indebted to the Company
for money borrowed or other loans or advances, and the Company is not indebted
to any such Affiliate.

         (w) POWERS OF ATTORNEY. Except as set forth in section 3B(w) of the
Disclosure Schedule, the Company has not granted any power of attorney to any
Person for any purpose whatsoever, which power of attorney is currently in
force.

         (x) INVENTORY. The Inventory consists in all material respects of items
usable and saleable in the ordinary and usual course of business, subject to the
reserve for Inventory writedown set forth on the Most Recent Balance Sheet as
adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the
past custom and practice of the Company. The Inventory is valued on the Most
Recent Balance Sheet at the lower of cost (on a first-in-first-out basis) or
market pursuant to GAAP, consistently applied with prior periods.



                                      -25-


<PAGE>   30



         (y) ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. All of the Accounts Receivable are properly
reflected on the books and records of the Company, arose from bona fide
transactions in the ordinary course of business and are valid receivables
subject to no setoffs or counterclaims, subject only to the reserves set forth
on the Most Recent Balance Sheet. section 3B(y) of the Disclosure Schedule sets
forth a current aging of the Company's accounts receivable.

         (z) CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS. Section 3B(z) of the Disclosure Schedule
sets forth a list of the names and addresses of the 10 largest (by volume)
customers and suppliers of the Company for the fiscal years ended December 31,
1997 and December 31, 1996. The Company maintains satisfactory relations with
each of such customers and suppliers. Except as set forth in section 3B(z) of
the Disclosure Schedule, no customer, or group of customers, which accounted for
more than 5% of the Company's aggregate sales revenues during the last twelve
months has canceled, terminated or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, made any
threat to the Company to cancel or otherwise terminate, or to materially
decrease its usage of the Company's services or products, and no supplier, or
any group of suppliers, which accounted for more than 5% of the aggregate
supplies purchased by the Company during the last twelve months, has canceled,
terminated or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, made any threat to the Company to
cancel or otherwise terminate, or to materially decrease the provision of
services or supplies to the Company.

         (aa) TRAILING SALES COMMISSIONS. If any independent sales
representative of the Company is terminated after Closing, he shall not be
entitled to any commissions for any sales which are made after the date of
termination of such sales representative.

         (bb) FULL DISCLOSURE. The representations and warranties of the Seller
contained in this Agreement do not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact and do not omit to state any material fact required to be stated to make
the statements contained herein not false or misleading.

         4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER. The Purchaser
represents and warrants to the Seller as follows:

         (a) ORGANIZATION. The Purchaser is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of Illinois.

         (b) AUTHORIZATION OF TRANSACTION. The Purchaser has full corporate
power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Escrow
Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. This
Agreement constitutes and the and the Escrow Agreement, when executed and
delivered, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of the
Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

         (c) NONCONTRAVENTION. Neither the execution and the delivery of this
Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby, will (i) violate any statute, regulation, rule,
injunction, judgment, order, decree or ruling of any Authority to which the
Purchaser is subject or any provision of its charter or bylaws or other
organizational



                                      -26-


<PAGE>   31



document, as the case may be, or (ii) except as set forth under section 4(c) of
the Disclosure Schedule conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a
default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to
accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice under any
agreement, contract, lease, license or instrument to which the Purchaser is a
party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject. The
Purchaser is not required to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain
any authorization, consent or approval of any Authority in order for it to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         (d) BROKERS FEES. The Purchaser does not have any liability or
obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with
respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which the Seller
or the Company (prior to the Closing) could become liable or obligated.

         (e) ACQUISITION OF SHARES FOR INVESTMENT. The Shares to be purchased by
the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement are being acquired for investment only
and not with a view to any public distribution thereof, and the Purchaser will
not offer to sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares so acquired by it in
violation of any of the registration requirements of the Securities Act or any
comparable state laws.

         (f) FULL DISCLOSURE. The representations and warranties of the
Purchaser contained in this Agreement do not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact and do not omit to state any material fact required to be stated
to make the statements contained herein not false or misleading.

         5. POST-CLOSING COVENANTS. The Parties agree as follows with respect to
the period following the Closing.

         (a) GENERAL. In the event that at any time after the Closing any
further action is necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, each of
the Parties will take such further action (including the execution and delivery
of such further instruments and documents) as any other Party may reasonably
request, all at the sole cost and expense of the requesting Party.

         (b) LITIGATION SUPPORT. In the event and for so long as any Party
actively is contesting or defending against any action, suit, proceeding,
hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim or demand in connection with
(i) any transaction contemplated under this Agreement, or (ii) any fact,
situation, circumstance, status, condition, activity, practice, occurrence,
event, incident, action, failure to act, or transaction on or prior to the
Closing Date involving the Company, each of the Parties will cooperate with the
contesting or defending Party and its counsel in the contest or defense, all at
the sole cost and expense of the contesting or defending Party (except to the
extent that the contesting or defending Party is entitled to indemnification
therefor under this Agreement).

         (c) PUBLICITY. No publicity release or announcement concerning this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be made without advance
approval thereof by the Purchaser and the Seller (which shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Parties agree to cooperate



                                      -27-


<PAGE>   32



in issuing any press release or other public announcement concerning this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Whenever practicable, each
Party shall furnish to the other Party drafts of all such press releases or
announcements prior to their release. Nothing contained in this section 5(c)
shall prevent either Party from at any time furnishing any information to any
Authority or from making any disclosures required under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, or under the rules and regulations of any national
securities exchange on which such Party's shares of capital stock are listed.

         (d) CERTAIN TAX MATTERS.

                  (i) Upon the condition that the Closing be effected, the
         Seller will indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and the Company
         from, against and in respect of any Losses the Purchaser or the Company
         may suffer resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature
         of, or caused by any liability of the Company for Income Taxes of any
         other Person under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar
         provision of state, local or foreign law).

                  (ii) The Seller will include the income of the Company
         (including any deferred income included in income pursuant to Treasury
         Regulation Sections 1.1502-13 and 1.1502- 14 and any excess loss
         accounts taken into income under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-19)
         on the Seller's consolidated federal Income Tax Returns for all Pre-
         Closing Tax Periods and will pay all federal Income Taxes attributable
         to such income. The Seller shall be responsible for and shall pay all
         Taxes which relate to the period prior to the Closing Date, including
         any transfer, sales or use tax caused by the sale of the Shares to the
         Purchaser. The Purchaser will cause the Company to provide, or cause to
         be provided, to the Seller, without charge (except for reasonable
         out-of-pocket expenses), such information as may reasonably be
         requested by the Seller in connection with the preparation of any such
         Tax Returns relating to Pre-Closing Tax Periods. The income of the
         Company will be apportioned to the period up to and including the
         Closing Date and the period after the Closing Date by closing the books
         of the Company as of the end of the Closing Date.

                  (iii) If a notice shall be given by any Tax Authority with
         respect to a potential Tax liability of the Company which, if
         sustained, would result in a payment by the Seller to the Purchaser
         pursuant to section 7(b)(ii) below (a "TAX ASSESSMENT"), the Purchaser
         shall, after receipt of such notice, promptly notify the Seller in
         writing (a "TAX NOTICE"). The Seller may, by written notice to the
         Purchaser given within 30 days after the receipt by the Seller of a Tax
         Notice, at the Seller's sole cost and expense (except as hereinafter
         provided), participate fully in the defense of all Tax Assessments with
         respect to which the Seller may become liable pursuant to the Seller's
         indemnification obligations hereunder. The Purchaser shall diligently
         prosecute such defense in cooperation and consultation with the Seller
         and shall provide written notice to the Seller of all conferences,
         meetings, proceedings and appearances before all Authorities with
         respect to the defense of any such Tax Assessment. If the Seller elects
         to participate in the defense of a Tax Assessment, the Purchaser shall
         provide, or shall cause



                                      -28-


<PAGE>   33



         the Company to provide, to the Seller (at no cost to the Seller, except
         for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses) such information as may be
         required in connection with such defense as reasonably requested by the
         Seller. If the Seller elects to participate in the defense of a Tax
         Assessment, the Purchaser shall give the Seller written notice of any
         proposed resolution or settlement of such Tax Assessment not less than
         15 business days before the Purchaser accepts or intends to accept such
         proposed resolution or settlement. The Purchaser shall have the right
         to settle or otherwise to resolve any Tax Assessment for which the
         Seller would become liable pursuant to its indemnification obligations
         hereunder upon the written consent of the Seller, which consent shall
         not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

                  (iv) The Seller shall have no liability with respect to any
         Taxes resulting by reason of any election made or deemed to be made by
         the Purchaser or the Company subsequent to the Closing, whether express
         or implied, under Section 338 of the Code. Upon the condition that the
         Closing be effected, the Purchaser and the Company, jointly and
         severally, will indemnify and hold harmless the Seller from, against
         and in respect of any Losses the Seller may suffer resulting from,
         arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by any
         election made or deemed to be made by the Purchaser or the Company
         subsequent to the Closing, whether express or implied, under Section
         338 of the Code.

                  (v) The Seller shall be entitled to any and all refunds of
         Taxes attributable to any Pre-Closing Tax Period. If the Purchaser or
         the Company voluntarily amends any Return (other than as required by
         any Tax Authority) for a taxable period which includes any Pre- Closing
         Tax Period, or, without the Seller's consent, enters into any agreement
         or settlement with any Tax Authority relating to a taxable period
         ending after the Closing Date, and such agreement or settlement affects
         any item of deduction, loss, credit, income or gain with respect to any
         Pre-Closing Tax Period, then notwithstanding any provision of this
         Agreement which may be to the contrary, the Seller shall have no
         liability for any Losses with respect to any Taxes attributable to any
         change in tax liability effected by such amended Return, agreement or
         settlement.

                  (vi) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement which may
         be to the contrary, the Purchaser and the Company shall preserve all
         Returns, books and records in their control relating to any liabilities
         for Taxes due with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period until the
         expiration of all applicable statutes of limitation and extensions
         thereof with respect to Taxes for any such period.

                  (vii) In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions
         of this section 5(d) and section 7(b) below, the provisions of this
         section 5(d) shall be controlling.

                  (viii) If a notice shall be given by any Tax Authority to the
         Seller with respect to a potential Tax liability of the Company, the
         Seller shall, after receipt of such notice, promptly notify the
         Purchaser in writing.



                                      -29-


<PAGE>   34



         (e) FINANCIAL REPORTING COOPERATION. The Purchaser shall cause to be
prepared and delivered to the Seller, to the extent not already prepared and
delivered, in the normal time frame followed by the Seller consistent with past
practice, the financial reporting package for the Company (but only in respect
of periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date) for the closing for the
Seller's fiscal quarter ending June 26, 1998.

         (f) 401(K) PLAN. The Seller shall retain all liability for the
Company's existing 401(k) Plan.

         (g) NON-COMPETITION.

                  (i) In order to induce the Purchaser to enter into this
         Agreement, the Seller expressly covenants and agrees that for a period
         of three years from and after the Closing Date, neither it nor any of
         its Subsidiaries will, except in the case of a Permitted Investment,
         directly or indirectly own, manage, operate, join, control, or
         participate in the management, control or operation of, any Person that
         engages in the manufacture, sale or distribution of ergonomically
         designed space savers, which consist of ready to assemble computer work
         stations as currently manufactured by the Company (the "PURCHASED
         BUSINESS") in the continental United States (the "NON-COMPETITION
         AREA"). The obligations of the Seller and its Subsidiaries under this
         section 5(g)(i) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect
         upon the occurrence of a Change in Control. For purposes hereof, the
         term "CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall mean the occurrence of any event whereby
         Affiliates of Trivest, Inc., collectively, cease to beneficially own
         (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act) at
         least 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Seller
         (determined on a fully diluted basis, giving effect to the conversion,
         exchange or exercise of any rights to acquire shares from the Seller,
         other than any such rights owned by such Persons).

                  (ii) For purposes of this section 5(g), a "PERMITTED
         INVESTMENT" means an acquisition after the date hereof of a Person, all
         or any portion of its equity interests or certain of its businesses
         (the entity or businesses acquired being herein called the "ACQUIRED
         BUSINESS"), if that portion of the Acquired Business that competes with
         the Purchased Business or any portion thereof (the "COMPETING
         BUSINESS") accounted for 15% or less of the total revenues of the
         Acquired Business during the most recently completed fiscal year of the
         Acquired Business preceding the date of the acquisition; PROVIDED,
         HOWEVER, that if such Competing Business generated more than $5,000,000
         in total revenues during such fiscal year, the Seller shall be required
         to use its best efforts to sell, transfer, divest or otherwise dispose
         of (or cause its Subsidiary proposing to acquire the Acquired Business
         to use its best efforts to sell, transfer, divest or otherwise dispose
         of) such Competing Business to an unaffiliated third party within 12
         months of such acquisition.

                  (iii) The Parties acknowledge and agree that no portion of the
         Purchase Price shall be allocated to the covenants and agreements of
         the Seller set forth in this section 5(g). To the extent that any part
         of this section 5(g) may be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any
         reason, it



                                      -30-


<PAGE>   35



         is intended that such part shall be enforceable to the extent that a
         court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such part if more
         limited in scope would have been enforceable and such part shall be
         deemed to have been so written and the remaining parts shall as written
         be effective and enforceable in all events.

                  (iv) In the event of the Seller's breach of the provisions of
         section 5(g)(i), and provided that, if the Seller has a Dispute with
         the Purchaser whether such a breach has occurred that the Dispute is
         fully and finally resolved in accordance with the provisions of section
         8 of this Agreement, then the Purchaser shall be entitled to recover
         its Losses from the Escrow Funds; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such payments
         shall not be subject to the Basket; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that if no
         Escrow Funds remain (either because the Escrow Agreement has terminated
         or Losses for which the Purchaser is entitled to indemnification under
         section 7(b)(i), together witH amounts paid from the Escrow Account
         pursuant to this section 5(g) and sections 10(a), 10(b), 10(c)
         And 10(d) exceed $1,000,000), the Purchaser shall be entitled to
         recover its Losses from the Seller.

         6. CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION TO CLOSE.

         (a) CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF THE PURCHASER. The obligation of the
Purchaser to consummate the transactions to be performed by it in connection
with the Closing is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:

                  (i) the representations and warranties set forth in section 3A
         and section 3B above that are qualified as to their materiality shall
         be true and correct and any such representations and warranties that
         are not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects
         at and as of the Closing Date;

                  (ii) the Seller shall have performed and complied with all of
         the covenants to be performed by it hereunder in all material respects
         through the Closing;

                  (iii) there shall not be any injunction, judgment, order,
         decree, ruling or charge in effect preventing consummation of any of
         the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and no action, suit,
         claim or proceeding shall be pending before any Authority which seeks
         to prohibit or enjoin the consummation of the transactions contemplated
         by this Agreement or which could reasonably be expected to adversely
         impact the Company's right to own it assets and operate its business as
         presently conducted;

                  (iv) the Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser a
         certificate to the effect that the conditions specified above in
         section section 6(a)(i) and (ii) have been satisfied in all respects;

                  (v) all of the directors and officers of the Company shall
         have delivered duly signed resignations effective at the time of the
         Closing (or the Seller shall have taken such



                                      -31-


<PAGE>   36



         other action as is necessary to ensure that such persons are not
         directors and officers of the Company at the time of the Closing);

                  (vi) all filings that are required to have been made by the
         Company with any Authority in order to carry out the transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement and in order for the Purchaser to
         operate the business of the Company in the ordinary course after the
         Closing Date shall have been made; all authorizations, consents,
         approvals and permits from all Authorities required for the Company to
         carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and in order
         for the Purchaser to operate the business of the Company in the
         Ordinary Course of Business after the Closing Date shall have been
         received and all statutory waiting periods (or extensions thereof) in
         respect thereof shall have expired;

                  (vii) the Purchaser shall have received a certificate issued
         by the Secretary of State of the State of Florida, as of a date
         reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser, as to the good standing of the
         Seller in such state;

                  (viii) the Purchaser shall have received a certificate issued
         by the Secretary of State of the State of California and of each state
         in which the Company is qualified as a foreign entity, as of a date
         reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser, as to the good standing (or
         non- dissolution, as applicable) of the Company in such states;

                  (ix) the Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser (a) a
         copy of the Company's Charter, as amended to date, certified as of the
         recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of California, and
         (b) all minute books, stock transfer books, blank stock certificates
         and corporate seals of the Company;

                  (x) all proceedings, corporate or other, to be taken in
         connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the
         Seller, and all documents incident thereto, shall be reasonably
         satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchaser, and the Seller
         shall have made available to the Purchaser for examination the
         originals or true and correct copies of all documents the Purchaser may
         reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by
         this Agreement;

                  (xi) all conditions precedent to the funding of the loans
         contemplated by the financing commitments heretofore issued to
         Purchaser for the financing of the transactions contemplated hereby
         shall have been satisfied;

                  (xii) the Seller and the Escrow Agent shall have executed and
         delivered the Escrow Agreement;

                  (xiii) the Purchaser shall have received the Opinion of
Seller's counsel; and



                                      -32-


<PAGE>   37



                  (xiv) the Seller shall have received a consent to the
         assignment of the Real Property lease of the Company's facility located
         at 5300 N. Irwindale Avenue, Irwindale, California, together with an
         estoppel certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
         the Purchaser and its counsel.

The Purchaser may waive any condition specified in this section 6(a) if it
executes a writing so stating at or prior to the Closing.

         (b) CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF THE SELLER. The obligation of the
Seller to consummate the transactions to be performed by it in connection with
the Closing is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:

                  (i) the representations and warranties set forth in section 4
         above that are qualified as to their materiality shall be true and
         correct and any such representations and warranties that are not so
         qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as
         of the Closing Date;

                  (ii) the Purchaser shall have performed and complied with all
         of its covenants hereunder in all material respects through the
         Closing;

                  (iii) there shall not be any injunction, judgment, order,
         decree, ruling or charge in effect preventing consummation of any of
         the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and no action, suit,
         claim or proceeding shall be pending before any Authority which seeks
         to prohibit or enjoin the consummation of the transactions contemplated
         by this Agreement;

                  (iv) the Purchaser shall have delivered to the Seller a
         certificate to the effect that each of the conditions specified above
         in sections 6(b)(i) and (ii) has been satisfied in all respects;

                  (v) all filings that are required to have been made by the
         Purchaser with any Authority in order to carry out the transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement shall have been made; all
         authorizations, consents and approvals from all Authorities required
         for the Purchaser to carry out the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement shall have been received and all statutory waiting periods
         (or extensions thereof) in respect thereof shall have expired;

                  (vi) the Seller shall have received a certificate issued by
         the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois, as of a date
         reasonably acceptable to the Seller, as to the good standing (or
         non-dissolution, as applicable) of the Purchaser in such state;

                  (vii) the Purchaser shall have delivered to the Seller a copy
         of the Purchaser's Charter, as amended to date, certified as of the
         recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois;



                                      -33-


<PAGE>   38



                  (viii) all proceedings, corporate or other, to be taken in
         connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the
         Purchaser, and all documents incident thereto, shall be reasonably
         satisfactory in form and substance to the Seller, and the Purchaser
         shall have made available to the Seller for examination the originals
         or true and correct copies of all documents the Seller may reasonably
         request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement; and

                  (ix) the Purchaser and the Escrow Agent shall have executed
         and delivered the Escrow Agreement.

The Seller may waive any condition specified in this section 6(b) if they
execute a writing so stating at or prior to the Closing.

         7. REMEDIES FOR BREACHES OF THIS AGREEMENT.

         (a) SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and
warranties of the Seller contained in section 3A, section 3B(d), section 3B(e),
section 3B(l)(ii), section 3B(q) and section 3B(R) (the "UNRESTRICTED
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES"), and of the Purchaser contained in section 4
shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect for the statute
of limitations applicable thereto. The representations and warranties of the
Company contained in section 3B (other than the Unrestricted Representations and
Warranties) shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect
until December 31, 1999. Any claim (including a then unliquidated claim which a
Party asserts (in the good faith discretion of such Party) could reasonably be
expected to become owing (taking into account any applicable statutes of
limitations)) for which any Party shall have given proper notice in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement (and the Escrow Agreement) on or prior to the
expiration of the applicable survival period shall survive until such claim is
resolved pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement. To
preserve any claim for breach of any such representation or warranty, the Party
claiming a breach shall be obligated to notify the Party claimed to be in breach
in writing of any such breach, or facts that can reasonably be expected to give
rise to such breach, before termination of the applicable survival period in
respect of such representation or warranty; otherwise, such Party's claim for
breach shall be forever barred.

         (b) INDEMNIFICATION.

                  (i) Pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement and subject
         to section 7(a) above and the conditions set forth in this section
         7(b), subsequent to the Closing Date the Seller shall indemnify, defend
         and hold harmless the Purchaser and the Company from, against and in
         respect of any Losses which Purchaser or the Company shall suffer,
         sustain or become subject to by virtue of or which arise out of, or
         result from, any breach of the representations and warranties of the
         Seller set forth in this Agreement (other than the Unrestricted
         Representations and Warranties); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that: (A) the
         Company's right to indemnification with respect to such breaches under
         this section 7(b)(i) shall be satisfied only by recourse to the funds
         deposited and remaining in the Escrow Account and the Seller shall not



                                      -34-


<PAGE>   39



         have any personal liability to the Purchaser or the Company with
         respect to any such breach, (B) neither the Purchaser nor the Company
         shall be entitled to indemnification with respect to any Losses under
         this section 7(b)(i) until all such Losses exceed, in the aggregate,
         $75,000 (the "BASKET")in which case the Purchaser or the Company, as
         the case may be, shall be entitled to indemnification (subject to
         clause (A) hereof) to the full extent such Losses relating back to the
         first dollar. As provided in the Escrow Agreement and in section 7(a)
         hereof, the Purchaser may assert a then unliquidated claim (in the good
         faith discretion of the Purchaser) which could reasonably be expected
         to become owing (taking into account any applicable statutes of
         limitations).

                  (ii) Subject to section 7(a) above and the conditions set
         forth in this section 7(b), subsequent to the Closing Date the Seller
         shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchaser and the Company
         from, against and in respect of any Losses which Purchaser or the
         Company shall suffer, sustain or become subject to by virtue of or
         which arise out of, or result from, any breach of any of the
         Unrestricted Representations and Warranties. If the Purchaser or the
         Company has experienced any Losses which it is entitled to
         indemnification under this section 7(b)(ii), subject to final
         resolution of the amount of such Losses pursuant to section 8, the
         Purchaser may withhold its consent to the release of funds from the
         Escrow until the Purchaser receives the indemnification to which the
         Purchaser is entitled.

                  (iii) Subject to section 7(a) above and the conditions set
         forth in this section 7(b), subsequent to the Closing Date the Seller
         shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchaser and te Company
         from, against and in respect of any Losses which Purchaser or the
         Company shall suffer, sustain or become subject to by virtue of or
         which arise out of, or result from any breach by the Seller of its
         covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement including, but not
         limited to, section 10 hereof. If, after the Closing, any grievance,
         unfair labor practice charge, arbitration, suit or administrative
         proceeding relating to labor matters involving employees or independent
         contractors of the Company (including, without limitation, any dispute,
         grievance, charge or proceeding relating to sexual harassment or age,
         sex, race or other discrimination) (the foregoing is collectively
         referred to herein as a "LABOR DISPUTE") is filed against the Company
         as a result of any alleged action, alleged omission to act or alleged
         circumstances existing or occurring prior to Closing, the Seller shall
         indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchaser and the Company from,
         against and in respect of any Losses which Purchaser or the Company
         shall suffer, sustain or become subject to by virtue of such Labor
         Dispute. If the Purchaser or the Company has experienced any Losses
         which it is entitled to indemnification under this section 7(b)(iii),
         subject to final resolution of the amount of such Losses pursuant to
         section 8, the Purchaser may withhold its consent to the release of
         funds from the Escrow until the Purchaser receives the indemnification
         to which the Purchaser is entitled.

                  (iv) Subject to section 7(a) above and the conditions set
         forth in this section 7(b), subsequent to the Closing Date the
         Purchaser shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Seller and its
         successors and assigns from, against and in respect of, any Losses
         which any such Person shall suffer, sustain or become subject to by
         virtue of or which arise out of, or result from,



                                      -35-


<PAGE>   40



         any breach by the Purchaser of any of representations, warranties or
         covenants set forth in this Agreement.

                  (v) A Party (which, if the Purchaser is to be indemnified,
         shall be deemed to include the Company) seeking indemnification
         pursuant to this section 7(b) (the "INDEMNIFIed PARTY") shall
         immediately notify the Party from whom such indemnification is sought
         (the "INDEMNIFYING PARTY") in the event that any person not a Party to
         this Agreement shall make any demand or claim, or file or threaten to
         file any lawsuit (a "THIRD PARTY CLAIM"), which Third Party Claim may
         cause liability to the Indemnifying Party pursuant to the
         indemnification provisions of this Agreement. In any such event, the
         Indemnifying Party shall have the right, exercisable by notice to the
         Indemnified Party within 20 days after notice by the Indemnified Party
         to the Indemnifying Party of the commencement or assertion of such
         Third Party Claim, to retain counsel, at the cost and expense of the
         Indemnifying Party, to defend any such Third Party Claim. The
         Indemnified Party shall be permitted to employ separate counsel and to
         participate in the defense of such Third Party Claim, but the fees and
         expenses of such counsel shall be borne by the Indemnified Party. In
         the event that the Indemnifying Party shall fail to respond within 20
         days after receipt of notice from the Indemnified Party of the
         commencement or assertion of any such Third Party Claim, then the
         Indemnified Party shall retain counsel and conduct the defense of such
         Third Party Claim as it or he may in its or his discretion deem proper,
         at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party.

                  (vi) Unless and until an Indemnifying Party assumes the
         defense of a Third Party Claim as provided in section (v), the
         Indemnified Party may defend against the Third Party Claim in any
         manner it may reasonably deem appropriate.

                  (vii) The Indemnifying Party, if it shall have assumed the
         defense of any Third Party Claim, shall not have the right to consent
         to the entry of judgment with respect to, or otherwise settle such
         Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified
         Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed),
         unless the judgment or proposed settlement involves only the payment of
         money damages and does not impose an injunction or other equitable
         relief upon the Indemnified Party. In no event will the Indemnified
         Party consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, or
         otherwise settle any such Third Party Claim without the prior written
         consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be
         unreasonably withheld or delayed).

                  (viii) The Parties shall cooperate in the defense of any Third
         Party Claim and shall furnish such records, information and testimony,
         and attend at such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials
         and appeals as may be reasonably requested in connection therewith.

                  (ix) The amount of any Losses subject to indemnification under
         section 7(b)(i), (ii) or (iii) shall be calculated net of any amounts
         which have been previously recovered by the



                                      -36-


<PAGE>   41



         Indemnified Party under insurance policies or other collateral sources
         (such as contractual indemnities of any Person which are contained
         outside this Agreement), and each of the Parties hereby covenants that
         it will not release any such collateral sources from any obligations
         they may have. In the event any such amounts recovered or recoverable
         under insurance policies or other collateral sources are not received
         before any claim for indemnification is paid pursuant to this section
         7(b) and the Escrow Agreement, then the Indemnified Party shall pursue
         such insurance policies or collateral sources with reasonable diligence
         (unless the Indemnified Party determines that it is not in its best
         interests to do so, in which case the Indemnified Party shall permit
         the Indemnifying Party to pursue such recoveries on its behalf), and in
         the event it receives any recovery, the amount of such recovery shall
         be applied FIRST, to reimburse the Indemnified Party for its
         out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) expended
         in pursuing such recovery, SECOND, to refund any payments made by the
         Indemnifying Party pursuant to this section 7(b) and the Escrow
         Agreement which would not have been so paid had such recovery been
         obtained prior to such payment, and THIRD, any excess to the
         Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnified Party fails or elects not to
         pursue any such insurance policies or collateral sources with
         reasonable diligence, then the Indemnifying Party shall have the right
         of subrogation to pursue such insurance policies or collateral sources
         and may take any reasonable actions necessary to pursue such rights of
         subrogation in its name or the name of the party from whom subrogation
         is obtained. The Indemnified Party shall reasonably cooperate with the
         Indemnifying Party to pursue a subrogation claim. Any recovery obtained
         by the Indemnifying Party shall be applied FIRST, to reimburse the
         Indemnifying Party for its out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable
         attorney's fees) expended in pursuing such recovery, SECOND, to refund
         any payments made by the Indemnifying Party pursuant to this Section
         9.2 with respect to the Losses for which the collateral source was also
         responsible, and THIRD, any excess to the Indemnified Party. In
         addition, all Losses subject to indemnification hereunder shall be
         calculated net of any tax benefits which have been actually realized by
         the Indemnified Party as a result thereof.

                  (x) Any payment made by the Seller pursuant to its
         indemnification obligations under section 5(d)(i) above or this section
         7(b) shall constitute a reduction in the Purchase Price hereunder. Any
         payment made by the Purchaser pursuant to the Purchaser's
         indemnification obligations under this section 7(b) or section 5(d)(iv)
         above shall constitute an addition to the Purchase Price hereunder.

         (c) LIMITATION OF RECOURSE. The rights of the Parties for
indemnification relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated
hereby shall be strictly limited to those contained in section 5(d) and section
7(b) hereof, and subject to the last sentence hereof, such indemnification
rights shall be the exclusive remedies of the Parties subsequent to the Closing
Date with respect to any matter in any way relating to this Agreement or arising
in connection herewith. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Purchaser
hereby waives and shall cause its Affiliates to waive all other rights and
remedies with respect to any such matter, whether under any laws (including,
without limitation, any right or remedy under CERCLA or any other Environmental
Health and Safety Requirements),



                                      -37-


<PAGE>   42



at common law or otherwise. Except as provided in this Agreement, no claim,
action or remedy shall be brought or maintained subsequent to the Closing Date
by the Purchaser or the Company or their respective Affiliates, successors or
permitted assigns against the Seller, and no recourse shall be brought or
granted against the Seller, by virtue of or based upon any alleged misstatement
or omission respecting an inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations,
warranties or covenants of the Seller set forth or contained in this Agreement,
except to the extent that the same shall have been the result of fraud by any
such Person.

         8. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

                  (a) DISPUTE DEFINED. As used in this Agreement, "DISPUTE"
shall (i) mean any dispute or disagreement between the Parties concerning the
interpretation of this Agreement, the validity of this Agreement, any breach or
alleged breach by any Party under this Agreement, any claim by either Party for
indemnification under this Agreement or any other matter relating in any way to
this Agreement, and (ii) exclude any dispute or disagreement between the
Purchaser and the Seller concerning the determination of Net Working Capital as
of the Closing Date, which shall be resolved pursuant to the provisions of
section 2(g) of this Agreement.

                  (b) DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES.

                  (i) If a Dispute arises, the Parties shall follow the
         procedures specified in this section 8. The Parties shall promptly
         attempt to resolve any Dispute by negotiations between themselves.
         Either the Purchaser or the Seller may give the other Party written
         notice of any Dispute not resolved in the normal course of
         businesection The Purchaser and the Seller shall meet at a mutually
         acceptable time and place within 15 calendar days after delivery of
         such notice, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary,
         to exchange relevant information and to attempt to resolve the Dispute.
         If the Dispute has not been resolved by the Parties within 30 calendar
         days of the disputing Party's notice, or if the Parties fail to meet
         within such 15 calendar days, either the Purchaser or the Seller may
         initiate mediation in Chicago, Illinois as provided in Section section
         8(b)(ii) of this Agreement. If a negotiator intends to be accompanied
         at a meeting by legal counsel, the other negotiator shall be given at
         least three business days' notice of such intention and may also be
         accompanied by legal counsel.

                  (ii) If the Dispute is not resolved by negotiations pursuant
         to section 8(b)(i), the Purchaser and the Seller shall attempt in good
         faith to resolve any such Dispute by nonbinding mediation. Either the
         Purchaser or the Seller may initiate a nonbinding mediation proceeding
         by a request in writing to the other Party (the "MEDIATION REQUEST"),
         and both disputing Parties will then be obligated to engage in a
         mediation. The proceeding will be conducted in accordance with the then
         current Center for Public Resources ("CPR") Model Procedure for
         Mediation of Business Disputes, with the following exceptions:



                                      -38-


<PAGE>   43



                           (A) if the Parties have not agreed within 30 calendar
                  days of the Mediation Request on the selection of a mediator
                  willing to serve, CPR, upon the request of either the
                  Purchaser or the Seller, shall appoint a member of the CPR
                  Panels of Neutrals as the mediator; and

                           (B) efforts to reach a settlement will continue until
                  the conclusion of the proceedings, which shall be deemed to
                  occur upon the earliest of the date that: (1) a written
                  settlement is reached, or (2) the mediator concludes and
                  informs the Parties in writing that further efforts would not
                  be useful, or (3) the Purchaser and the Seller agree in
                  writing that an impasse has been reached, or (4) a period of
                  60 calendar days has passed since the Mediation Request and
                  none of the events specified in the foregoing clauses (1) (2)
                  or (3) has occurred. No Party may withdraw before the
                  conclusion of the proceeding.

                  (iii) If a Dispute is not resolved by negotiation pursuant to
         section 8(b)(i) of this Agreement or by mediation pursuant to section
         8(b)(ii) of this Agreement within 100 calendar days after initiation of
         the negotiation process pursuant to section 8(b)(i), such Dispute and
         any other claims arising out of or relating to this Agreement may be
         heard, adjudicated and determined in an action or proceeding filed in
         any state or federal court specified in section 11(g).

         (c) PROVISIONAL REMEDIES. At any time during the procedures specified
in sections 8(b)(i) and 8(b)(ii) of this Agreement, a Party may seek a
preliminary injunction or other provisional judicial relief if in its judgment
such action is necessary to avoid irreparable damage or to preserve the status
quo. Despite such action, the parties will continue to participate in good faith
in the procedures specified in sections 8(b)(i) and 8(b)(ii). .

         (d) TOLLING STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS. All applicable statutes of
limitation and defenses based upon the passage of time shall be tolled while the
procedures specified in sections 8(b)(i) and 8(b)(ii) of this Agreement
are pending. The Parties will take such action, if any, as is required to
effectuate such tolling.

         (e) PERFORMANCE TO CONTINUE. Each Party shall continue to perform its
or his obligations under this Agreement pending final resolution of any Dispute.

         (f) EXTENSION OF DEADLINES. All deadlines specified in this section 8
may be extended by mutual agreement between the parties.

         (g) ENFORCEMENT. The Parties regard the obligations in this section 8
to constitute an essential provision of this Agreement and one that is legally
binding on them. In case of a violation of the obligations in this section 8 by
either Party hereto, the other Party may bring an action to seek enforcement of
such obligations in any state or federal court specified in section 11(g).

         (h) COSTS. The Parties shall pay their own costs, fees, and expenses
incurred in connection with the application of the provisions of sections
8(b)(i) and 8(b)(ii) of this Agreement. In addition, the fees and expenses of
CPR and the mediator in connection with the application of the provisions of
section 8(b)(ii) of this Agreement shall be borne 50% by the Purchaser and 50%
by the Seller.



                                      -39-


<PAGE>   44



         (i) REPLACEMENT. If CPR is no longer in business or is unable or
refuses or declines to act or to continue to act under section 8(b)(ii) of this
Agreement for any reason, then the functions specified in section 8(b)(ii) to be
performed by CPR shall be performed by another Person engaged in a business
equivalent to that conducted by CPR as is agreed to by the Purchaser and the
Seller (the "REPLACEMENT"). If the Purchaser and the Seller cannot agree on the
identity of the Replacement within 10 calendar days after a Request, the
Replacement shall be selected by the Chief Judge of the United States District
Court for the Northern District of Illinois upon application. If a Replacement
is selected by either means, section 8(b)(ii) shall be deemed appropriately
amended to refer to such Replacement.

         9. MODIFICATION AND WAIVERS.

         (a) MODIFICATION. The Parties may, by mutual consent, amend, modify or
supplement this Agreement in such manner as may be agreed upon by them in
writing at any time.

         (b) WAIVERS. The Purchaser, by an instrument in writing, may extend the
time for or waive the performance of any of the obligations of the Seller or
waive compliance by the Seller with any of the covenants or conditions of the
Seller contained herein, and the Seller, by an instrument in writing, may extend
the time for or waive the performance of any of the obligations of the Purchaser
or waive compliance by the Purchaser with any of the covenants or conditions of
the Purchaser contained herein.

         10. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS. The Parties agree that any claim for payment
pursuant to sections 10(a), 10(b) and 10(c) must be made by the Purchaser
on or before April 15, 1999. To preserve any claim for payment, the Purchaser
shall be obligated to notify the Seller in writing of any claim, together with
supporting documentation, on or before April 15, 1999, otherwise, the
Purchaser's claim shall be forever barred. The Parties further agree that any
payments required to be made pursuant to sections 10(a), 10(b), 10(c) and
10(d) may be made from funds deposited in the Escrow Account; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that such payments shall not be subject to the Basket; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that
to the extent Losses for which the Purchaser is entitled to indemnification
under section 7(b)(i), together with amounts paid from the Escrow Account
pursuant to sections 5(g)(iv), 10(a), 10(b), 10(c) and 10(d) exceed
$1,000,000, Seller shall pay the Purchaser the deficiency within 30 days of the
Purchaser's request. The following are provided by way of example and not by way
of limitation:

         Assume that $250,000 in payments required to be made pursuant to this
         section 10(a) are paid from funds deposited in the Escrow Account and
         the Purchaser is entitled to indemnification for $800,000 in Losses
         which arise out of the representations and warranties of the Seller set
         forth in this Agreement (other than the Unrestricted Representations
         and Warranties) under section 7(b)(i). In addition to the $250,000
         already paid from funds deposited in the Escrow Account, the Seller
         shall be required to pay the Purchaser the difference between $800,000
         and the funds remaining in the Escrow Account ($750,000 and any accrued
         earnings thereon) and the Purchaser shall receive the funds remaining
         in the Escrow Account.



                                      -40-


<PAGE>   45



         Assume that $250,000 in payments required to be made pursuant to this
         section 10(a) are paid from funds deposited in the Escrow Account and
         the Purchaser incurs $1,100,000 in Losses which arise out of the
         representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in this
         Agreement (other than the Unrestricted Representations and Warranties).
         Since the Purchaser's indemnification under section 7(b)(i) is limited
         to $1,000,000, in addition to the $250,000 already paid from funds
         deposited in the Escrow Account, the Seller shall only be required to
         pay the Purchaser the difference between $1,000,000 and the funds
         remaining in the Escrow Account ($750,000 and any accrued earnings
         thereon) and the Purchaser shall receive the funds remaining in the
         Escrow Account.

         (a) PROPORTIONATE SHARE. The percentage used to calculate certain
bonuses to independent sales representatives of the Company increases after
certain dollar thresholds are exceeded or the bonus does not become effective
until certain thresholds are exceeded.. In addition, the percentage used to
calculate rebates for certain of the Company's customers increases as the
customer's volume of purchases increases or the rebate is not effective until
certain thresholds are exceeded. It is the intent of the parties that the Seller
and the Purchaser share in the cost of such items based on the proportion of
sales prior to and after Closing. To the extent the accrual on the Company's
Closing Balance Sheet for such rebates and bonuses is less than the Seller's
Proportionate Share of such rebates and bonuses, the Seller shall pay the
Purchaser the deficiency within 30 days of the Purchaser's request provided such
request contains supporting documentation and provided that any Dispute
regarding payment is first resolved pursuant to section 8 of this Agreement. By
way of example, if a customer is entitled to a two percent (2%) rebate for
purchases up to $1,000,000 and a three percent (3%) rebate for all subsequent
purchases and the customer purchased $1,000,000 in products prior to Closing and
$1,000,000 after Closing, the Seller and the Purchaser are each responsible for
$25,000 of the rebate. To the extent the accrual on the Company's Closing
Balance Sheet was less than $25,000, the Seller shall pay the Purchaser for the
deficiency. Seller's "PROPORTIONATE SHARE" shall equal the amount of sales for
the applicable period prior to Closing divided by the total sales for the
applicable period.

         (b) STOCK ADJUSTMENTS. It is customary, from time to time, for the
Company to provide stock adjustments (returned merchandise which is discontinued
or after the end of the catalog season) and for the Company to resell such
returned merchandise. To the extent the accrual on the Company's Closing Balance
Sheet for stock adjustments was insufficient for (1) the difference between the
original sales price of the returned merchandise and the resale price thereof,
(2) re-work costs and shipping costs, but specifically excluding any commissions
due on the resale of the returned merchandise which shall be the obligation of
the Company and which shall not be the responsibility of the Seller under this
section 10(b), and (3) the cost of any returned merchandise which was sold prior
to Closing and which is not resold by the Company, Seller shall pay Purchaser
the deficiency within thirty (30) days of Purchaser's request, provided that (i)
the Purchaser causes the Company to use its best efforts to resell the returned
merchandise in the Ordinary Course of Business, (ii) such request contains
supporting documentation, including evidence of the Purchaser's compliance with
the immediately preceding subparagraph (i), and (iii) any Dispute regarding
payment is first resolved pursuant to section 8 of this Agreement.





                                      -41-
<PAGE>   46

         (c) SELLER'S GUARANTEE OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE.

                  (i) With respect to accounts receivable on the Closing Balance
         Sheet which as of the Closing are 90 days or over (the "90 AND OVER
         ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE"), Seller guarantees the collectibility of $60,000
         of the 90 and Over Accounts Receivable in full.

                  (ii) The Purchaser agrees to use efforts consistent with the
         Company's past custom and practice to cause the Company to collect all
         90 and Over Accounts Receivable, but shall not be obligated to resort
         to litigation. Any sums payable by account debtors on account of any
         accounts receivable of such account debtors shall be credited to the
         earliest invoices of the Company to such account debtors, unless
         specifically directed otherwise by the account debtor. Subject to the
         foregoing, to the extent any 90 and Over Accounts Receivable existing
         at the Closing are unpaid for a period of 60 days after the Closing,
         the Purchaser shall send written notice to the Seller indicating the
         specific account debtors, the amount of the unpaid invoices
         representing 90 and Over Accounts Receivable to each such account
         debtor and the total of all such unpaid 90 and Over Accounts
         Receivable. The Seller shall pay the amount of all 90 and Over Accounts
         Receivable, not to exceed $60,000 within 30 days of the receipt of any
         notice pursuant to this section 10(c)(ii) on the condition that the
         Purchaser shall simultaneously cause the Company to assign such unpaid
         90 and Over Accounts Receivable (the "ASSIGNED RECEIVABLES") to the
         Seller. Such assignment shall include the right to sue as an assignee
         of the Company. In the event that after such assignment the Company
         receives any payment on the Assigned Receivables, the Purchaser shall
         cause the Company to promptly remit such amount to the Seller.
         Thereafter, the Seller, as owner of the Assigned Receivables, may take
         any action the Seller deems necessary to collect the Assigned
         Receivables and any collections shall be the property of the Seller.
         The Purchaser agrees to cooperate and shall cause the Company to
         cooperate with the Seller in any action the Seller wishes to take to
         collect the Assigned Receivables consistent with the Company's past
         custom and practice . In the event the Purchaser does not want to
         assign any Account Receivable to the Seller because it does not want
         the Seller to initiate collection action thereon, the Seller shall be
         relieved of any liability under this section 10(c) with respect to such
         90 and Over Account Receivable.

                  (iii) In the event any 90 and Over Account Receivable is
         subject to a valid dispute by the account debtor and/or the Purchaser
         wishes to grant a discount on any 90 and Over Account Receivable, the
         Purchaser shall send written notice or notices to the Seller indicating
         the specific account debtors and the amount of the dispute or discount.
         The Purchaser shall consult with the Seller with respect to the
         resolution of any dispute and/or the amount of any discount and shall
         not settle any such dispute or grant any discount without the consent
         of the Seller, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Where
         consent is given to the settlement of any dispute and/or the granting
         of any discount, subject to the total amount paid by the Seller
         pursuant to section 10(c) not exceeding $60,000, the Seller shall pay
         the Purchaser the difference between the original amount of the 90 and
         Over Account Receivable and the amount actually received by the
         Purchaser after settlement or discount, with payment to be made within
         30 days after the settlement or granting of the



                                      -42-


<PAGE>   47



         discount. Where consent is withheld by the Seller, the Purchaser may
         either assign the 90 and Over Account Receivable, or settle the dispute
         or grant the discount at its own expense and the Seller shall be
         relieved of any liability under this section 10(c) with respect to such
         90 and Over Account Receivable.

         (d) SEVERANCE OBLIGATIONS.

                  (i) If the Purchaser terminates any of the Company's employees
         after Closing, none of such employees are entitled to any severance
         packages, except (A) as provided in section 10(d)(ii) and except as may
         be required under applicable law as a result of action taken by the
         Purchaser or the Company after Closing.

                  (ii) At the Purchaser's request, the Seller will cause the
         Company to terminate Rick Lee immediately prior to Closing. The Seller
         agrees (A) to be responsible for and to pay any severance obligation to
         Rick Lee and (B) to indemnify, defend and hold the Purchaser and the
         Company harmless from any Losses incurred as a result of any claim by
         Rick Lee resulting from such termination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if the
         Purchaser or the Company retains Rick Lee as an employee or consultant
         to the Company following Closing, such indemnification shall not apply
         with respect to any obligations of the Company to Rick Lee under such
         employment or consulting arrangement or any Losses incurred by the
         Company or the Purchaser as a result of its termination of such
         employment or consulting arrangement.

         (e) MICROCENTRE DISPUTE. The Seller agrees to continue to try to
resolve the pending disputes between the Company and Micro Electronics, Inc.
regarding the Company's trademark "MICROCENTRE" on the basis of the current
settlement terms being discussed by the Company and Micro Electronics, Inc., and
shall be responsible for all costs of resolving such disputes, including,
without limitation, attorneys' fees and court costs. In the event the disputes
cannot be resolved on the basis of the current draft of the Settlement
Agreement, as modified by the terms of the attachment to the Gordon & Einstein,
Ltd. letter dated June 29, 1998, the Seller agrees to continue to defend the
litigation at its sole cost and expense and to indemnify, defend and hold the
Purchaser and the Company harmless with respect to all Losses incurred in
connection with such disputes. Upon resolution of the dispute on substantially
the same terms as set forth in the current draft of the Settlement Agreement, as
modified by the terms of the attachment to Gorden & Einstein, Ltd.'s letter
dated June 29, 1998, the Purchaser agrees to immediately cause the Company to
execute the Settlement Agreement submitted by the Seller or its counsel.

         (f) PRE-CLOSING WORKERS COMPENSATION CLAIMS. The Seller agrees to be
responsible for and to cause to be paid all workers compensation claims which
relate to pre-Closing periods.

         (g) VACATION ACCRUAL. To the extent the accrual on the Company's
Closing Balance Sheet for vacation is less than the amount which should have
properly been accrued in accordance with GAAP, the Purchaser shall be entitled
to indemnification for the deficiency in accordance with and subject to the
provisions of Section 7(b)(i).




                                      -43-
<PAGE>   48

         11. MISCELLANEOUS.

         (a) NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement shall not confer any
rights or remedies upon any Person other than the Parties and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.

         (b) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement (including the documents referred
to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties and supersedes any
prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the Parties,
written or oral, to the extent they related in any way to the subject matter
hereof, other than the confidentiality agreement between the Purchaser and Mann
Armistead & Epperson, Ltd. executed in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby (the "CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT"), which shall remain in
full force and effect until the Closing has occurred.

         (c) SUCCESSION AND ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the Parties named herein and their respective successors
and permitted assigns. No Party may assign either this Agreement or any of its
rights, interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of
the other Parties; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, the Purchaser may (i) assign any or
all of its rights and interests hereunder to one or more of its wholly-owned
Subsidiaries and (ii) designate one or more of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries to
perform its obligations hereunder and (iii) after the Closing is effected, any
or all of the rights and interests of Purchaser hereunder (A) may be assigned to
any purchaser of substantially all of the assets of Purchaser, (B) may be
assigned as a matter of law to the surviving entity in any merger of the
Purchaser, and (C) may be assigned as collateral security to any lender or
lenders (including any agent for any such lender or lenders) providing financing
to the Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, or to
any assignee or assignees of any such lender, lenders or agent (it being
understood that in any or all of the cases described in clauses (i), (ii) and
(iii) above the Purchaser nonetheless shall remain responsible for the
performance of all of its obligations hereunder).

         (d) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which
together will constitute one and the same instrument.

         (e) HEADINGS. The section headings contained in this Agreement are
inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.

         (f) NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands, claims and other
communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim
or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given if (and then two
business days after) it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth
below:




                                      -44-
<PAGE>   49

         If to the Seller:

                  WinsLoew Furniture, Inc.
                  201 Cahaba Valley Parkway
                  Pelham, Alabama 35124
                  Attention: Mr. Bobby Tesney, President and 
                             Chief Executive Officer
                  Fax: (205) 403-0403

         With copies to (which shall not constitute notice to the Seller):

                  Peter W. Klein, Esq.
                  Managing Director and General Counsel
                  Trivest, Inc.
                  2665 South Bayshore Drive
                  Suite 800
                  Miami, Florida 33133
                  Fax: (305) 858-1629

         If to the Purchaser:

                  Vertiflex Company
                  630 West 41st Street
                  Chicago, Illinois 60609-2678
                  Attention: Mr. Sheldon G. Karras, Executive Vice President
                  Fax: (973) 927-3986

         With copies to (which shall not constitute notice to the Purchaser):

                  Stuart Duhl, Esq.
                  Schwartz & Freeman
                  Suite 1900
                  401 North Michigan Avenue
                  Chicago, Illinois 60611
                  Fax: (312) 222-0818

Any Party may send any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication
hereunder to the intended recipient at the address set forth above using any
other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier, messenger service,
telecopy, telex, ordinary mail or electronic mail), but no such notice, request,
demand, claim or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given
unless and until it actually is received by the intended recipient. Any Party
may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims and other
communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other Parties notice
in the manner herein set forth.





                                      -45-
<PAGE>   50

         (g) GOVERNING LAW; VENUE. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Illinois without
giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the
State of Illinois or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of
the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Illinois. The Parties agree
that any and all actions arising under or in respect of this Agreement shall be
litigated in any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction located in the
County of Cook, State of Illinois. By execution and delivery of this Agreement,
each Party irrevocably submits to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of
such courts for itself or himself, and in respect of its or his property with
respect to such action. Each Party agrees that venue would be proper in any of
such courts, and hereby waives any objection that any such court is an improper
or inconvenient forum for the resolution of any such action.

         (h) AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. No amendment of any provision of this
Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the
Purchaser and the Seller. No waiver by any Party of any default,
misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether
intentional or not, shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent
default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect
in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such
occurrence.

         (i) SEVERABILITY. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is
invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect
the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or
the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other
situation or in any other jurisdiction.

         (j) EXPENSES. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each of
the Parties will bear their own costs and expenses (including legal and
investment advisory fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

         (k) CONSTRUCTION. The Parties have participated jointly in the
negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or
question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed
as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall
arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of
the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local or
foreign statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The
specification of any dollar amount in the representations and warranties or
otherwise in this Agreement or in the Disclosure Schedule is not intended and
shall not be deemed to be an admission or acknowledgment of the materiality of
such amounts or items, nor shall the same be used in any dispute or controversy
between the Parties to determine whether any obligation, item or matter (whether
or not described herein or included in any schedule) is or is not material for
purposes of this Agreement.

         (l) INCORPORATION OF DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE. The Disclosure Schedule
identified in this Agreement is incorporated herein by reference and made a part
hereof.




                                      -46-
<PAGE>   51

         (m) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND
UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT SUCH PARTY MAY LEGALLY AND
EFFECTIVELY DO SO, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING
HEREUNDER.

         (n) PREVAILING PARTIES. In the event of any litigation with regard to
this Agreement, the prevailing Party or Parties shall be entitled to receive
from the nonprevailing Party or Parties and the nonprevailing Party or Parties
shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the prevailing Party
or Parties.

         (o) EQUITABLE REMEDIES. The Seller acknowledges and agrees that the
Purchaser would not have an adequate remedy at law in the event any of the
provisions of section 5(g) of this Agreement are not performed in accordance
with their specific terms or are breached. Accordingly, the Seller agrees that
the Purchaser shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent
breaches of section 5(g) of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms
and provisions thereof in any action instituted in any court of competent
jurisdiction, in addition to any other remedies which may be available to it.

                       SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE





                                      -47-


<PAGE>   52




         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have each executed and delivered
this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                      WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC.



                                      By: /s/ Bobby Tesney
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Bobby Tesney
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer



                                      VERTIFLEX COMPANY



                                      By: /s/ Sheldon G. Karras
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Sheldon G. Karras
                                          Executive Vice President





                                      -48-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.25


                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                  by and among

                                THE NAMED SELLERS

                                       and

                   WINSTON FURNITURE COMPANY OF ALABAMA, INC.

                                       and

                           MIAMI METAL PRODUCTS, INC.

                                       and

               INDUSTRIAL MUEBLERA POMPEII de MEXICO, S.A. de C.V.

                          dated as of November 23, 1998



<PAGE>   2



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                               ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                    <C>
1.       DEFINITIONS..............................................................................1

2.       PURCHASE AND SALE OF COMPANY SHARES AND IMP SHARES......................................10
         (a)      BASIC TRANSACTION..............................................................11
         (b)      PURCHASE PRICE.................................................................11
         (c)      PAYMENT OF COMPANY PURCHASE PRICE AND IMP PURCHASE PRICE.......................11
         (d)      FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS ...........................................................12
         (e)      EARNOUT........................................................................12
         (f)      POST-CLOSING COMPANY PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT.................................16
         (g)      THE CLOSING....................................................................18
         (h)      DELIVERIES AT THE CLOSING......................................................18
         (i)      TRANSFER TAXES.................................................................18
         (j)      NET CASH PAYMENT TO SELLERS....................................................18

3A.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS...........................................19
         (a)      CAPACITY.......................................................................19
         (b)      BINDING OBLIGATION.............................................................19
         (c)      NONCONTRAVENTION...............................................................19
         (d)      OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK AND IMP STOCK .......................................19
         (e)      BROKERS' FEES..................................................................20

3B.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS WITH RESPECT TO THE COMPANY AND IMP.......20
         (a)      ORGANIZATION/POWER AND AUTHORITY TO CONDUCT BUSINESS ..........................20
         (b)      AUTHORIZATION OF TRANSACTION...................................................20
         (c)      NONCONTRAVENTION...............................................................20
         (d)      BROKERS' FEES..................................................................21
         (e)      CAPITALIZATION.................................................................21
         (f)      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS...........................................................22
         (g)      ABSENCE OF CERTAIN DEVELOPMENTS................................................22
         (h)      UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES........................................................24
         (i)      LEGAL COMPLIANCE...............................................................24
         (j)      COMPANY AND IMP PERMITS........................................................24
         (k)      TAX MATTERS....................................................................25
         (l)      CERTAIN BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE COMPANY AND IMP........................26
         (m)      TITLE TO TANGIBLE ASSETS OTHER THAN REAL PROPERTY INTERESTS....................27
         (n)      REAL PROPERTY..................................................................27
         (o)      INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY..........................................................28
         (p)      CONTRACTS......................................................................29
         (q)      POWERS OF ATTORNEY.............................................................29
         (r)      INSURANCE......................................................................29
         (s)      LITIGATION.....................................................................29
         (t)      LABOR RELATIONS................................................................30
         (u)      EMPLOYEE BENEFITS..............................................................30
         (v)      ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY MATTERS.......................................32

</TABLE>


                                      - i -



<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                               ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                    <C>
         (w)      CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS........................................................33
         (x)      INVENTORY......................................................................33
         (y)      ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE............................................................33
         (z)      LIST OF ACCOUNTS...............................................................34
         (aa)     PRODUCTS LIABILITY.............................................................34

4.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER.........................................34
         (a)      ORGANIZATION...................................................................34
         (b)      AUTHORIZATION OF TRANSACTION...................................................34
         (c)      NONCONTRAVENTION...............................................................34
         (d)      BROKERS' FEES..................................................................34
         (e)      ACQUISITION OF SHARES FOR INVESTMENT...........................................35

5.       PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS...................................................................35
         (a)      GENERAL........................................................................35
         (b)      NOTICES AND CONSENTS...........................................................35
         (c)      OPERATION OF BUSINESS .........................................................35
         (d)      PRESERVATION OF BUSINESS ......................................................35
         (e)      FULL ACCESS ...................................................................36
         (f)      NOTICE OF DEVELOPMENTS.........................................................36
         (g)      NO ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES....................................36

6.       POST-CLOSING COVENANTS..................................................................36
         (a)      GENERAL........................................................................36
         (b)      SECTION 338(h)(10) ELECTION....................................................37
         (c)      TRANSITION.....................................................................38
         (d)      LITIGATION SUPPORT.............................................................38
         (e)      NONCOMPETITION.................................................................38
         (f)      NON-SOLICITATION...............................................................39
         (g)      CONFIDENTIALITY................................................................39

7.       NO SHOP.................................................................................40

8.       CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION TO CLOSE.......................................................40
         (a)      CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF THE PURCHASER......................................40
         (b)      CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF THE SELLERS........................................41

9.       REMEDIES FOR BREACHES OF THIS AGREEMENT.................................................42
         (a)      SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.....................................42
         (b)      INDEMNIFICATION................................................................43
         (c)      TREATMENT OF INDEMNIFICATION PAYMENTS..........................................46
         (d)      EXCLUSIVE REMEDY...............................................................46
         (e)      ASSIGNMENT BY PURCHASER........................................................46
         (f)      NO CONTRIBUTION FROM COMPANY OR IMP............................................46

10.      DISPUTE RESOLUTION......................................................................46
         (a)      DISPUTE DEFINED................................................................46

</TABLE>

                                     -ii-



<PAGE>   4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                               ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                    <C>
         (b)      DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES..................................................47
         (c)      PROVISIONAL REMEDIES...........................................................48
         (d)      TOLLING OF STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS..............................................48
         (e)      PERFORMANCE TO CONTINUE........................................................48
         (f)      EXTENSION OF DEADLINES.........................................................48
         (g)      ENFORCEMENT....................................................................48
         (h)      COSTS..........................................................................48

11.      ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS...................................................................48
         (a)      PRODUCT RETURNS................................................................49
         (b)      SELLERS' GUARANTEE OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE......................................49
         (c)      VACATION AND HOLIDAY ACCRUAL...................................................50
         (d)      EPCRA FILINGS..................................................................51
         (e)      LITIGATION.....................................................................51

12.      TERMINATION.............................................................................51
         (a)      TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.......................................................51
         (b)      EFFECT OF TERMINATION..........................................................52

13.      WINSLOEW FURNITURE GUARANTY.............................................................52

14.      MISCELLANEOUS...........................................................................52
         (a)      PRESS RELEASES AND PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS........................................52
         (b)      NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES...................................................52
         (c)      ENTIRE AGREEMENT...............................................................52
         (d)      SUCCESSION AND ASSIGNMENT......................................................52
         (e)      COUNTERPARTS...................................................................53
         (f)      HEADINGS.......................................................................53
         (g)      NOTICES........................................................................53
         (h)      GOVERNING LAW; VENUE...........................................................54
         (i)      AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.........................................................54
         (j)      SEVERABILITY...................................................................55
         (k)      EXPENSES.......................................................................55
         (l)      CONSTRUCTION...................................................................55
         (m)      INCORPORATION OF DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE...........................................55
         (n)      EQUITABLE REMEDIES.............................................................55
         (o)      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL...........................................................56
         (p)      PREVAILING PARTIES.............................................................56

</TABLE>

Exhibit A -- Escrow Agreement
Exhibit B -- Employment Agreement With Perry Martin 
Exhibit C -- Consulting Agreement With Leo Martin 
Exhibit D -- Lease Amendment With Nitram Partners, Ltd.
Exhibit E -- Joinder Agreement With Sherry Mittleman and Lisa Schneiderman
             Disclosure Schedule

                                     -iii-



<PAGE>   5



                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                  This Stock Purchase Agreement is made as of November __, 1998,
by and among WINSTON FURNITURE COMPANY OF ALABAMA, INC., an Alabama corporation
(the "PURCHASER"), MIAMI METAL PRODUCTS, INC., D/B/A POMPEII FURNITURE
INDUSTRIES, a Florida corporation (the "COMPANY"), INDUSTRIAL MUEBLERA POMPEII
DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V., a Mexican corporation ("IMP") and the following selling
shareholders, LEO MARTIN ("L. MARTIN"), GLORIA MARTIN ("G. MARTIN"), DONALD R.
TESCHER, TRUSTEE AND NOT INDIVIDUALLY OF THE LEO MARTIN RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
AGREEMENT I, DONALD R. TESCHER, TRUSTEE AND NOT INDIVIDUALLY OF THE LEO MARTIN
RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST AGREEMENT II, DONALD R. TESCHER, TRUSTEE AND NOT
INDIVIDUALLY OF THE LEO MARTIN RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST AGREEMENT III, DONALD R.
TESCHER, TRUSTEE AND NOT INDIVIDUALLY OF THE GLORIA MARTIN RETAINED ANNUITY
TRUST AGREEMENT I, DONALD R. TESCHER, TRUSTEE AND NOT INDIVIDUALLY OF THE GLORIA
MARTIN RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST AGREEMENT II, and DONALD R. TESCHER, TRUSTEE AND
NOT INDIVIDUALLY OF THE GLORIA MARTIN RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST AGREEMENT III
(collectively, the "SELLERS" and individually, a "SELLER"). The Purchaser, the
Company, IMP and the Sellers are each referred to in this Agreement as a "PARTY"
and collectively as the "PARTIES". WinsLoew Furniture, Inc. and Perry B. Martin
are parties to this Agreement solely for the purpose of agreeing to the
provisions set forth above their respective signatures.

                  The Sellers directly own all of the outstanding capital stock
of the Company. L. Martin and G. Martin directly own all of the outstanding
capital stock of IMP.

                  This Agreement contemplates a transaction in which (i) the
Purchaser will purchase from the Sellers, and the Sellers will sell to the
Purchaser, all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company and (ii) the
Purchaser will purchase from L. Martin and G. Martin, and L. Martin and G.
Martin will sell to the Purchaser, all of the outstanding capital stock of IMP.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
mutual promises herein made, and in consideration of the representations,
warranties and covenants herein contained, the Parties agree as follows.

         1. DEFINITIONS.

         "ACCOUNTING FIRM" has the meaning set forth in section 2(e)(vi) below.

         "ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE" means all of the Company's accounts, instruments,
drafts, acceptances and other forms of receivables and all rights earned under
the Company's contracts to sell goods or render services, including, but not
limited to, rights to any letters of credit which back any Account Receivable.



                                      - 1 -



<PAGE>   6



         "ADJUSTED EBITAM" means has the meaning set forth in section 2(e)(iv)
below.

         "ADJUSTED EBITAM STATEMENT" has the meaning set forth in section
2(e)(vi) below.

         "AFFILIATE" has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the regulations
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act.

         "AFFILIATED GROUP" means any affiliated group within the meaning of
section 1504 of the Code.

         "ALLOCATION SCHEDULE" has the meaning set forth in section 6(b)(iv)
below.

         "ASSIGNED RECEIVABLES" has the meaning set forth in section 11(b)(ii)
below.

         "AUTHORITY" means any federal, state, local or foreign governmental
regulatory agency, commission, bureau, authority, court or arbitration tribunal.

         "AVAILABLE CASH" means all Cash held by the Company as of midnight on
the day before the Closing Date less (i) an amount of Cash necessary to cover
outstanding checks (which are not otherwise stale) which have been mailed or
otherwise delivered by the Company but have not cleared and (ii) the amount
necessary to comply with the provisions of section 8(a)(xiv).

         "BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY AND IMP" means the manufacture of high-end
metal-frame furniture for residential and hospitality industries.

         "CASH" means cash and cash equivalents (including marketable securities
and short term investments) calculated in accordance with GAAP applied on a
basis consistent with the preparation of the Financial Statements.

         "CERCLA" has the meaning set forth in section 3B(v)(vi) below.

         "CLOSING" has the meaning set forth in section 2(g) below.

         "CLOSING BALANCE SHEET" has the meaning set forth in section 2(f)(i)
below.

         "CLOSING DATE" has the meaning set forth in section 2(g) below.

         "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "COMPANY" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.



                                      - 2 -



<PAGE>   7



         "COMPANY COMMON STOCK" means the Class A Common Stock, $.10 par value,
and the Class B Common Stock, $.10 par value, of the Company.

         "COMPANY PERMITS" has the meaning set forth in section 3B(j)(i) below.

         "COMPANY PRO RATA SHARE" means with respect to any Seller a fractional
multiplier of which the numerator is the number of shares of Company Common
Stock held by such Seller and the denominator is the total number of shares of
Company Common Stock held by all Sellers.

         "COMPANY PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning set forth in section 2(b)(i)
below.

         "COMPANY PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT" has the meaning set forth in
section 2(f)(iii) below.

         "COMPANY PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT ESCROW ACCOUNT" has the meaning set
forth in section 2(c)(ii) below

         "COMPANY SHARES" has the meaning set forth in section 2(a) below.

         "CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in section 121(b)
below.

         "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" means data and information relating to the
Business of the Company and IMP (which does not rise to the level of a Trade
Secret) which is not generally known to their competitors and which (a) derives
economic value, actual or potential, from not being known to, and not being
readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic
value from its disclosure or use, and (b) is the subject of efforts that are
reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. Confidential
Information does not include any data or information that has been voluntarily
disclosed to the public by the Company or IMP or that has been independently
developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain
through lawful means.

         "CONSULTING AGREEMENT" means the Consulting Agreement to be entered
into between the Purchaser and Leo Martin in the forms of EXHIBIT C hereto.

         "DEDUCTIBLE" has the meaning set forth in section 9(b)(i) below.

         "DEFENSE COUNSEL" has the meaning set forth in section 9(b)(v) below.

         "DEFENSE NOTICE" has the meaning set forth in section 9(b)(v) below.

         "DETERMINATION NOTICE" has the meaning set forth in section 2(e)(ii)
below.



                                      - 3 -


<PAGE>   8



         "DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE" means the Disclosure Schedule accompanying this
Agreement.

         "DISPUTE" has the meaning set forth in section 10(a) below.

         "EARNOUT" has the meaning set forth in section 2(e)(i) below.

         "EARNOUT ACTUAL AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in section
2(e)(vi)(C) below.

         "EARNOUT HIGH AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in section 2(e)(vi)(B)
below.

         "EARNOUT LOW AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in section 2(e)(vi)(A)
below.

         "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN" has the meaning set forth in section 3B(u)
below.

         "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" has the meaning
set forth in section 9(a) below.

         "EMPLOYEE PENSION BENEFIT PLAN" has the meaning set forth in ERISA
section 3(2).

         "EMPLOYEE WELFARE BENEFIT PLAN" has the meaning set forth in ERISA
section 3(1).

         "EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT" means the Employment Agreement to be entered
into between the Purchaser and Perry B. Martin in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto.

         "ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS" means all federal,
state, local, regional and foreign statutes, regulations and ordinances
concerning workplace health and safety and pollution or protection of the
environment, including all those relating to the presence, use, production,
generation, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal,
distribution, labeling, testing, processing, discharge, release, threatened
release, control or cleanup of any hazardous materials, substances or wastes.

         "ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM" means any written notice or claim by any Person
or any Authority alleging potential liability (including, without limitation,
potential liability for investigatory costs, cleanup costs, governmental
response costs, natural resources damages, property damages, personal injuries
or penalties) arising out of, based on or resulting from (i) the presence,
release or threatened release into the environment, of any Material of
Environmental Concern at any location, whether or not owned, leased or operated
by the Company or IMP, or (ii) any violation, or alleged violation, of any
Environmental, Health and Safety Requirement.

         "ENVIRONMENTAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" has the meaning set
forth in section 9(a) below.


                                      - 4 -



<PAGE>   9



         "EPCRA" has the meaning set forth in section 3B(v)(ii) below.

         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

         "ESCROW AGREEMENT" means the Escrow Agreement, in the form of EXHIBIT A
hereto, to be entered into on the Closing Date by the Company, the Sellers, the
Sellers' Representative and the Escrow Agent.

         "ESCROW AGENT" has the meaning set forth in section 2(c)(ii) below.

         "ESCROW FUND" has the meaning set forth in section 2(c)(ii) below.

         "FINAL ADJUSTED EBITAM DETERMINATION DATE" has the meaning set forth in
section 2(e)(vi) below.

         "FINAL CLOSING BALANCE SHEET DETERMINATION DATE" has the meaning set
forth in section 2(f)(ii) below.

         "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" has the meaning set forth in section 3B(f) 
below.

         "FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS" means the aggregate amount (including the current
portions thereof) of all (i) indebtedness for money borrowed from others and
purchase money indebtedness of the Company and IMP, (ii) indebtedness of the
type described in clause (i) above guaranteed, directly or indirectly, in any
manner by the Company or IMP, or in effect guaranteed, directly or indirectly,
in any manner by the Company or IMP, through an agreement, contingent or
otherwise, to supply funds to, or in any other manner invest in, the debtor, or
to purchase indebtedness, or to purchase and pay for property if not delivered
or to pay for services if not performed, primarily for the purpose of enabling
the debtor to make payment of the indebtedness or to assure the owners of the
indebtedness against loss, but excluding endorsements of checks and other
instruments in the ordinary course, (iii) indebtedness of the type described in
clause (i) above secured by any Lien upon property owned by the Company or IMP,
even though neither the Company nor IMP has in any manner become liable for the
payment of such indebtedness and (iv) interest expense accrued but unpaid, and
all prepayment premiums, on or relating to any of such indebtedness. 

         "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles as
in effect from time to time.

         "G. MARTIN" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION ESCROW ACCOUNT" has the meaning set forth in
section 2(c)(ii) below



                                      - 5 -


<PAGE>   10



         "HART-SCOTT-RODINO ACT" means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust
Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

         "IMP" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "IMP PERMITS" has the meaning set forth in section 3B(j)(ii) below.

         "IMP PRO RATA SHARE" means with respect to L. Martin and G. Martin a
fractional multiplier of which the numerator is the number of shares of IMP
Stock held by such Person and the denominator is the total number of shares of
IMP Stock held by both L. Martin and G. Martin.

         "IMP PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning set forth in section 2(b)(ii)
below.

         "IMP SHARES" has the meaning set forth in section 2(a) below.

         "IMP STOCK" means the Series B Stock of IMP.

         "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" has the meaning set forth in section 9(b)(v)
below.

         "INDEMNIFYING PARTIES has the meaning set forth in section 9(b)(v)
below.

         "INITIAL PAYMENT" has the meaning set forth in section 2(c)(i) below.

         "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" means all trademarks, service marks, trade
dress, logos, trade names and corporate names, together with all goodwill
associated therewith (including all translations, adaptations, derivations and
combinations of the foregoing); copyrights and copyrightable works;
registrations, applications and renewals for any of the foregoing; trade secrets
and confidential information (including, without limitation, ideas,
compositions, know-how, manufacturing and production processes and techniques,
research and development information, drawings, specifications, designs, plans,
proposals, technical data, business and marketing plans, and customer and
supplier lists and related information); and computer software (including,
without limitation, data, data bases and documentation).

         "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service.

         "INVENTORY" means all of the inventories of the Company and IMP,
including without limitation, raw materials, work in progress, finished goods,
packaging goods and other like items.

         "JOINDER AGREEMENT" means the Joinder Agreement to be entered into by
Sherry Mittleman and Lisa Schneiderman in the form of EXHIBIT E hereto.



                                      - 6 -



<PAGE>   11



         "KNOWLEDGE" means, with respect to the Sellers (for the Company) and L.
Martin and G. Martin (for IMP), the actual knowledge, after reasonable
investigation, of any of L. Martin, Perry B. Martin, Larry Schroeder and J.L.
Emery.

         "L. MARTIN" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "LEASE AMENDMENT" means the First Amendment to Lease Agreement to be
entered into between the Company and Nitram Partners, Ltd. in the form of
EXHIBIT D hereto.

         "LIEN" means any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge or other
security interest, whether or not related to the extension of credit or the
borrowing of money.

         "LOSS" or "LOSSES" means all damages, dues, penalties, fines,
reasonable amounts paid in settlement, Taxes, costs, obligations, losses,
expenses, and fees (including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees and
expenses), including, as the context may require, any of the foregoing which
arise out of or in connection with any actions, suits, proceedings, hearings,
investigations, charges, complaints, claims, demands, injunctions, judgments,
orders, decrees or rulings.

         "MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE" or "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means any change
or effect that is materially adverse to the business, financial condition or
results of operations of the Company or IMP.

         "MATERIAL CONTRACT" means any contract or agreement whether written or
oral to which either the Company or IMP is a party, or by which the Company or
IMP or any of their respective assets is bound, and which (a) relates to Funded
Indebtedness or is a letter of credit, pledge, bond or similar arrangement
running to the account of or for the benefit of the Company or IMP, (b) relates
to the purchase, maintenance or acquisition of, or sale or furnishing of,
materials, supplies, merchandise, machinery, equipment, parts or any other
property or services (excluding any such contract made in the Ordinary Course of
Business and which is expected to be fully performed within 90 days of the date
hereof or which involves revenues or expenditures of less than $50,000), (c) is
a collective bargaining agreement, (d) obligates the Company or IMP not to
compete with any business, or which otherwise restrains or prevents the Company
or IMP from carrying on any lawful business or which restricts the right of the
Company or IMP to use or disclose any information in its possession (excluding
in each case customary restrictive covenants contained in agreements entered
into in the Ordinary Course of Business), (e) relates to (i) employment,
compensation, severance, or consulting between the Company or IMP and any of
their respective officers or directors, or (ii) between the Company or IMP and
any other employees or consultants of the Company or IMP who are entitled to
compensation thereunder in excess of $35,000 per annum, (f) is a lease or
sublease of real property, or a lease, sublease or other title retention
agreement or conditional sales agreement involving annual payments in excess of
$25,000 individually or $100,000 in the aggregate for any machinery, equipment,
vehicle or other tangible personal property (whether the Company or IMP



                                      - 7 -


<PAGE>   12



is a lessor or lessee), (g) is a contract for capital expenditures or the
acquisition or construction of fixed assets for or in respect of any real
property involving payments to be made after the date hereof in excess of
$50,000, (h) is a contract granting any Person a Lien on any of the assets of
the Company or IMP, in whole or in part (other than Permitted Liens), (i) is a
contract by which the Company or IMP retains any manufacturer's representatives,
broker or other sales agent, distributor or representative or through which the
Company or IMP is appointed or authorized as a sales agent, distributor or
representative, (j) is a joint venture or partnership contract, a limited
liability company operating agreement or an agreement or arrangement with any
Seller, or with any Affiliate of any Seller, (k) is (i) an agreement for the
storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of any materials subject to
regulation under any Environmental Health and Safety Requirements, or (ii) a
contract for storage, transportation or similar services with carriers or
warehousemen (excluding any such contract entered into in the Ordinary Course of
Business and involving aggregate annual expenditures not exceeding $50,000), or
(l) any other agreement (or group of related agreements) the performance of the
executory portion of which involves consideration in excess of $50,000 or which
cannot be terminated by the Company or IMP upon 90 days notice.

         "MATERIALS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN" means chemicals, pollutants,
contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum and
petroleum products in each case with respect to which liability or standards of
conduct are imposed pursuant to any Environmental, Health and Safety
Requirements.

         "MEDIATION REQUEST" has the meaning set forth in section 10(b)(ii)
below.

         "MOST RECENT BALANCE SHEET" means the balance sheet contained within
the Most Recent Financial Statements.

         "MOST RECENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" has the meaning set forth in section
3B(f) below.

         "MOST RECENT FISCAL MONTH END" has the meaning set forth in section
3B(f) below.

         "MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END" has the meaning set forth in section
3B(f) below.

         "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" has the meaning set forth in ERISA section 3(37).

         "NET WORKING CAPITAL" means the total current assets of the Company
(which current assets may include Cash but which shall not include any prepaid
recruiting expense) MINUS the total current liabilities of the Company (which
current liabilities shall exclude the current portion of any Funded
Indebtedness), in each case determined as of the close of business on the day
before the Closing Date.

         "NET WORKING CAPITAL THRESHOLD AMOUNT" has the meaning set forth in
section 2(f)(iii) below.


                                      - 8 -



<PAGE>   13



         "90 AND OVER ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE" has the meaning set forth in section
11(b)(1) below.

         "NOTICE OF DISAGREEMENT WITH ADJUSTED EBITAM STATEMENT" has the meaning
set forth in section 2(e)(vi) below.

         "NOTICE OF DISAGREEMENT WITH CLOSING BALANCE SHEET" has the meaning set
forth in section 2(f)(ii) below.

         "ORDINARY COURSE OF BUSINESS" means the ordinary course of business
consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to quantity and
frequency).

         "PARTY" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

         "PERMITTED LIENS" means (i) Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which
adequate reserves have been established, (ii) workers or unemployment
compensation claims and/or Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of business,
(iii) mechanic's, materialman's, supplier's, vendor's, landlord's or similar
Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business securing amounts which are not
delinquent, and (iv) purchase money Liens and Liens securing rental payments
under capital lease arrangements.

         "PERSON" means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited
liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint
venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity (or any
department, agency or political subdivision thereof).

         "POST-CLOSING TAX PERIOD" means any tax period (including partial
periods) that ends after the Closing Date.

         "PRE-CLOSING TAX PERIOD" means any tax period (including partial
periods) that ends on or prior to the Closing Date.

         "PRODUCTS LIABILITY REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" has the meaning set
forth in section 9(a) below.

         "PURCHASER" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "REAL PROPERTY" has the meaning set forth in section 3B(n) below.

         "RESTRICTED AREA" has the meaning set forth in section 6(e) below.



                                      - 9 -



<PAGE>   14



         "Section 338(h)(10) ELECTION" has the meaning set forth in section
6(b)(i) below.

         "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

         "SELLER" or "SELLERS" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

         "SELLERS' REPRESENTATIVE" means L. Martin.

         "SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation with respect to which a specified
Person (or a Subsidiary thereof) owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the
common stock or has the power to vote or direct the voting of sufficient
securities to elect a majority of the directors.

         "TAXES" means all federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including,
without limitation, income or profits taxes, premium taxes, excise taxes, sales
taxes, use taxes, gross receipts taxes, franchise taxes, ad valorem taxes,
severance taxes, capital levy taxes, transfer taxes, value added taxes,
employment and payroll-related taxes, property taxes, business license taxes,
occupation taxes, import duties and other governmental charges and assessments),
of any kind whatsoever, including interest, additions to tax and penalties with
respect thereto.

         "TAX REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" has the meaning set forth in
section 9(a) below.

         "TAX RETURN" means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund or
information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or
attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

         "THIRD PARTY CLAIM" has the meaning set forth in section 9(b)(v) below.

         "TRADE SECRETS" means information relating to the Company and IMP,
without regard to form, including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical
data, formulas, patterns, compilations, programs, devices, methods, techniques,
drawings, processes, financial data, financial plans, product plans or lists of
actual or potential customers or suppliers which is not commonly known by or
available to the public and which (a) derives economic value, actual or
potential, from not being known to, and not being readily ascertainable by
proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure
or use, and (b) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the
circumstances to maintain its secrecy.

         "TRANSACTION REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES" has the meaning set forth
in section 9(a) below.

         2. PURCHASE AND SALE OF COMPANY SHARES AND IMP SHARES.



                                     - 10 -



<PAGE>   15



         (a) BASIC TRANSACTION. On and subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, (i) the Purchaser agrees to purchase from each of the Sellers,
and each of the Sellers agrees to sell to the Purchaser, free and clear of all
restrictions on transfer (other than restrictions under the Securities Act and
state securities laws), Liens, claims and demands, all of the shares of Company
Common Stock owned by each of the Sellers as set forth in section 3B(E) OF THE
DISCLOSURE SCHEDUle (thE "COMPAny SHARES") for the consideration specified below
in this section 2 and (ii) the Purchaser agrees to purchase from each of L.
Martin and G. Martin, and each of L. Martin and G. Martin agrees to sell to the
Purchaser, free and clear of all restrictions on transfer (other than
restrictions under the Securities Act and state securities laws), Liens, claims
and demands, all of the shares of IMP Stock owned by each of L. Martin and G.
Martin as set forth in section 3B(e) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE (the "IMP
SHARES") for the consideration specified below in this section 2.

         (b)      PURCHASE PRICE.

                  (i) The aggregate purchase price to be paid by the Purchaser
         for the all of the Company Shares (the "COMPANY PURCHASE PRICE") shall
         be $16,400,000, MINUS (A) the amount of Funded Indebtedness as of the
         Closing Date (after giving effect to any reduction of such Funded
         Indebtedness on the Closing Date by application of Available Cash) and
         MINUS (B) any Company Purchase Price Adjustment made pursuant to
         section 2(f) below, PLus (C) any Earnout payments made pursuant to
         section 2(e) below. The amount of the Company Purchase Price to be
         received by each Seller shall be the Seller's Company Pro Rata Share
         thereof.

                  (ii) The aggregate purchase price to be paid by the Purchaser
         for the all of the IMP Shares (the "IMP PURCHASE PRICE") shall be
         $50,000. The amount of the IMP Purchase Price to be received by each of
         L. Martin and G. Martin shall be such Person's IMP Pro Rata Share
         thereof.

         (c) PAYMENT OF COMPANY PURCHASE PRICE AND IMP PURCHASE PRICE. On the
Closing Date, the Purchaser shall make payment of the Company Purchase Price and
the IMP Purchase Price as follows:

                  (i) To the Sellers, by wire transfer of immediately available
         funds, the sum of $13,900,000 [$16,400,000 MINUS (A) the amount of
         Funded Indebtedness as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to any
         reduction of such Funded Indebtedness on the Closing Date by
         application of Available Cash) and (B) $2,500,000 to be deposited as
         the Escrow Fund pursuant to section 2(c)(ii) below] (thE "INITIAL
         PAYMENt"), to the account designated in writing by the Sellers'
         Representative at least two business days prior to the Closing Date.

                  (ii) To SunTrust Bank, Atlanta, as escrow agent (the "ESCROW
         AGENT") pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, the sum of
         $2,500,000 (the "ESCROW FUND"). As provided in the Escrow Agreement,
         the Escrow Fund shall be divided into two accounts as



                                     - 11 -



<PAGE>   16



         follows: (A) $50,000 thereof shall be held in an account (the "COMPANY
         PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT ESCROW ACCOUNT") to be utilized to fund the
         Company Purchase Price Adjustment as described in section 2(f) hereof,
         and (B) $2,450,000 thereof shall be held in an account (the "GENERAL
         INDEMNIFICATION ESCROW ACCOUNT") to provide indemnification to the
         Purchaser as provided in section 9(b) hereof.

                  (iii) To L. Martin and G. Martin, by wire transfer of
         immediately available funds, the sum of $50,000 to the account
         designated in writing by the Sellers' Representative at least two
         business days prior to the Closing Date.

         (d) FUNDED INDEBTEDNESS.  At the Closing, the Purchaser and/or the
Company (as determined by the Purchaser) shall deliver to the holders of Funded
Indebtedness an amount sufficient to repay all Funded Indebtedness outstanding
immediately prior to the Closing (in connection with which the Company shall
apply Available Cash to the reduction of Funded Indebtedness), with the result
that immediately following the Closing there will be no further monetary
obligations of the Company with respect to any Funded Indebtedness outstanding
immediately prior to the Closing. On the Closing Date, the Company will provide
the Purchaser with customary pay-off letters from all holders of Funded
Indebtedness outstanding immediately prior to the Closing, and make arrangements
reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser for such holders to provide to the
Purchaser recordable form mortgage and lien releases, canceled notes, trademark
and patent assignments and other documents reasonably requested by the Purchaser
simultaneously with the Closing.

         (e) EARNOUT.

                  (i) The Sellers will be entitled to receive a contingent
         purchase price payment of up to $1,000,000 (the "EARNOUT") in
         accordance with the provisions of this section 2(e). The Earnout shall
         be payable with respect to the Company's fiscal year ending December
         31, 1998 and the amount of the Earnout payment for such fiscal year
         will be equal to two times the amount (if any) by which the Company's
         Adjusted EBITAM for such fiscal exceeds $2,200,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
         that in no event shall the Earnout amount for such fiscal year be more
         than $1,000,000. The amount of the Earnout to be received by each
         Seller shall be the Seller's Company Pro Rata Share thereof.

                  (ii) Within a reasonable time after the conclusion of the
         fiscal year ending December 31, 1998, but no later than 30 days
         following the end of such fiscal year, the Purchaser shall deliver to
         the Sellers' Representative a written notice which shall set forth an
         estimate of the amount of the Company's Adjusted EBITAM for such fiscal
         year and an estimate of the Earnout (if any) earned and all
         calculations made in the determination of such amounts (the
         "DETERMINATION NOTICE"). The chief financial officer of the Purchaser
         shall


                                     - 12 -



<PAGE>   17



         certify the amounts determined and calculations made as set forth in
         the Determination Notice are true and correct to the best of his
         knowledge and belief.

                  (iii) The Earnout shall be payable as follows. 75% of the
         Earnout (if any) for any such fiscal year will be paid within three
         business days of the Sellers' Representative's receipt of the
         Determination Notice, by wire transfer of immediately available funds
         to an account or accounts designated by the Sellers' Representative in
         writing. The remaining Earnout (if any) will be paid upon the final
         determination of the Adjusted EBITAM Statement for the fiscal year
         ending December 31, 1998 in accordance with this section 2(e), by wire
         transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts
         designated by the Sellers' Representative in writing. If the amount of
         the Earnout that is ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to
         section 2(e)(vi) is less than the amount paid based upon the
         Determination Notice, then the Sellers shall repay the difference
         within three business days after such determination.

                  (iv) For purposes of this Agreement, "ADJUSTED EBITAM" for the
         Company's fiscal year ending December 31, 1998 means the unaudited net
         income (excluding extraordinary gains or losses) of the Company
         (including IMP) for the twelve months ending on the last day of such
         fiscal year, PLUS (A) any interest on indebtedness and any financing
         and related fees and expenses deducted in determining net income, (B)
         all fees or expenses incurred in connection with the transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement deducted in determining net income, (C)
         income Taxes deducted in determining net income, (D) any amortization
         to the extent attributable to the purchase accounting "write-up"
         resulting from the transactions contemplated hereby and deducted in
         determining net income, (E) management or other fees charged by the
         Purchaser and/or its Affiliates and (F) expenses of a non-recurring
         nature that may occur subsequent to the Closing Date as mutually agreed
         upon by the Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative.

                  (v) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any amount
         or calculation to be made in connection with the Earnout shall be
         determined or made (A) in accordance with GAAP applied in a manner
         consistent with the same accounting principles and methodologies used
         in the preparation of the Financial Statements, and (B) using the same
         revenue, income and expense recognition policies and practices as have
         been used by the Company prior to the Closing.

                  (vi) Within 90 days following the Closing, the Purchaser at
         its expense shall prepare and deliver to the Sellers' Representative a
         statement of the actual Adjusted EBITAM of the Company for such fiscal
         year (the "ADJUSTED EBITAM STATEMENT"). The chief financial officer of
         the Purchaser shall certify the amounts determined and calculations
         made as set forth in the Adjusted EBITAM Statement are true and correct
         to the best of his knowledge and belief. During the 30 days immediately
         following receipt of the Adjusted



                                     - 13 -


<PAGE>   18



         EBITAM Statement by the Sellers' Representative, the Sellers'
         Representative and his accountants shall be entitled to review the
         Adjusted EBITAM Statement and any working papers, trial balances and
         similar materials relating to the Adjusted EBITAM Statement prepared by
         the Purchaser or its accountants, and the Purchaser shall provide the
         Sellers' Representative and his accountants with timely access, during
         normal business hours, to the personnel, properties, books and records
         of the Company. The Adjusted EBITAM Statement shall become final and
         binding upon the parties on the 31st day following delivery thereof
         unless the Sellers' Representative gives written notice to the
         Purchaser of his disagreement with the Adjusted EBITAM Statement (a
         "NOTICE OF DISAGREEMENT WITH ADJUSTED EBITAM STATEMENT") prior to such
         date. Any Notice of Disagreement With Adjusted EBITAM Statement shall
         specify in reasonable detail the nature of any disagreement so
         asserted. If a timely Notice of Disagreement With Adjusted EBITAM
         Statement is received by the Purchaser with respect to the Adjusted
         EBITAM Statement, then the Adjusted EBITAM Statement (as revised in
         accordance with clause (A) or (B) below), shall become final and
         binding upon the Parties on the earlier of (A) the date the Purchaser
         and the Sellers' Representative resolve in writing any differences they
         have with respect to any matter specified in a Notice of Disagreement
         With Adjusted EBITAM Statement, or (B) the date any matters in dispute
         are finally resolved in writing by the Accounting Firm in the manner
         described below (the date on which the Adjusted EBITAM Statement so
         becomes final and binding being hereinafter referred to as the "FINAL
         ADJUSTED EBITAM DETERMINATION DATE"). During the 30 days immediately
         following the delivery of any Notice of Disagreement With Adjusted
         EBITAM Statement, the Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative shall
         seek in good faith to resolve in writing any differences which they may
         have with respect to any matter specified in such Notice of
         Disagreement With Adjusted EBITAM Statement. During such period, the
         Sellers' Representative and his accountants shall each have access to
         the Company's working papers, trial balances and similar materials
         (including the working papers, trial balances and similar materials of
         the Company's accountants) prepared in connection with the Purchaser's
         preparation of the Adjusted EBITAM Statement. At the end of such 30-day
         period, the Sellers' Representative and the Purchaser shall submit to
         an independent "Big 6" public accounting firm (the "ACCOUNTING FIRM")
         for review and resolution any and all matters which remain in dispute
         and which were included in any Notice of Disagreement With Adjusted
         EBITAM Statement (it being understood that the Accounting Firm shall
         act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on presentations by the
         Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative (and not by independent
         review), only those matters which remain in dispute), and the
         Accounting Firm shall reach a final, binding resolution of all matters
         which remain in dispute, which final resolution shall be (W) in
         writing, (X) furnished to the Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative
         as soon as practicable after the items in dispute have been referred to
         the Accounting Firm, (Y) made in accordance with this Agreement, and
         (Z) conclusive and binding upon the Parties to this Agreement and not
         subject to collateral attack for any reason. The Adjusted EBITAM
         Statement, with any adjustments necessary to reflect the Accounting
         Firm's resolution of the



                                     - 14 -


<PAGE>   19



         matters in dispute, shall become final and binding on the Parties on
         the date the Accounting Firm delivers its final resolution to the
         Parties. The Accounting Firm shall be mutually selected by the
         Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative, or, if the Purchaser and the
         Sellers' Representative cannot so agree within the 30-day period
         referred to above, by lot from among the independent "Big 6" public
         accounting firms (after excluding the Purchaser's independent public
         accountants) willing to act. Each Party shall pay its own costs and
         expenses incurred in connection with such arbitration, provided that
         the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne as follows:

                                    (A) if the Accounting Firm resolves all of
                  the remaining objections in favor of the Purchaser (the amount
                  of the Earnout so determined is referred to herein as the
                  "EARNOUT LOW AMOUNT"), the Sellers will be responsible for all
                  of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm (PRO RATA
                  based on each Seller's Company Pro Rata Share);

                                    (B) if the Accounting Firm resolves all of
                  the remaining objections in favor of the Sellers (the amount
                  of the Earnout so determined is referred to herein as the
                  "EARNOUT HIGH AMOUNT"), the Purchaser will be responsible for
                  all of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm; and

                                    (C) if the Accounting Firm resolves some of
                  the remaining objections in favor of the Purchaser and the
                  rest of the remaining objections in favor of the Sellers (the
                  amount of the Earnout so determined is referred to herein as
                  "EARNOUT ACTUAL AMOUNT"), the Sellers will be responsible for
                  that fraction of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm
                  (PRO RATA based on each Seller's Company Pro Rata Share) equal
                  to (i) the difference between the Earnout High Amount and the
                  Earnout Actual Amount over (ii) the difference between the
                  Earnout High Amount and the Earnout Low Amount, and the
                  Purchaser will be responsible for the remainder of the fees
                  and expenses.

                  (vii) If the Purchaser has determined that any remaining
         Earnout payment is payable with respect to the fiscal year ending
         December 31, 1998, the Purchaser shall pay such remaining Earnout
         payment when it delivers the Adjusted EBITAM Statement for such fiscal
         year (even if the Sellers' Representative disputes the amount of such
         Earnout payment as determined by the Purchaser). If the amount of the
         Earnout payment is in dispute, and the Earnout payment that is
         ultimately determined to be payable pursuant to section 2(e)(vi) is (A)
         greater than the amount (if any) paid pursuant to the previous sentence
         and section 2(e)(iii), then the Purchaser shall pay the difference
         within three business days after such determination, or (B) less than
         the amount (if any) paid pursuant to the previous sentence and section
         2(e)(iii), then the Sellers shall repay, the difference within three
         business days after such determination. Payment of any remaining
         Earnout pursuant to clause (A) of this paragraph (vii) shall be



                                     - 15 -



<PAGE>   20



         made by the Purchaser to the Sellers by wire transfer of immediately
         available funds to the account or accounts designated in writing by the
         Sellers' Representative. Payment of any amounts payable to the
         Purchaser pursuant to clause (B) of this paragraph (vii) shall be made
         by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account
         designated in writing by the Purchaser.

         (f) POST-CLOSING COMPANY PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT.

                  (i) Within 10 days following the Closing, the Seller's
         Representative shall prepare and deliver to the Purchaser (A) a balance
         sheet of the Company as of the close of business on the day preceding
         the Closing Date (the "CLOSING BALANCE SHEET") and (B) the Seller's
         Representative's calculation of the Net Working Capital of the Company
         as of such time. The Closing Balance Sheet (including, without
         limitation, such calculation of Net Working Capital) shall be prepared
         in accordance with GAAP applied in a manner consistent with the same
         accounting principles and methodologies used in preparing the Financial
         Statements.

                  (ii) During the 30 days immediately following receipt of the
         Closing Balance Sheet by the Purchaser, the Purchaser and its
         accountants shall be entitled to review the Closing Balance Sheet and
         any working papers, trial balances and similar materials relating to
         the Closing Balance Sheet prepared by the Seller's Representative or
         his accountants, and the Purchaser and its accountants shall also have
         with timely access, during the Company's normal business hours, to the
         Company's personnel, properties, books and records to the extent
         related to the preparation of the Closing Balance Sheet. The Seller's
         Representative shall use reasonable commercial efforts to cause his
         accountants to make available to the Purchaser any working papers,
         trial balances and similar materials prepared by such accountants in
         connection with the preparation of the Closing Balance Sheet; PROVIDED,
         HOWEVER, that the Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that such
         accountants may require the Purchaser to execute customary undertakings
         in connection with such accesection  The Closing Balance Sheet and the
         calculation of Net Working Capital shall become final and binding upon
         the Parties on the 31st day following delivery thereof unless the
         Purchaser gives written notice to the Seller of its disagreement with
         the Closing Balance Sheet as it affects the calculation of Net Working
         Capital (a "NOTICE OF DISAGREEMENT WITH CLOSING BALANCE SHEET") prior
         to such date. Any Notice of Disagreement With Closing Balance Sheet
         shall specify in reasonable detail the nature of any disagreement so
         asserted. If a timely Notice of Disagreement With Closing Balance Sheet
         is received by the Seller's Representative with respect to the Closing
         Balance Sheet, then the Closing Balance Sheet (as revised in accordance
         with clause (A) or (B) below), shall become final and binding as to the
         calculation of Net Working Capital upon the Parties on the earlier of
         (A) the date the Purchaser and the Seller's Representative resolve in
         writing any differences they have with respect to any matter specified
         in a Notice of Disagreement With Closing Balance Sheet, or



                                     - 16 -



<PAGE>   21



         (B) the date any matters in dispute are finally resolved in writing by
         the Accounting Firm in the manner described below (the date on which
         the Closing Balance Sheet so becomes final and binding being
         hereinafter referred to as the "FINAL CLOSING BALANCE SHEET
         DETERMINATION DATE"). During the 30 days immediately following the
         delivery of any Notice of Disagreement With Closing Balance Sheet, the
         Purchaser and the Seller shall seek in good faith to resolve in writing
         any differences which they may have with respect to any matter
         specified in such Notice of Disagreement With Closing Balance Sheet.
         During such period, the Parties and their respective accountants shall
         each have access to the Company's working papers, trial balances and
         similar materials (including the working papers, trial balances and
         similar materials of their respective accountants) prepared in
         connection with the preparation of the Closing Balance Sheet. At the
         end of such 30-day period, the Seller's Representative and the
         Purchaser shall submit to an Accounting Firm for review and resolution
         any and all matters which remain in dispute and which were included in
         any Notice of Disagreement With Closing Balance Sheet (it being
         understood that the Accounting Firm shall act as an arbitrator to
         determine, based solely on presentations by the Purchaser and the
         Seller's Representative (and not by independent review), only those
         matters which remain in dispute), and the Accounting Firm shall reach a
         final, binding resolution of all matters which remain in dispute, which
         final resolution shall be (w) in writing, (x) furnished to the
         Purchaser and the Seller's Representative as soon as practicable after
         the items in dispute have been referred to the Accounting Firm, (y)
         made in accordance with this Agreement, and (z) conclusive and binding
         upon the Parties and not subject to collateral attack for any reason.
         The Closing Balance Sheet, with any adjustments necessary to reflect
         the Accounting Firm's resolution of the matters in dispute, shall
         become final and binding on the Parties on the date the Accounting Firm
         delivers its final resolution to the Parties, which shall be no later
         than 90 days after the Closing Date. Each Party shall pay its own costs
         and expenses incurred in connection with such arbitration, provided
         that the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne as
         follows:

                                    (A) if the amount of the Net Working Capital
                  is below the Net Working Capital Threshold Amount after the
                  resolution of all remaining objections by the Accounting Firm,
                  the Sellers will be responsible for all of the fees and
                  expenses of the Accounting Firm (PRO RATA based on each
                  Seller's Company Pro Rata Share); or

                                    (B) if the amount of the Net Working Capital
                  is equal to or above the Net Working Capital Threshold Amount
                  after the resolution of all remaining objections by the
                  Accounting Firm, the Purchaser will be responsible for all of
                  the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm.

                  (iii) Upon the final determination of the Closing Balance
         Sheet in accordance with this section 2(f), if Net Working Capital is
         less than $3,077,000.00 (the "NET WORKING CAPITAL



                                     - 17 -



<PAGE>   22



         THRESHOLD AMOUNT"), the Sellers shall pay to the Purchaser the amount
         by which the amount of the Net Working Capital is less than such amount
         (PRO RATA based on each Seller's Company Pro Rata Share). Any required
         adjustment to the Company Purchase Price pursuant to this section 2(f)
         shall be referred to as the "COMPANY PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMEnt".

                  (iv) Within 33 days after the receipt by the Purchaser of the
         Closing Balance Sheet in accordance with section 2(f)(i) above, the
         Sellers' Representative and the Purchaser shall jointly instruct the
         Escrow Agent to make the disbursements of Company Purchase Price
         Adjustment Escrow Account with respect to any undisputed amounts
         constituting a portion of the Company Purchase Price Adjustment. With
         respect to any items that are the subject of a Notice of Disagreement
         With Closing Balance Sheet, joint disbursement instructions shall be
         given to the Escrow Agent within three business days after the Final
         Closing Balance Sheet Determination Date.

         (g) THE CLOSING. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement (the "CLOSING") shall take place at the offices of Cypen & Cypen, 825
Arthur Godfrey Road, Miami Beach, Florida 33140 (or at such other location as
the Parties may agree), commencing at 10:00 a.m. local time on or before March
31, 1999 or such other date as the Sellers' Representative and the Purchaser may
mutually determine (the "CLOSING DATE").

         (h) DELIVERIES AT THE CLOSING. At the Closing, (i) the Sellers will
deliver to the Purchaser the various certificates and documents referred to in
section 8(a) below, (ii) the Purchaser will deliver to the Sellers the various
certificates and documents referred to in section 8(b) below, (iii) each of the
Sellers will deliver to the Purchaser stock certificates representing all of his
or her Company Shares, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by duly executed
assignment documents, sufficient in form and substance to convey to the
Purchaser good title to the Sellers' Company Shares, free and clear of all
restrictions on transfer (other than restrictions under the Securities Act and
state securities laws), Liens, claims and demands, (iv) each of L. Martin and G.
Martin will deliver to the Purchaser stock certificates representing all of his
or her IMP Shares, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by duly executed
assignment documents, sufficient in form and substance to convey to the
Purchaser good title to the IMP Shares, free and clear of all restrictions on
transfer (other than restrictions under the Securities Act and state securities
laws), Liens, claims and demands, (v) the Purchaser will deliver to the Sellers
the Initial Payment, (v) the Purchaser will deliver to the Escrow Agent the
Escrow Fund and (vi) the Purchaser will deliver to L. Martin and G. Martin the
IMP Purchase Price.

         (i) TRANSFER TAXES. The Sellers shall be responsible for the payment of
all sales and transfer taxes, if any, which may be payable with respect to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         (j) NET CASH PAYMENT TO SELLERS. Immediately prior to the Closing, the
Sellers will cause the Company to pay to the Sellers in an aggregate amount
equal to the excess (if any) of (i) the



                                     - 18 -



<PAGE>   23



Available Cash less $1.00 MINUS (ii) the Funded Indebtedness as of the Closing
Date (after giving effect to any reduction of such Funded Indebtedness on the
Closing Date by application of Available Cash) .

         3A. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS. Each of the Sellers,
severally as to himself or herself only (and not jointly), represents and
warrants (subject to the exceptions set forth in the Disclosure Schedule) to the
Purchaser as follows:

         (a) CAPACITY. The Seller has full capacity to execute and deliver this
Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and to perform his or her obligations
hereunder and thereunder.

         (b) BINDING OBLIGATION. This Agreement constitutes and the Escrow
Agreement, when executed and delivered, will constitute the valid and legally
binding obligations of the Seller enforceable in accordance with their terms.

         (c) NONCONTRAVENTION. Neither the execution and the delivery of this
Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby, will (i) violate any statute, regulation, rule,
injunction, judgment, order, decree or ruling of any government, governmental
agency or court to which the Seller is subject, or (ii) conflict with, result in
a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create
in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require
any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license or instrument to which
the Seller is a party or by which the Seller is bound or to which any of the
Seller's assets is subject. Except as set forth in section 3A(c) OF THE
DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, the Sellers are not required to give any notice to, make
any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent or approval of any
government or governmental agency in order for the Sellers to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         (d)      OWNERSHIP OF COMPANY COMMON STOCK AND IMP STOCK.

                  (i) The Seller holds of record and owns beneficially the
         number of Company Shares set forth next to the Seller's name in section
         3B(e) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE and has good title to such Company
         Shares, free and clear of any restrictions on transfer (other than
         restrictions under the Securities Act and state securities laws),
         Liens, claims, and demands. The Seller is not a party to any option,
         warrant, purchase right, or other contract or commitment that could
         require the Seller to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any
         capital stock of the Company (other than this Agreement). The Seller is
         not a party to any voting trusts, proxies, or other agreements or
         understandings with respect to the voting of any capital stock of the
         Company.

                  (ii) L. Martin and G. Martin hold of record and own
         beneficially the number of IMP Shares set forth next to such Person's
         name in section 3B(e) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE and



                                     - 19 -



<PAGE>   24



         has good title to such IMP Shares, free and clear of any restrictions
         on transfer (other than restrictions under the Securities Act and state
         securities laws), Liens, claims, and demands. Neither L. Martin or G.
         Martin is a party to any option, warrant, purchase right, or other
         contract or commitment that could require such Person to sell,
         transfer, or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of the IMP (other
         than this Agreement). Neither L. Martin or G. Martin is a party to any
         voting trusts, proxies, or other agreements or understandings with
         respect to the voting of any capital stock of IMP.

         (e) BROKERS' FEES. The Seller has no liability or obligation to pay any
fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which the Purchaser or the
Company (with respect to periods following the Closing) could become liable or
obligated.

         3B. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS WITH RESPECT TO THE
COMPANY AND IMP. The following representations and warranties made to the
Purchaser with respect to the Company are made by the Sellers jointly and
severally (subject to the exceptions set forth in the Disclosure Schedule) and
the following representations and warranties made to the Purchaser with respect
to IMP are made by L. Martin and G. Martin jointly and severally (subject to the
exceptions set forth in the Disclosure Schedule):

         (a) ORGANIZATION/POWER AND AUTHORITY TO CONDUCT BUSINESS. The Company
is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under
the laws of Florida. IMP is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and
in good standing under the laws of Mexico. Each of the Company and IMP is duly
authorized to conduct business and is in good standing under the laws of each
jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the lack of such
qualification would not have a Material Adverse Effect. section 3B(A) OF THE
DISCLOSURE SCHEDUle sets forth a list of each jurisdiction in which the Company
and IMP are licensed or qualified to do business as a foreign corporation. Each
of the Company and IMP has full corporate power and authority to carry on the
businesses in which it is engaged and to own and use the properties owned and
used by it. Neither the Company nor IMP has any Subsidiary, and does not own,
directly or indirectly, any capital stock or other equity interests in any
corporation, partnership or other entity.

         (b) AUTHORIZATION OF TRANSACTION. Each of the Company and IMP has full
corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to
perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes the valid and
legally binding obligations of the Company and IMP, enforceable in accordance
with its terms.

         (c) NONCONTRAVENTION. Neither the execution and the delivery of this
Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will
(i) violate any statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree
or ruling of any government, governmental agency or court to which the Company
or IMP is subject or any provision of the charter or bylaws of the Company or


                                     - 20 -



<PAGE>   25



the charter documents of IMP or (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of,
constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party
the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice
under any agreement, contract, lease, license or instrument to which the Company
or IMP is a party or by which either the Company or IMP is bound or to which any
of the assets of either the Company or IMP is subject. Neither the Company nor
IMP is required to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any
authorization, consent or approval of any government or governmental agency in
order for the Company and IMP to consummate the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement.

         (d) BROKERS' FEES. Neither the Company nor IMP has any liability or
obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with
respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         (e)      CAPITALIZATION.

                  (i) The Company Common Stock constitutes the Company's only
         authorized classes of capital stock. section 3B(e) OF THE DISCLOSURE
         SCHEDULE sets forth for the Company (A) the number of shares of
         authorized Company Common Stock, (ii) the number of issued and
         outstanding shares of Company Common Stock, the names of the holders of
         record thereof, and the number of shares held by each such holder, and
         (iii) the number of shares of Company Common Stock (if any) held in
         treasury. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of
         the Company have been duly authorized, are validly issued, fully paid
         and nonassessable and were not issued in violation of the preemptive
         rights of any Person or any agreement or law by which the Company at
         the time of issuance was bound. There are no outstanding stock
         appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights with respect to the
         Company, and the Company is not a party to any option, warrant,
         purchase right, or other contract or commitment that could require the
         Company to issue, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital
         stock of the Company.

                  (ii) The IMP Stock constitutes IMP's only authorized classes
         of capital stock. section 3B(e) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE sets forth
         for IMP (A) the number of shares of authorized IMP Stock, (ii) the
         number of issued and outstanding shares of IMP Stock, the names of the
         holders of record thereof, and the number of shares held by each such
         holder, and (iii) the number of shares of IMP Stock (if any) held in
         treasury. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of
         IMP have been duly authorized, are validly issued, fully paid and
         nonassessable and were not issued in violation of the preemptive rights
         of any Person or any agreement or law by which IMP at the time of
         issuance was bound. There are no outstanding stock appreciation,
         phantom stock or similar rights with respect to IMP, and IMP is not a
         party to any option, warrant, purchase right, or other contract or
         commitment that could require IMP to issue, sell, transfer or otherwise
         dispose of any capital stock of IMP.



                                     - 21 -



<PAGE>   26



         (f) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Set forth in section 3B(f) OF THE DISCLOSURE
SCHEDULE are the following financial statements (collectively the "FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS"): (i) audited balance sheets and statements of income and statements
of shareholders equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1997 (the "MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END") for the Company; and (ii)
unaudited balance sheet and statement of income and statement of cash flows (the
"MOST RECENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS") as of and for the eight months ended August
31, 1998 (the "MOST RECENT FISCAL MONTH END") for the Company, with all
operations of IMP reflected in the Most Recent Financial Statements. Except as
set forth in section 3B(f) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, the Financial Statements
(including the notes thereto) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied
on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby and present fairly
the financial condition of the Company and IMP as of such dates and the results
of operations of the Company and IMP for such periods; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
the Most Recent Financial Statements are subject to normal year-end adjustments
(which will not be material, individually or in the aggregate) and lack
footnotes and other presentation items.

         (g) ABSENCE OF CERTAIN DEVELOPMENTS. Except as otherwise contemplated
by this Agreement, since the Most Recent Fiscal Year End, the Company and IMP
have conducted their business only in the Ordinary Course of Business and there
has not been any Material Adverse Change with respect to the Company or IMP.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, since that date, neither the
Company nor IMP has:

                  (i) borrowed any amount or incurred any liabilities, except
         liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business;

                  (ii) mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any Lien any of its
         assets, except for Permitted Liens, or entered into any conditional
         sale or other title retention agreement with respect to any property or
         asset;

                  (iii) except as set forth in section 3B(g)(iii) OF THE
         DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, sold, assigned, transferred or removed any of its
         tangible assets, except for sales of Inventory in the Ordinary Course
         of Business;

                  (iv) sold, assigned or transferred any patents, trademarks or
         trade names or any material copyrights, trade secrets or other
         intangible assets;

                  (v) suffered any extraordinary losses or waived any rights of
         material value;

                  (vi) except as set forth in section 3B(g)(vi) OF THE
         DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, made any capital expenditures or commitments
         therefor in excess of $25,000 individually or $100,000 in the
         aggregate;


                                     - 22 -



<PAGE>   27



                  (vii) entered into any material agreement, contract, lease or
         license outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

                  (viii) suffered any theft, damage, destruction or casualty
         loss in excess of $50,000 to its property, whether or not covered by
         insurance;

                  (ix) entered into any agreement with any labor union or
         association representing any employee;

                  (x) made any wage or salary increase or bonus, or increase in
         any other direct or indirect compensation, for or to any of its
         officers, directors or employees, or otherwise made any material change
         in employment terms for any of its directors, officers and employees;

                  (xi) made any change in its accounting methods, principles or
         practices;

                  (xii) made any increase in or established any bonus,
         insurance, deferred compensation, pension, retirement, profit-sharing,
         stock option (including the granting of stock options, stock
         appreciation rights, performance awards or restricted stock awards or
         the amendment of any existing stock options, stock appreciation rights,
         performance awards or restricted stock awards), stock purchase or other
         employee benefit plan or agreement or arrangement;

                  (xiii) except as set forth in section 3B(g)(xiii) OF THE
         DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, made any payment (including any dividends or other
         distributions with respect to the Company Common Stock or IMP Stock) to
         any Seller or any Affiliate of any Seller (other than compensation
         otherwise payable in the Ordinary Course of Business to any Seller
         employed by the Company) or forgiven any indebtedness due or owing from
         any Seller or any Affiliate of any Seller to the Company or IMP;

                  (xiv) except as set forth in section 3B(g)(xiv) OF THE
         DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, reclassified, combined, split, subdivided or
         redeemed or otherwise repurchased any capital stock of the Company or
         IMP, or created, authorized, issued, sold, delivered, pledged or
         encumbered any additional capital stock (whether authorized but
         unissued or held in treasury) or other securities equivalent to or
         exchangeable for capital stock, or granted or otherwise issued any
         options, warrants or other rights with respect thereto;

                  (xv) acquired or agreed to acquire by merging or consolidating
         with, or by purchasing any portion of the capital stock, partnership
         interests or assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any
         corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or
         other business organization or division thereof;


                                     - 23 -



<PAGE>   28



                  (xvi) made any loan or advance (whether in cash or other
         property), or made any investment in or capital contribution to, or
         extended any credit to, any Person, except (i) short-term investments
         pursuant to customary cash management policies, and (ii) advances made
         in the Ordinary Course of Business;

                  (xvii) taken any action which if taken would adversely affect
         the eligibility of the Company to be taxed pursuant to the provisions
         of Subchapter S of the Code or under any comparable state or local law
         for any period prior to the Closing Date;

                  (xviii) (A) except in the Ordinary Course of Business
         liquidated Inventory or accepted product returns, (B) accelerated
         receivables, (C) delayed payables, or (D) changed in any material
         respect the Company's practices in connection with the payment of
         payables in respect of raw materials purchases; or

                  (xix) committed to do any of the foregoing.

         (h) UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES. Neither the Company nor IMP has any
liability (whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent,
whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether
due or to become due, including any liability for Taxes), except for (i)
liabilities set forth on the face of the Most Recent Balance Sheet (or in any
notes thereto or to the Financial Statements for the Most Recent Fiscal Year
End), (ii) liabilities under agreements, contracts, leases, licenses and other
arrangements to which either the Company or IMP or any of its respective assets
may be bound, (iii) liabilities reflected on the Disclosure Schedule, and (iv)
liabilities which have arisen in the Ordinary Course of Business since the Most
Recent Fiscal Month End. section 3B(h) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE sets forth as
of the Most Recent Fiscal Month End a true and correct listing of the
indebtedness of the Company described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of the
definition of Funded Indebtednesection IMP has no Funded Indebtedness.

         (i) LEGAL COMPLIANCE. Each of the Company and IMP is in compliance with
all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations of
federal, state, local and foreign governments (and all agencies thereof), except
where the failure to comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect or prevent
or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
Except as set forth in section 3B(i) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, since December
31, 1996, neither the Company nor IMP has received any written communication
from a governmental authority that alleges that either the Company or IMP is not
in compliance with any foreign, federal, state or local laws, rules or
regulations.

         (j) COMPANY AND IMP PERMITS.

                  (i) Except as set forth in section 3B(j) OF THE DISCLOSURE
         SCHEDULE, the Company holds all permits, licenses, orders and approvals
         of all Authorities necessary for the lawful conduct



                                     - 24 -



<PAGE>   29



         of its business (the "COMPANY PERMITS"), except for failures to hold
         such permits, licenses, variances, exemptions, orders and approvals
         that would not have a Material Adverse Effect and copies of all Company
         Permits have been furnished to the Purchaser. Except as set forth in
         section 3B(j) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, the Company is in compliance
         with the terms of the Company Permits and has received no variances or
         exemptions with respect thereto.

                  (ii) IMP holds all permits, licenses, orders and approvals of
         all Authorities necessary for the lawful conduct of its business (the
         "IMP PERMITS"), except for failures to hold such permits, licenses,
         variances, exemptions, orders and approvals that would not have a
         Material Adverse Effect and copies of all IMP Permits have been
         furnished to the Purchaser. IMP is in compliance with the terms of the
         IMP Permits and has received no variances or exemptions with respect
         thereto.

         (k) TAX MATTERS.

                  (i) The Company has elected (with the consent of all of its
         shareholders), in compliance with all applicable legal requirements, to
         be taxed under Subchapter S of the Code and corresponding provisions
         under any applicable state and local laws, and such elections are in
         effect for the Company. No action has been taken by the Company or any
         shareholder of the Company that may result in the revocation of any
         such elections. Except as set forth in section 3B(k)(i) OF THE
         DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, (A) the Company has no "Subchapter C earnings and
         profits" as defined in section 1362(d) of the Code and (B) the Company
         has no "net unrealized built-in gain" as such term is defined in
         section section 1374(d)(1) and 1374(d)(8) of the Code. The Company has
         no liability, absolute or contingent, for the payment of any income
         Taxes under the Code or under the laws of such states or localities
         which afford tax treatment similar to that under Subchapter S of the
         Code. The Company has filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by it
         (taking into account any extensions of due dates). The Company has paid
         all Taxes required to be paid by it (without regard to whether a Tax
         Return is required), except Taxes for which an adequate reserve has
         been established on the Most Recent Financial Statements.

                  (ii) All Income Tax Returns and all material Other Tax Returns
         required to be filed with respect to the business and assets of IMP
         have been duly and timely (within any applicable extension periods)
         filed with the appropriate Authorities in all jurisdictions in which
         such Returns are required to be filed. IMP has paid all Taxes required
         to be paid by it (without regard to whether a Tax Return is required),
         except Taxes for which an adequate reserve has been established on the
         Most Recent Financial Statements.

                  (iii) No Tax Return of either the Company or IMP is under
         audit or examination by any taxing Authority and, since January 1,
         1988, no written notice of such an audit or examination has been
         received by either the Company or IMP. Since January 1, 1988, each



                                     - 25 -



<PAGE>   30



         deficiency resulting from any audit or examination relating to Taxes by
         any taxing authority has been paid, except for deficiencies being
         contested in good faith. Since January 1, 1988, the federal income Tax
         Returns of the Company have not been examined by and settled with the
         Internal Revenue Service and the Tax Returns of IMP have not been
         examined by and settled with the applicable Mexican Authorities.

                  (iv) There is no agreement or other document extending, or
         having the effect of extending, the period of assessment or collection
         of any Taxes for either the Company or IMP.

                  (v) Neither the Company nor IMP is a party to or bound by any
         tax sharing agreement, tax indemnity obligation or similar agreement
         with respect to Taxes (including any advance pricing agreement, closing
         agreement or other agreement relating to Taxes with any taxing
         Authority).

                  (vi) Neither the Company nor IMP will be required to include
         in a taxable period ending after the Closing Date taxable income
         attributable to income that accrued in a prior taxable period but was
         not recognized in any prior taxable period as a result of the
         installment method of accounting, the completed contract method of
         accounting, the long-term contract method of accounting, the cash
         method of accounting or section 481 of the Code with respect to a
         change in method of accounting occurring before the Closing Date or
         comparable provisions of state, local or foreign tax law.

                  (vii) Neither the Company nor IMP has filed a consent pursuant
         to or agreed to the application of section 341(f) of the Code or any
         comparable provision of foreign tax law..

                  (viii) Neither the Company nor IMP has, during the five-year
         period ending on the Closing Date, been a personal holding company
         within the meaning of section 541 of the Code or any comparable
         provision of foreign tax law.

                  (ix) Neither the Company nor IMP has ever filed or been
         included in any combined or consolidated tax return with any other
         person or been a member of an Affiliated Group filing a consolidated
         federal or foreign income Tax Return.

         (l) CERTAIN BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE COMPANY AND IMP. Except as
set forth under section 3B(l) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE and except for normal
advances to employees consistent with past practice, payment of compensation for
employment to employees consistent with past practice, and participation in
Employee Benefit Plans by employees, since January 1, 1996 neither the Company
nor IMP has purchased, acquired or leased any property or services from, or
sold, transferred or leased any property or services to, or loaned or advanced
any money to, or borrowed any money from, or entered into or been subject to any
management, consulting or similar agreement with (i)



                                     - 26 -



<PAGE>   31



any officer, director or shareholder of the Company or IMP, or (ii) any of their
respective Affiliates. Except as set forth under section 3B(l) OF THE DISCLOSURE
SCHEDULE, no Affiliate of either the Company or IMP is indebted to the Company
or IMP for money borrowed or other loans or advances, and neither the Company
nor IMP is indebted to any such Affiliate for money borrowed or other loans or
advances.

         (m) TITLE TO TANGIBLE ASSETS OTHER THAN REAL PROPERTY INTERESTS. Each
of the Company and IMP has good and valid title to, or a valid leasehold
interest in, all the tangible assets (other than real property or interests in
real property) used or useful in the conduct of its respective business, except
Inventory sold since the date hereof in the Ordinary Course of Business, free
and clear of any Liens other than Permitted Liens. The machinery and equipment
used regularly in the conduct of the Company's and IMP's business are in
reasonable operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear), and
are suitable for the purposes for which they are presently used. Except for
interests and rights in property pursuant to any lease, license or other
agreement described in section 3B(p) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE or pursuant to
any lease, license or other agreement not required to be described in section
3B(p) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE and except for property supplied by any
customer or supplier in connection with the purchase or sale of products or
services from or to such customer or supplier in the Ordinary Course of
Business, there is no tangible personal property owned by any third party which
is used by the Company or IMP in the operation of its respective business
section 3B(m) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE lists all machinery, equipment,
vehicles, furniture and other tangible personal property of any kind and
description (other than Inventory) owned or leased by the Company and IMP.

         (n) REAL PROPERTY.

                  (i) Neither the Company nor IMP owns any real property.
         section 3B(n) of the DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE sets forth a list of all real
         property leased, subleased or otherwise occupied by the Company and
         IMP, indicating the nature of its interest therein and setting forth a
         brief description of the buildings and improvements located thereon
         (collectively, the "REAL PROPERTY"). Each of the Company and IMP has
         valid leasehold interests in all leases of Real Property which it
         leases or purports to lease, free and clear of any Liens, other than
         Permitted Liens. There are no pending condemnation, expropriation,
         eminent domain or similar proceedings affecting all or any portion of
         such Real Property and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect
         to the Company) and L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect to IMP), no
         such proceedings are contemplated.

                  (ii) Each of the Company and IMP enjoys peaceful and
         undisturbed possession under all of such Real Property leases under
         which it is operating. All of such leases are valid, subsisting and in
         full force and effect, no notice of termination has been received by
         either the Company or IMP with respect thereto, and there are no
         existing defaults, or events which with the passage of time or the
         giving of notice, or both, would constitute defaults by



                                     - 27 -



<PAGE>   32



         either the Company or IMP or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers (with
         respect to the Company) and L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect to
         IMP), by any other party thereto, except for defaults which could not
         reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (iii) The Real Property is in compliance with the Americans
         With Disabilities Act or the comparable provision of foreign law.

         (o) INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

                  (i) Section 3B(o)(i) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE identifies
         each patent, pending patent application or registered Intellectual
         Property owned or used by the Company and IMP, and each material
         written license agreement (excluding off-the-shelf software license
         agreements) pursuant to which the Company or IMP has granted to any
         third party, or received from any third party a grant of, any rights in
         any of the Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company or IMP.
         Each of the Company and IMP owns, or possesses adequate and enforceable
         licenses or rights (free of Liens other than Permitted Liens) to use
         all Intellectual Property and any other material intellectual property
         rights (including, without limitation, patents, pending patent
         applications, inventions, drawings, trade secrets, know-how and
         confidential information) currently used by the Company and IMP, or
         necessary to permit the Company and IMP to conduct its business as now
         conducted.

                  (ii) Except as set forth on section 3B(o)(i) OF THE DISCLOSURE
         SCHEDULE, with respect to each item identified in section 3B(o)(i) of
         the Disclosure Schedule:

                           (A) each of the Company and IMP possesses all right,
                  title and interest, free and clear of any Lien (other than
                  Permitted Liens), license or other restriction;

                           (B) such item is not subject to any outstanding
                  injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling or charge;

                           (C) no action, suit, proceeding, hearing,
                  investigation, written claim or written demand is pending or,
                  to the Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect to the Company)
                  and L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect to IMP), is
                  threatened which challenges the legality, validity,
                  enforceability, use or ownership of the item;

                           (D) neither the Company nor IMP, nor, to the
                  Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect to the Company) and L.
                  Martin and G. Martin (with respect to IMP), any other party to
                  any license agreement is in breach or default and no event has
                  occurred which with notice or lapse of time would constitute a
                  breach or default or permit termination, modification or
                  acceleration thereunder;


                                     - 28 -



<PAGE>   33



                           (E) to the Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect to
                  the Company) and L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect to
                  IMP), no party to any license agreement has repudiated any
                  material provision thereof;

                           (F) no claims are pending or, to the Knowledge of the
                  Sellers (with respect to the Company) and L. Martin and G.
                  Martin (with respect to IMP), threatened that the Company is
                  infringing on or otherwise violating the rights of any person
                  with regard to any such item; and

                           (G) to the Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect to
                  the Company) and L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect to
                  IMP), no person is infringing on or otherwise violating any
                  right of the Company or IMP with respect to such item.

         (p) CONTRACTS. Section 3B(p) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE lists the
Material Contracts to which each of the Company and IMP is a party. The Sellers
have made available to the Purchaser a correct and complete copy of each
Material Contract listed in section 3B(p) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE. With
respect to each such agreement: (A) the agreement is legal, valid, binding,
enforceable and in full force and effect; (B) neither the Company nor, to the
Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect to the Company) and L. Martin and G.
Martin (with respect to IMP), any other party is in breach or default, and no
event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time would constitute a breach
or default, or permit termination, modification, or acceleration, under the
agreement; and (C) no party has repudiated any provision of the agreement.

         (q) POWERS OF ATTORNEY. Except as set forth in section 3B(q) OF THE
DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, there are no outstanding powers of attorney executed on
behalf of either the Company or IMP.

         (r) INSURANCE. Section 3B(r) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE describes each
insurance policy maintained by the Company and IMP and the Company has delivered
to the Purchaser correct and complete copies of all such policies. All of such
insurance policies are in full force and effect and, to the Knowledge of the
Sellers (with respect to the Company) and L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect
to IMP), neither the Company nor IMP is in default with respect to its
obligations under any of such insurance policies. Such policies are sufficient
for compliance with all requirements of law and Material Contracts to which
either the Company or IMP is a party. Since the respective dates of such
policies, no notice of cancellation or non-renewal with respect to any such
policy has been received by either the Company or IMP. section 3B(r) OF THE
DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE sets forth a list of all pending claims with respect to all
such policies and the loss runs for all such policies for the last three years.

         (s) LITIGATION. Section 3B(s) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE sets forth
each instance in which either the Company or IMP (i) is subject to any
outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree or ruling or (ii) is a party or,
to the Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect to the Company) and L. Martin and



                                     - 29 -



<PAGE>   34



G. Martin (with respect to IMP), is threatened to be made a party, to any
action, suit, proceeding, hearing or investigation of, in or before any court or
quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local or foreign
jurisdiction or before any arbitrator.

         (t) LABOR RELATIONS. Neither the Company nor IMP is and has ever been a
party to a collective bargaining agreement. Except as set forth under section
3B(t) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, (i) since January 1, 1996 neither the Company
nor IMP has been involved in or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect
to the Company) and L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect to IMP), threatened
with any strike, slowdown or work stoppage, (ii)since January 1, 1996 neither
the Company nor IMP has been involved in or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers
(with respect to the Company) and L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect to IMP),
threatened with any unfair labor practice charge, arbitration, suit or
administrative proceeding relating to labor matters involving its employees,
(iii) there are no actions, proceedings or claims pending or, to the Knowledge
of the Sellers (with respect to the Company) and L. Martin and G. Martin (with
respect to IMP), threatened against either the Company or IMP under any laws
relating to employment, including any provisions thereof relating to wages,
hours, collective bargaining, withholding or the payment of social security or
other Taxes and (iv) the Company has complied with the provisions of the
Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 with respect to all of its employees
hired after November 6, 1986 by verifying their employment eligibility and
having them complete Form I-9.

         (u) EMPLOYEE BENEFITS. Section 3B(u) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE sets
forth (a) all of the current Employee Pension Benefit Plans, Employee Welfare
Benefit Plans and all other material employee benefit, fringe benefit plans and
programs maintained or contributed to by the Company and IMP with respect to
current or former employees of the Company and IMP (the "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLANS").

                  (i) With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan:

                           (A) each such Employee Benefit Plan (and each related
                  trust, insurance contract or fund) complies in form and, to
                  the Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect to the Company) and
                  L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect to IMP), in operation
                  with the applicable requirements of ERISA and the Code or the
                  comparable provisions of foreign law;

                           (B) all contributions (including all employer
                  contributions and employee salary reduction contributions, if
                  any) which are due have been paid to each such Employee
                  Benefit Plan which is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan, and
                  there are no accumulated funding deficiencies with respect to
                  any such Employee Pension Benefit Plan;



                                     - 30 -



<PAGE>   35



                           (C) each such Employee Benefit Plan which is an
                  Employee Pension Benefit Plan has received a favorable
                  determination letter from the IRS as to its qualification
                  under section 401(a) of the Code or the comparable provision
                  of foreign law;

                           (D) no "prohibited transaction" (as such term is
                  defined in section 406 of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code)
                  has occurred with respect to any such Employee Benefit Plan
                  which is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan (or its related
                  trust) which could subject the Company or any officer,
                  director or employee of the Company, to any Tax or penalty
                  imposed under section 4975 of the Code or liability under
                  section 406 of ERISA;

                           (E) the Company has delivered to the Purchaser
                  correct and complete copies of the plan documents and summary
                  plan descriptions, the most recent determination letter
                  received from the IRS, the most recent Form 5500 Annual
                  Report, and all related trust agreements, insurance contracts
                  and other funding arrangements which implement each such
                  Employee Benefit Plan;

                           (F) no such Employee Benefit Plan which is an
                  Employee Pension Benefit Plan has been completely or partially
                  terminated or has been the subject of a "reportable event" (as
                  defined in section 4043 of ERISA) as to which notices would be
                  required to be filed with the PBGC. To the Knowledge of the
                  Sellers (with respect to the Company) and L. Martin and G.
                  Martin (with respect to IMP), no proceeding by the PBGC to
                  terminate any such Employee Pension Benefit Plan (other than a
                  Multiemployer Plan) has been instituted;

                           (G) the Company has not incurred any liability to the
                  PBGC (except for required premium payments, if any), or
                  otherwise under Title IV of ERISA (including any withdrawal
                  liability) or under the Code with respect to any such Employee
                  Benefit Plan which is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan; and

                           (H) no action, suit, proceeding, hearing or
                  investigation with respect to the administration or the
                  investment of assets of any such Employee Benefit Plan (other
                  than routine claims for benefits) is pending or, to the
                  Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect to the Company) and L.
                  Martin and G. Martin (with respect to IMP), threatened.

                  (ii) The Company does not contribute to any Multiemployer Plan
         or have any liability (including withdrawal liability) under any
         Multiemployer Plan.

                  (iii) Neither the Company nor IMP has any obligation to
         provide health or other welfare benefits to former, retired or
         terminated employees, except as specifically required under section
         4980B of the Code or comparable provision of foreign law. With respect
         to all of its


                                     - 31 -



<PAGE>   36



         past and present employees, each of the Company and IMP has complied in
         all material respects with the notice and continuation requirements of
         Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA and of section 4980B of the
         Code or comparable provision of foreign law.

         (v) ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY MATTERS. Except as disclosed in
section 3B(v) OF The DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE:

                  (i) Neither the Company nor IMP has disposed of or released
         any substance, arranged for the disposal of any substance, knowingly
         exposed any employee or other individual to any substance or condition,
         or owned or operated its businesses or any property or facility so as
         to give rise to any liability or corrective or remedial obligation of
         either the Company or IMP under any Environmental, Health and Safety
         Requirement.

                  (ii) Each of the Company and IMP is in compliance with all
         Environmental Health and Safety Requirements, including, but not
         limited to, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
         ("EPCRA"), 42 U.S.C. section 11001 et seq., and neither the Company nor
         IMP has, since December 31, 1995, received any written communication
         from any Authority that alleges that either the Company or IMP is not
         in such compliance.

                  (iii) There is no Environmental Claim of which either the
         Company or IMP has received written notice or, to the Knowledge of the
         Sellers (with respect to the Company) and L. Martin and G. Martin (with
         respect to IMP), threatened or recently filed against either the
         Company or IMP, nor, to the Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect to
         the Company) and L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect to IMP), is
         there any Environmental Claim against any Person whose liability for
         any Environmental Claim either the Company or IMP has retained or
         assumed contractually.

                  (iv) No underground storage tanks, friable and damaged
         asbestos-containing materials, or pcb-containing equipment or fluids
         are present on any of the Real Property.

                  (v) There are no Liens arising under any Environmental, Health
         and Safety Requirement on any of the Real Property arising as a result
         of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by either the Company or
         IMP and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect to the Company)
         and L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect to IMP), no actions have been
         taken by any Authority with respect to any of the Real Property to
         impose an environmental Lien with respect to the Real Property as a
         result of any such actions.

                  (vi) No real property presently or, to the Knowledge of the
         Sellers (with respect to the Company) and L. Martin and G. Martin (with
         respect to IMP), heretofore owned or operated by either the Company or
         IMP is currently listed on the National Priorities List or the
         Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
         Information


                                     - 32 -



<PAGE>   37



         System, both promulgated under the Comprehensive Environmental
         Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended
         ("CERCLA"), or on any analogous state or foreign list.

                  (vii) To the Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect to the
         Company) and L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect to IMP), no off-site
         location at which either the Company or IMP has disposed or arranged
         for the disposal of any waste is listed on the National Priorities List
         or on any analogous state list.

         (w) CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS. section 3B(w) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE
contains a complete and accurate list of the names and addresses of the 10
largest (by volume) customers and suppliers of each of the Company and IMP for
the fiscal years ended December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996. Each of the
Company and IMP maintains satisfactory relations with each of such customers and
suppliers and since the Most Recent Fiscal Month End no event has occurred that
would materially adversely affect either the Company's or IMP's relations with
such customers and suppliers. Since the Most Recent Fiscal Month End, (i) no
customer which accounted for more than 5% of either the Company's or IMP's
aggregate sales revenues during the last twelve months has canceled, terminated
(or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect to the Company) and L. Martin
and G. Martin (with respect to IMP), made any threat to either the Company or
IMP to cancel or terminate), or materially decreased its usage of either the
Company's or IMP's services or products, and (ii) no supplier, or any group of
suppliers, which accounted for more than 5% of the aggregate supplies purchased
by either the Company or IMP during the last twelve months, has canceled,
terminated or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect to the Company) and
L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect to IMP), made any threat to either the
Company or IMP to cancel or otherwise terminate, or to materially decrease the
provision of services or supplies to either the Company or IMP.

         (x) INVENTORY. The Inventory of the Company and IMP consists in all
material respects of items usable and saleable in the Ordinary Course of
Business in the Company's present product lines. Except as set forth in section
3B(f) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, the Inventory of the Company and IMP is valued
at the lower of cost (on a first-in-first-out basis) or market in accordance
with GAAP on a basis consistent with all prior periods of the Company and IMP
since the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

         (y) ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. All of the Accounts Receivable of each of the
Company and IMP are properly reflected on its books and records and arose from
bona fide transactions in the Ordinary Course of Businesection The reserve for
bad debts set forth on the Most Recent Balance Sheet has been determined in
accordance with GAAP on a basis consistent with prior periods. None of such
Accounts Receivable is or will be at the Closing Date subject to any
counterclaim or set off, other than routine claims for the return of defective
or non-conforming merchandise.



                                     - 33 -



<PAGE>   38



         (z) LIST OF ACCOUNTS. section 3B(z) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE sets
forth a list of all bank and securities accounts, and all safe deposit boxes,
maintained by each of the Company and IMP and a listing of the persons
authorized to draw thereon or make withdrawals therefrom or, in the case of safe
deposit boxes, with access thereto.

         (aa) PRODUCTS LIABILITY. To the Knowledge of the Sellers (with respect
to the Company) and L. Martin and G. Martin (with respect to IMP), except for
routine warranty claims for the return of defective or non-conforming
merchandise and except as set forth in section 3B(aa) OF THE DISCLOSURE
SCHEDULE, there exist no claims against either the Company or IMP for injury to
persons or property suffered by any person as a result of the sale of any
product by the Company or IMP, including, but not limited to, claims arising out
of the defective or unsafe nature of the products sold by either the Company or
IMP. section 3B(aa) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE sets forth a true and correct
list and brief description of all product liability claims that have been filed
against the Company and IMP since January 1, 1996.

         4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER. The Purchaser
represents and warrants (subject to the exceptions set forth in the Disclosure
Schedule) to the Sellers, the Company and IMP as follows:

         (a) ORGANIZATION. The Purchaser is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of Alabama.

         (b) AUTHORIZATION OF TRANSACTION. The Purchaser has full corporate
power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its
obligations hereunder. This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding
obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

         (c) NONCONTRAVENTION. Neither the execution and the delivery of this
Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will
(i) violate any statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree
or ruling of any government, governmental agency or court to which the Purchaser
is subject or any provision of its charter or bylaws or other organizational
document, as the case may be, or (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of,
constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party
the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice
under any agreement, contract, lease, license or instrument to which the
Purchaser is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is
subject. The Purchaser is not required give any notice to, make any filing with,
or obtain any authorization, consent or approval of any government or
governmental agency in order for it to consummate the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement.

         (d) BROKERS' FEES. Except for any transaction fees payable to Richard
Vanderkaay & Associates (all of which fees will be paid at or prior to the
Closing), the Purchaser does not have any



                                     - 34 -



<PAGE>   39



liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or
agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which
the Sellers or the Company (prior to the Closing) could become liable or
obligated.

         (e) ACQUISITION OF SHARES FOR INVESTMENT. The Company Shares and the
IMP Shares to be purchased by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement are being
acquired for investment only and not with a view to any public distribution
thereof, and the Purchaser will not offer to sell or otherwise dispose of such
Shares so acquired by it in violation of any of the registration requirements of
the Securities Act or any comparable state laws.

         5. PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS. The Parties agree as follows with respect to
the period between the execution of this Agreement and the Closing:

         (a) GENERAL. Each of the Parties will use commercially reasonable
efforts to take all action and to do all things necessary, proper or advisable
in order to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement (including satisfaction, but not waiver, of the closing conditions set
forth in section 8 below).

         (b) NOTICES AND CONSENTS. Each of the Parties will give any notices to,
make any filings with, and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any
authorizations, consents and approvals of governments and governmental agencies
in connection with consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Parties
will file any Notification and Report Forms and related material that such Party
may be required to file with the Federal Trade Commission and the Antitrust
Division of the United States Department of Justice under the Hart-Scott-Rodino
Act, will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a waiver from the
applicable waiting period, and will make any further filings pursuant thereto
that may be necessary, proper or advisable in connection therewith.

         (c) OPERATION OF BUSINESS. Neither the Company nor IMP will engage
in any practice, take any action, or enter into any transaction of the sort
described in section 3B(g) above. In addition, each of the Company and IMP will
continue to conduct its business in the Ordinary Course of Business and will not
(i) except in the Ordinary Course of Business liquidate Inventory or accept
product returns, (ii) accelerate receivables, (iii) delay payables, or (iv)
change in any material respect either the Company's ir IMP's practices in
connection with the payment of payables in respect of raw materials purchases.

         (d) PRESERVATION OF BUSINESS.  Each of the Company and IMP will use
commercially reasonable efforts to maintain its business and properties,
including its present operations, physical facilities, working conditions, and
relationships with lessors, licensors, suppliers, customers and employees.



                                     - 35 -



<PAGE>   40



         (e) FULL ACCESS.  Each of the Company and IMP will permit
representatives of the Purchaser to have full access at all reasonable times,
and in a manner so as not to interfere with the normal business operations of
the Company and IMP, to the premises, properties, personnel, books, records
(including tax records), contracts and documents of or pertaining to the Company
and IMP. The Purchaser reaffirms its obligations under the Confidentiality
Agreement.

         (f) NOTICE OF DEVELOPMENTS. Each Party will promptly give notice to the
other Party(ies) of its, his or her discovery of any material adverse
development which, had such development been in existence on the date hereof,
would constitute a breach of the representations and warranties contained in
section section 3A and 3B (in the case of a Seller) or section 4 (in the case of
the Purchaser). No disclosure by any Party pursuant to this section 5(f) shall
be deemed to amend or supplement the Disclosure Schedules or to prevent or cure
any misrepresentation or breach of warranty.

         (g) NO ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES. The Purchaser
acknowledges that none of the Sellers, the Company, IMP, nor any other Person
has made any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy
or completeness of any information regarding the Company, IMP or any Seller,
except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or the Disclosure Schedule, and
the Purchaser further agrees that none of the Sellers, the Company, IMP nor any
other Person will have or be subject to any liability to the Purchaser or any
other Person resulting from the distribution to the Purchaser, or the
Purchaser's use of, any such information. EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 3A and 3B, NONE OF THE SELLERS, THE
COMPANY OR IMP MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AT LAW
OR IN EQUITY, IN RESPECT OF THE SELLERS, THE COMPANY OR IMP OR ANY OF THE
ASSETS, LIABILITIES OR OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY OR IMP, AND THE SELLERS, THE
COMPANY AND IMP EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY SUCH REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY.

         6. POST-CLOSING COVENANTS. The Parties agree as follows with respect to
the period following the Closing.

         (a) GENERAL. In the event that at any time after the Closing any
further action is necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, each of
the Parties will take such further action (including the execution and delivery
of such further instruments and documents) as any other Party may reasonably
request, all at the sole cost and expense of the requesting Party; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the taking of any action necessary to execute or deliver to the
Purchaser any stock powers and such other instruments of transfer as may be
necessary to transfer ownership of the Shares by any Seller shall be borne by
such Seller.


                                     - 36 -



<PAGE>   41



         (b) Section 338(h)(10) ELECTION.

                  (i) The Sellers will join with the Purchaser in making an
         election under section 338(h)(10) of the Code and Treasury Regulations
         section 1.338(h)(10)-1(d) (and any corresponding elections under any
         applicable state and local Laws)(collectively, a "section 338(h)(10)
         ELECTION") with respect to the purchase and sale of the Company Shares
         from the Sellers hereunder. The Sellers will pay any tax attributable
         to the making of the section 338(h)(10) Election (including, without
         limitation, any tax arising as the result of the recognition of any
         built-in gain pursuant to the provisions of section 1374 of the Code
         and any Tax arising as the result of the "recapture" of previously
         deducted items) and the Sellers, jointly and severally, will indemnify
         the Purchaser and the Company from and against any Losses arising out
         of any failure to pay such tax.

                  (ii) The Sellers will be responsible for preparing and filing
         all income or franchise Tax Returns of the Company and IMP relating to
         Pre-Closing Tax Periods. The Purchaser will be responsible for
         preparing and filing all income and franchise Tax Returns of the
         Company and IMP relating to periods other than Pre-Closing Tax Periods.
         After the Closing has occurred, the Purchaser will cause the Company
         and IMP to provide, or cause to be provided, to the Sellers, without
         charge, any information that may reasonably be requested by the Sellers
         in connection with the preparation of any such Tax Returns relating to
         Pre- Closing Tax Periods. The Sellers will allow the Purchaser an
         opportunity to review and comment on such Tax Returns (including any
         amended Returns). The Sellers will take no positions on the Tax Returns
         of the Company or IMP that relate to Pre-Closing Tax Periods that would
         adversely affect the Company or IMP after the Closing Date. The
         Purchaser will take no positions on the Tax Returns of the Company or
         IMP that relate to Post-Closing Tax Periods that would adversely affect
         the Sellers after the Closing Date for any Pre-Closing Tax Periods. The
         income of the Company will be apportioned to the period up to the
         Closing Date and the period from and after the Closing Date in
         accordance with the provisions of section 1362(e)(6)(i) of the Code by
         closing the books of the Company as of the close of business on the
         last calendar day immediately preceding the Closing Date.

                  (iii) Section 6(b)(iii) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE sets forth
         an allocation of the estimated "Modified Adjusted Deemed Sales Price",
         as defined in Treasury Regulations section 1.338(h)(10)-(f), among the
         assets of the Company (the "ALLOCATION SCHEDULE"). Promptly (but in no
         event later than 30 days following the Purchaser's receipt of the
         Closing Balance Sheet) after the Closing Date, the Sellers and the
         Purchaser shall exchange completed and executed copies of IRS Form
         8023-A (or other applicable form), required schedules thereto, and any
         similar forms required by any state or local Tax Authority. If any
         changes are required to these forms as a result of information which is
         first available after the Closing Date, the Sellers and the Purchaser
         will in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly



                                     - 37 -



<PAGE>   42



         agree on such changes. The Sellers and the Purchaser each agree to file
         all Tax Returns in accordance with the Allocation Schedule.

         (c) TRANSITION. None of the Sellers, the Company or IMP will take any
action that is designed or intended to have the effect of discouraging any
lessor, licensor, customer, supplier or other business associate of the Company
or IMP from maintaining the same business relationships with the Company and IMP
after the Closing as it maintained with the Company and IMP prior to the
Closing.

         (d) LITIGATION SUPPORT. In the event and for so long as any Party
actively is contesting or defending against any action, suit, proceeding,
hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim or demand in connection with
(i) any transaction contemplated under this Agreement, or (ii) any fact,
situation, circumstance, status, condition, activity, practice, occurrence,
event, incident, action, failure to act, or transaction on or prior to the
Closing Date involving the Company or IMP, each of the Parties will cooperate
with the contesting or defending Party and its, his or her counsel in the
contest or defense, all at the sole cost and expense of the contesting or
defending Party (except in connection with any dispute among the Parties,
including any dispute relating to a Notice of Disagreement With Adjusted EBITAM
Statement), and except to the extent that the contesting or defending party is
entitled to indemnification therefor under this Agreement).

         (e) NONCOMPETITION. In order to induce the Purchaser to enter into this
Agreement, each Seller and Perry Martin (severally and not jointly) expressly
covenants and agrees that for a period of five years from and after the Closing
Date, such Person will not, directly or indirectly, engage in or have any
interest in any sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, limited liability
company or business or any other Person (other than the Purchaser), whether as
an employee, officer, director, partner, agent, security holder, consultant or
otherwise, that directly or indirectly is engaged in the Business of the Company
in all markets in which the Company and IMP currently sell their products (the
"RESTRICTED AREA"). The Sellers and Perry Martin agree that the covenant
provided for in this section 6(e) is reasonable and necessary in terms of time,
activity and territory to protect the Purchaser's interest as a buyer of the
Company Common Stock and IMP Stock and in protecting the Company's and IMP's
Trade Secrets. The Sellers and Perry Martin further acknowledge and agree that
such covenants are reasonable and necessary in terms of time, area and line of
business to protect the Purchaser's other legitimate business interests, which
include its interests in protecting the Company's and IMP's (i) valuable
confidential business information, (ii) substantial relationships with customers
throughout the Restricted Area and (iii) customer goodwill associated with the
Company's and IMP's ongoing businesection The Sellers and Perry Martin expressly
authorize the enforcement of the covenants provided for in this section 6(e) by
(A) the Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, (B) the Purchaser's permitted assigns
and (C) any successors to the Company's and IMP's businesection To the extent
that the covenant provided for in this section 6(e) may later be deemed by a
court to be too broad to be enforced with respect to its duration or with
respect to any particular activity or geographic area, the court making such
determination shall have the power to reduce the duration



                                     - 38 -



<PAGE>   43



or scope of the provision, and to add or delete specific words or phrases to or
from the provision. The provision as modified shall then be enforced.

         (f) NON-SOLICITATION. In order to induce the Purchaser to enter into
this Agreement, each Seller and Perry Martin (severally and not jointly)
expressly covenants and agrees that for a period of five years from and after
the Closing Date, such Person will not, directly or indirectly, solicit for
employment or employ (or attempt to solicit for employment or employ), for
himself, herself or itself or on behalf of any sole proprietorship, partnership,
corporation, limited liability company or business or any other Person (other
than the Purchaser), any employee of the Company or IMP or encourage any such
employee to leave his or her employment with the Company or IMP. To the extent
that the covenant provided for in this section 6(f) may later be deemed by a
court to be too broad to be enforced with respect to its duration or with
respect to any particular activity or geographic area, the court making such
determination shall have the power to reduce the duration or scope of the
provision, and to add or delete specific words or phrases to or from the
provision. The provision as modified shall then be enforced.

         (g) CONFIDENTIALITY. In order to induce the Purchaser to enter into
this Agreement, each Seller and Perry Martin (severally and not jointly)
expressly covenants and agrees that from and after the Closing Date, such Person
will not, directly or indirectly, for himself, herself or itself or on behalf of
any sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, limited liability company or
business or any other Person (other than the Purchaser) disclose, divulge,
furnish or make accessible to anyone (other than the Company, IMP or any of
their respective Affiliates or representatives) any Confidential Information or
Trade Secrets, or in any way use any Confidential Information or Trade Secrets
in the conduct of any business; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing in this section
6(g) will prohibit the disclosure of any Confidential Information or Trade
Secrets (i) which is required to be disclosed by a Seller or Perry Martin or any
such other Person in connection with any court action or any proceeding before
any Authority, (ii) in connection with the enforcement of any of the respective
rights of a Seller or Perry Martin hereunder, or (iii) in connection with the
defense by a Seller or Perry Martin, of any claim asserted against him or it
hereunder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the case of a disclosure contemplated by
clause (i), no disclosure shall be made until such Person shall give notice to
the Company of the intention to disclose such Confidential Information or Trade
Secrets so that the Company may contest the need for disclosure, and such Person
will cooperate (and will cause his or her Affiliates and their respective
representatives to cooperate) with the Purchaser in connection with any such
proceeding. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement which may be to the
contrary (x) the foregoing provisions restricting the use of Confidential
Information shall survive the Closing for a period of seven years, and (y) the
foregoing provisions restricting the use of Trade Secrets shall survive the
Closing for so long as permitted by the Florida Uniform Trade Secrets Act,
Chapter 688, Florida Statutes.



                                     - 39 -


<PAGE>   44



         7. NO SHOP. From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of (i)
the Closing Date, or (ii) the termination of this Agreement, each of the Company
and IMP shall not, and the Sellers shall cause the Company and IMP and their
respective officers, directors, employees and other agents not to, directly or
indirectly, take any action to solicit, initiate or encourage any offer or
proposal or indication of interest in a merger, consolidation or other business
combination involving any equity interest in, or a substantial portion of the
assets of the Company or IMP, other than in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement. The Company, IMP and the Sellers shall
immediately advise the Purchaser of the terms of any written offer, proposal or
indication of interest that they, the Company or IMP receive or otherwise become
aware of.

         8. CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION TO CLOSE.

         (a) CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF THE PURCHASER. The obligation of the
Purchaser to consummate the transactions to be performed by it in connection
with the Closing is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:

                  (i) the representations and warranties set forth in section 3A
         and section 3B above that are qualified as to their materiality shall
         be true and correct and any such representations and warranties that
         are not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects
         at and as of the Closing Date (as though made then and as though the
         Closing Date were substituted for the date of this Agreement);

                  (ii) the Sellers, the Company and IMP shall have performed and
         complied with all of their respective covenants hereunder in all
         material respects through the Closing;

                   (iii) there shall not be any injunction, judgment, order,
         decree, ruling or charge in effect preventing consummation of any of
         the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and no action, suit,
         claim or proceeding shall be pending before any Authority which seeks
         to prohibit or enjoin the consummation of the transactions contemplated
         by this Agreement;

                  (iv) each of the Sellers (or the Sellers' Representative
         acting on their behalf) shall have delivered to the Purchaser a
         certificate to the effect that the conditions specified above in
         sections 8(a)(i) and (ii), as they pertain to such Seller, have
         been satisfied in all respects;

                  (v) the Sellers shall have delivered to the Purchaser a
         certificate to the effect that the conditions specified above in
         sections 8(a)(i) and (ii) have been satisfied in all respects;

                  (vi) all applicable waiting periods (and any extensions
         thereof) under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act shall have expired or
         otherwise been terminated;



                                     - 40 -



<PAGE>   45



                  (vii) all of the directors and officers of the Company and IMP
         designated by the Purchaser prior to the Closing shall have delivered
         duly signed resignations effective at the time of the Closing (or the
         Sellers, the Company or IMP shall have taken such other action as is
         necessary to ensure that such persons are not directors or officers of
         the Company or IMP at the time of the Closing);

                  (viii) Perry B. Martin shall have executed and delivered to
         the Purchaser the Employment Agreement;

                  (ix) L. Martin shall have executed and delivered to the
         Purchaser the Consulting Agreement;

                  (x) Nitram Partners, Ltd. shall have executed and delivered to
         the Purchaser the Lease Amendment;

                  (xi) Sherry Mittleman and Lisa Schneiderman shall have
         executed and delivered to the Purchaser the Joinder Agreement;

                  (xii) the Purchaser shall have completed its due diligence
         review of the Company and IMP (including, without limitation, a
         financial, legal, commercial and environmental review of the Company
         and IMP) and the results thereof shall be satisfactory to the Purchaser
         in its absolute discretion;

                  (xiii) there shall be no payables or receivables between the
         Sellers and the Company or IMP or between Affiliates of the Sellers and
         the Company or IMP, other than lease payments and intercompany payments
         between the Company and IMP;

                  (xiv) the Company will have Net Working Capital of at least
         the Net Working Capital Threshold Amount; and

                  (xv) the Sellers shall have corrected the building code
         violations referenced in section 12(a)(v).

The Purchaser may waive any condition specified in this section 8(a) if it
executes a writing so stating at or prior to the Closing.

         (b) CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATION OF THE SELLERS. The obligation of the
Sellers to consummate the transactions to be performed by them in connection
with the Closing is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:



                                     - 41 -



<PAGE>   46



                  (i) the representations and warranties set forth in section 4
         above shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of
         the Closing Date (as though made then and as though the Closing Date
         were substituted for the date of this Agreement);

                  (ii) the Purchaser shall have performed and complied with all
         of its covenants hereunder in all material respects through the
         Closing;

                  (iii) there shall not be any injunction, judgment, order,
         decree, ruling or charge in effect preventing consummation of any of
         the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and no action, suit,
         claim or proceeding shall be pending before any Authority which seeks
         to prohibit or enjoin the consummation of the transactions contemplated
         by this Agreement;

                  (iv) the Purchaser shall have delivered to the Sellers'
         Representative a certificate to the effect that each of the conditions
         specified above in sections 8(b)(i) and (ii) has been satisfied
         in all respects;

                  (v) all applicable waiting periods (and any extensions
         thereof) under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act shall have expired or
         otherwise been terminated;

                  (vi) the Purchaser shall have executed and delivered to the
         Sellers' Representative the Employment Agreement;

                  (vii) the Purchaser shall have executed and delivered to the
         Sellers' Representative the Consulting Agreement; and

                  (x) the Company shall have executed and delivered to the
         Sellers' Representative the Lease Amendment.

The Sellers' Representative may waive any condition specified in this section
8(b) if he executes a writing so stating at or prior to the Closing.

         9. REMEDIES FOR BREACHES OF THIS AGREEMENT.

         (a) SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and
warranties of the Sellers contained in section 3A and contained in section
3B(b), (d) and (e) (collectively, THE "TRANSACTION REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES"), the representations and warranties of the Sellers contained in
section 3B(k) (thE "TAX REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES"), the representations
and warranties of the Sellers contained in section 3B(u) (thE "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLAN REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES"), the representations and warranties of the
Sellers contained in section 3B(v) (the "ENVIRONMENTAL REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES"), the representations and warranties of the Sellers contained in
section 3B(aa) (the "PRODUCTS LIABILITY REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES") and the
representations and



                                     - 42 -



<PAGE>   47



warranties of the Purchaser contained in section 4 shall survive the Closing and
continue in full force and effect for the statute of limitations applicable
thereto. The representations and warranties of the Sellers contained in section
3B (other than the Transaction Representations and Warranties, the Tax
Representations and Warranties, the Employee Benefit Plan Representations and
Warranties, the Environmental Representations and Warranties and the Products
Liability Representations and Warranties) shall survive the Closing and continue
in full force and effect until the two year anniversary of the Closing Date. Any
claim for which any Party shall have given proper notice in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement (and the Escrow Agreement) on or prior to the expiration
of the applicable survival period shall survive until such claim is resolved
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement. To preserve any
claim for breach of any such representation or warranty, the Party claiming a
breach shall be obligated to notify the Party claimed to be in breach (except
that where the Party claimed to be in breach is the Company or IMP, notice shall
be given to the Sellers' Representative) in writing of any such breach, or facts
that can reasonably be expected to give rise to such breach, before termination
of the applicable survival period in respect of such representation or warranty;
otherwise, such Party's claim for breach shall be forever barred.

         (b) INDEMNIFICATION.

                  (i) Pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement and subject
         to section 9(a) above and the conditions set forth in this section
         9(b), subsequent to the Closing Date the Sellers shall indemnify,
         defend and hold harmless the Company and IMP (as assignee of the
         Purchaser pursuant to section 9(e) hereof) from, against and in respect
         of any Losses which the Purchaser, the Company or IMP shall suffer,
         sustain or become subject to by virtue of or which arise out of, or
         result from, any breach of the covenants, representations and
         warranties of the Sellers set forth in this Agreement (other than the
         Transaction Representations and Warranties, the Tax Representations and
         Warranties, the Employee Benefit Plan Representations and Warranties,
         the Environmental Representations and Warranties and the Products
         Liability Representations and Warranties); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that: (A)
         the Company's and IMP's right to indemnification with respect to such
         breaches under this section 9(b)(i) shall be satisfied only by recourse
         to the funds deposited and remaining in the General Indemnification
         Escrow Account, and none of the Sellers shall have any personal
         liability to the Company or IMP with respect to any such breach, and
         (B) the Company and IMP shall not be entitled to indemnification with
         respect to any Losses under this section 9(b)(i) until all such Losses
         exceed, in the aggregate, $150,000 (the "DEDUCTIBLE"), in which case
         the Company and IMP shall be entitled to indemnification only to the
         extent such Losses exceed $150,000. Notwithstanding anything to the
         contrary contained in this section 9(b)(i), any breach of the
         representations and warranties of the Sellers contained in section
         3B(x) shall not be subject to the Deductible.



                                     - 43 -



<PAGE>   48



                  (ii) Subject to section 9(a) above and the conditions set
         forth in this section 9(b), subsequent to the Closing Date the Sellers
         shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and IMP (as
         assignee of the Purchaser pursuant to section 9(e) hereof) from,
         against and in respect of any Losses which Purchaser, the Company or
         IMP shall suffer, sustain or become subject to by virtue of or which
         arise out of, or result from, any breach of any of the Transaction
         Representations and Warranties, the Tax Representations and Warranties,
         the Employee Benefit Plan Representations and Warranties, the
         Environmental Representations and Warranties or the Products Liability
         Representations and Warranties; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Seller shall
         be obligated to indemnify the Purchaser for an amount in excess of its,
         his or her Company Pro Rata Share or IMP Pro Rata Share, whichever is
         applicable, of any such Losses. The Company's and IMP's right to
         indemnification with respect to breaches of Transaction Representations
         and Warranties, Tax Representations and Warranties, Employee Benefit
         Plan Representations and Warranties, Environmental Representations and
         Warranties or Products Liability Representations and Warranties under
         this section 9(b)(ii) shall not be subject to the Deductible and shall
         be satisfied first by recourse to the funds deposited and remaining in
         the General Indemnification Escrow Account; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to
         the extent Losses for which the Purchaser is entitled to
         indemnification under section 9(b)(i), together with amounts paid from
         the General Indemnification Escrow Account pursuant to this section
         9(b)(ii) exceed $2,450,000, the Sellers shall pay the Purchaser the
         deficiency within 10 days of the Purchaser's request. In no event shall
         the Company or IMP be entitled to indemnification for any Losses with
         respect to the breach of any Employee Benefit Plan Representations and
         Warranties and the Products Liability Representations and Warranties to
         the extent that the sum of (x) all such Losses, and (y) the amount of
         all disbursements made to the Company and IMP from the General
         Indemnification Escrow Account exceeds, in the aggregate, $5,000,000.
         In no event shall the Company or IMP be entitled to indemnification for
         any Losses with respect to the breach of any Tax Representations and
         Warranties or Environmental Representations and Warranties to the
         extent that the sum of (x) all such Losses, (y) the amount of all
         disbursements made to the Company and IMP from the General
         Indemnification Escrow Account and (z) the amount of any Losses paid
         for a breach of any Employee Benefit Plan Representations and
         Warranties and the Products Liability Representations and Warranties,
         exceeds in the aggregate, the Company Purchase Price and the IMP
         Purchase Price. There shall be no limit on the amount of any Losses for
         which the Company or IMP is entitled to indemnification for the breach
         of any Transaction Representations and Warranties.

                  (iii) Subject to section 9(a) above and the conditions set
         forth in this section 9(b), subsequent to the Closing Date (A) the
         Purchaser shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Seller and his
         or her estate, heirs, personal representatives or successors from,
         against and in respect of any Losses which any such Person shall
         suffer, sustain or become subject to by virtue of or which arise out
         of, or result from, any breach by the Purchaser of its covenants,
         representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, and (B) the
         Company and IMP



                                     - 44 -



<PAGE>   49



         shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Seller and his or her
         estate, heirs, personal representatives or successors from, against and
         in respect of, any Losses which any such Person shall suffer, sustain
         or become subject to by virtue of or which arise out of, or result
         from, any breach by the Company or IMP of any of its covenants herein
         which are to be performed after the Closing.

                  (iv) Promptly after the assertion by any third party of any
         claim, demand or notice (a "THIRD PARTY CLAIM") against any Person or
         Persons entitled to indemnification under this section 9(b) (the
         "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES") that results or may result in the incurrence by
         such Indemnified Parties of any Losses for which such Indemnified
         Parties would be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
         Agreement, such Indemnified Parties shall promptly notify the parties
         from whom such indemnification could be sought (the "INDEMNIFYING
         PARTIES") of such Third Party Claim. In the case of claims for which
         indemnification may be sought against the General Indemnification
         Escrow Account, notice shall be given to the Sellers and to the
         Sellers' Representative, and the Sellers and the Sellers'
         Representative shall be considered the Indemnifying Parties solely for
         the purpose of defending any such Third Party Claim as provided herein.
         Thereupon, the Indemnifying Parties shall have the right, upon written
         notice (the "DEFENSE NOTICE") to the Indemnified Parties within 30 days
         after receipt by the Indemnifying Parties of notice of the Third Party
         Claim (or sooner if such claim so requires) to conduct, at their own
         expense, the defense against the Third Party Claim in their own names
         or, if necessary, in the names of the Indemnified Parties. The Defense
         Notice shall specify the counsel the Indemnifying Parties shall appoint
         to defend such Third Party Claim (the "DEFENSE COUNSEL") and the
         Indemnified Parties shall have the right to approve the Defense
         Counsel, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the
         event the Indemnified Parties and the Indemnifying Parties cannot agree
         on such counsel within 10 days after the Defense Notice is given, then
         the Indemnifying Parties shall propose an alternate Defense Counsel,
         which shall be subject again to the Indemnified Parties' approval which
         approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any Indemnified Party
         shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Third Party
         Claim and/or to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and
         expenses of such counsel shall not be included as part of any Losses
         incurred by the Indemnified Party unless (A) the Indemnifying Parties
         shall have failed to give the Defense Notice within the prescribed
         period, (B) such Indemnified Party shall have received an opinion of
         counsel, reasonably acceptable to the Indemnifying Parties, to the
         effect that the interests of the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying
         Parties with respect to the Third Party Claim are sufficiently adverse
         to prohibit the representation by the same counsel of both parties
         under applicable ethical rules, or (C) the employment of such counsel
         at the expense of the Indemnifying Parties has been specifically
         authorized by the Indemnifying Parties. The party or parties conducting
         the defense of any Third Party Claim shall keep the other parties
         apprised of all significant developments and shall not enter into any
         settlement, compromise or consent to judgment with respect to such
         Third Party Claim


                                     - 45 -



<PAGE>   50



         unless the Company and the Sellers' Representative consent, such
         consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

                  (v) Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, the
         costs of enforcement of the Escrow Agreement by the Purchaser, the
         Company, IMP or any Seller shall not constitute Losses hereunder.
         Rather, such costs and expenses shall be paid in accordance with the
         terms of the Escrow Agreement.

         (c) TREATMENT OF INDEMNIFICATION PAYMENTS. All indemnification payments
under this section 9 shall be deemed adjustments to the Company Purchase Price
or the IMP Purchase Price, whichever is applicable.

         (d) EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the
foregoing indemnification provisions in this section 9 shall be the exclusive
remedy of the Purchaser, the Company, IMP and the Sellers with respect to
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, the Purchaser, the Company, IMP and the Sellers hereby waive any
statutory, equitable or common law rights or remedies relating to any
environmental, health and safety matters, including, without limitation, any
such matters arising under any Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements,
CERCLA, or any analogous state law.

         (e) ASSIGNMENT BY PURCHASER. Provided that the Closing shall occur, the
Purchaser hereby assigns and transfers to the Company and IMP, effective as of
the Closing, all benefits and rights of the Purchaser pursuant to section 6 and
section 9 hereof.

         (f) NO CONTRIBUTION FROM COMPANY OR IMP. Each Seller hereby waives any
rights to seek or obtain indemnification or contribution from the Company or IMP
for Losses pursuant to section 9(b) or the Escrow Agreement as a result of any
breach by the Company or IMP of any representation, warranty or covenant (other
than covenants to be performed by the Company and IMP after the Closing)
contained in this Agreement.

         10. DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

         (a) DISPUTE DEFINED. As used in this Agreement, "DISPUTE" shall (i)
mean any dispute or disagreement among the Parties concerning the interpretation
of this Agreement, the validity of this Agreement, any breach or alleged breach
by any party under this Agreement or any other matter relating in any way to
this Agreement, and (ii) exclude (A) any dispute or disagreement between the
Company and the Sellers concerning the determination of the Earnout, which shall
be resolved pursuant to the provisions of section 2(e)(iv) of this Agreement and
(B) any dispute or disagreement between the Company and the Sellers concerning
the determination of the Net Working Capital which shall be resolved pursuant to
the provisions of Section 2(f)(ii) of this Agreement.



                                     - 46 -



<PAGE>   51



         (b) DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES.

                  (i) If a Dispute arises, the Parties shall follow the
         procedures specified in this section 10. The Parties shall promptly
         attempt to resolve any Dispute by negotiations between themselves.
         Either the Purchaser or the Sellers' Representative may give the other
         Party written notice of any Dispute not resolved in the normal course
         of businesection The Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative shall
         meet at a mutually acceptable time and place within 15 calendar days
         after delivery of such notice, and thereafter as often as they
         reasonably deem necessary, to exchange relevant information and to
         attempt to resolve the Dispute. If the Dispute has not been resolved by
         the Parties within 30 calendar days of the disputing Party's notice, or
         if the Parties fail to meet within such 15 calendar days, either the
         Purchaser or the Sellers' Representative may initiate mediation as
         provided in section 10(b)(ii) of this Agreement. If a negotiator
         intends to be accompanied at a meeting by legal counsel, the other
         negotiator shall be given at least three business days' notice of such
         intention and may also be accompanied by legal counsel.

                  (ii) If the Dispute is not resolved by negotiations pursuant
         to section 10(b)(i), the Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative
         shall attempt in good faith to resolve any such Dispute by nonbinding
         mediation. Either the Purchaser or the Sellers' Representative may
         initiate a nonbinding mediation proceeding by a request in writing to
         the other Party or Parties (the "MEDIATION REQUEST"), and all disputing
         Parties will then be obligated to engage in a mediation. The proceeding
         will be conducted in accordance with the then current procedures for
         mediation under Chapter 44 of the Florida Statutes and Rules 1.700-730
         of the Florida Rules of Civil Procedure:

                           (A) if the Parties have not agreed within 30 calendar
                  days of the Mediation Request on the selection of a mediator
                  willing to serve, the court, upon the request of either the
                  Purchaser or the Sellers' Representative, shall appoint a
                  certified mediator selected by rotation or by such other court
                  procedures as provided in Chapter 44 of the Florida Statutes
                  and Rules 1.700-730 of the Florida Rules of Civil Procedure;
                  and

                           (B) efforts to reach a settlement will continue until
                  the conclusion of the proceedings, which shall be deemed to
                  occur upon the earliest of the date that: (i) a written
                  settlement is reached, or (ii) the mediator concludes and
                  informs the Parties in writing that further efforts would not
                  be useful, or (iii) the Purchaser and the Sellers'
                  Representative agree in writing that an impasse has been
                  reached, or (iv) a period of 60 calendar days has passed since
                  the Mediation Request and none of the events specified in the
                  foregoing clauses (i) (ii) or (iii) has occurred. No party may
                  withdraw before the conclusion of the proceeding.



                                     - 47 -



<PAGE>   52



                  (iii) If a Dispute is not resolved by negotiation pursuant to
         section 10(b)(i) of this Agreement or by mediation pursuant to section
         10(b)(ii) of this Agreement within 100 calendar days after initiation
         of the negotiation process pursuant to section 10(b)(i), such Dispute
         and any other claims arising out of or relating to this Agreement may
         be heard, adjudicated and determined in an action or proceeding filed
         in any state or federal court specified in section 12(h).

         (c) PROVISIONAL REMEDIES. At any time during the procedures specified
in sections 10(b)(i) and 10(b)(ii) of this Agreement, a Party may seek a
preliminary injunction or other provisional judicial relief if in its judgment
such action is necessary to avoid irreparable damage or to preserve the status
quo. Despite such action, the Parties will continue to participate in good faith
in the procedures specified in sections 10(b)(i) and 10(b)(ii).

         (d) TOLLING STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS. All applicable statutes of
limitation and defenses based upon the passage of time shall be tolled while the
procedures specified in sections 10(b)(i) and 10(b)(ii) of this Agreement
are pending. The Parties will take such action, if any, as is required to
effectuate such tolling.

         (e) PERFORMANCE TO CONTINUE. Each Party shall continue to perform its,
his or her obligations under this Agreement pending final resolution of any
Dispute.

         (f) EXTENSION OF DEADLINES. All deadlines specified in this section 10
may be extended by mutual agreement among the Parties.

         (g) ENFORCEMENT. The Parties regard the obligations in this section 10
to constitute an essential provision of this Agreement and one that is legally
binding on them. In case of a violation of the obligations in this section 10 by
any Party hereto, any other Party or Parties may bring an action to seek
enforcement of such obligations in any state or federal court specified in
section 12(h).

         (h) COSTS. The Parties shall pay their own costs, fees, and expenses
incurred in connection with the application of the provisions of sections
10(b)(i) and 10(ii) of this Agreement. In addition, the fees and expenses of the
mediator in connection with the application of the provisions of section
10(b)(ii) of this Agreement shall be borne 50% by the Purchaser and 50% by the
Sellers (PRO RATA based on each Seller's Company Pro Rata Share).

         11. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS. The Parties agree that any claim for payment
pursuant to sections 11(b) and 11(c) must be made by the Purchaser on or before
June 30, 1999 and to preserve any claim for payment thereunder, the Purchaser
shall be obligated to notify the Seller in writing of any claim, together with
supporting documentation, on or before June 30, 1999, otherwise, the Purchaser's
claim under sections 11(b) and 11(c) shall be forever barred. The Parties agree
that there shall be no time limit on any claim for payment pursuant to sections
11(a), 11(d) and 11(e). The Parties further agree that any payments required to
be made pursuant to sections 11(a), 11(b), 11(c), 11(d) and 11(e) shall



                                     - 48 -



<PAGE>   53



not be subject to the Deductible and may be made from funds deposited in the
Escrow Account; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent Losses for which the
Purchaser is entitled to indemnification under section 9(b)(i), together with
amounts paid from the Escrow Account pursuant to sections 11(a), 11(b),
11(c), 11(d) and 11(e) exceed $2,450,000, the Sellers shall pay the Purchaser
the deficiency within 30 days of the Purchaser's request (PRO RATA based on each
Seller's Company Pro Rata Share).

         (a) PRODUCT RETURNS. Notwithstanding anything set forth in section
3B(aa) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, in the event (i) customers of the Company or
IMP return within the applicable warranty period any defective or non-conforming
merchandise sold prior to Closing, (ii) the Company or IMP is required to
provide any customers with a credit against their accounts receivable within the
applicable warranty period as a result of the receipt of defective or
non-conforming merchandise sold prior to Closing or (iii) any product liability
claims are brought with respect to merchandise sold prior to Closing which are
not covered by insurance, the Sellers shall be required to pay the Purchaser
(PRO RATA based on each Seller's Company Pro Rata Share) the amount of the
credits, the amount of the uninsured product liability claims and the sum of (A)
the difference between the original sales price of the returned merchandise and
the resale price thereof, (B) re-work costs and shipping costs, and (C) the cost
of any returned merchandise which was sold prior to Closing and which is not
resold by the Company, within 30 days of the Purchaser's request, provided that
(1) the Purchaser causes the Company to use its best efforts to resell the
returned merchandise in the Ordinary Course of Business and (2) any Dispute
regarding payment is first resolved pursuant to section 10 of this Agreement.

         (b) SELLERS' GUARANTEE OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE.

                  (i) With respect to accounts receivable on the Closing Balance
         Sheet which as of the Closing are 90 days or over from the invoice date
         thereof (the "90 AND OVER ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE"), the Sellers guarantee
         the collectibility of the 90 and Over Accounts Receivable in full minus
         any remaining reserve for bad debts included in the Closing Balance
         Sheet.

                  (ii) The Purchaser agrees to use efforts consistent with the
         Company's past custom and practice to cause the Company to collect all
         90 and Over Accounts Receivable, but shall not be obligated to resort
         to litigation. Any sums payable by account debtors on account of any
         accounts receivable of such account debtors shall be credited to the
         earliest invoices of the Company to such account debtors, unless
         specifically directed otherwise by the account debtor. Subject to the
         foregoing, to the extent any 90 and Over Accounts Receivable existing
         at the Closing are unpaid for a period of 60 days after the Closing,
         the Purchaser shall send written notice to the Sellers' Representative
         indicating the specific account debtors, the amount of the unpaid
         invoices representing 90 and Over Accounts Receivable to each such
         account debtor and the total of all such unpaid 90 and Over Accounts
         Receivable. The Sellers shall pay the Purchaser the amount of all such
         unpaid 90


                                     - 49 -



<PAGE>   54



         and Over Accounts Receivable minus any remaining reserve for bad debts
         included in the Closing Balance Sheet (PRO RATA based on each Seller's
         Company Pro Rata Share) within 30 days of the receipt of any notice
         pursuant to this section 11(b)(ii) on the condition that the Purchaser
         shall simultaneously cause the Company to assign such unpaid 90 and
         Over Accounts Receivable (the "ASSIGNED RECEIVABLES") to the Sellers'
         Representative. Such assignment shall include the right to sue as an
         assignee of the Company. In the event that after such assignment the
         Company receives any payment on the Assigned Receivables, the Purchaser
         shall cause the Company to promptly remit such amount to the Sellers'
         Representative. Thereafter, the Sellers' Representative, as owner of
         the Assigned Receivables, may take any action the Sellers'
         Representative deems necessary to collect the Assigned Receivables and
         any collections shall be the property of the Sellers The Purchaser
         agrees to cooperate and shall cause the Company to cooperate with the
         Sellers' Representative in any action the Sellers' Representative
         wishes to take to collect the Assigned Receivables consistent with the
         Company's past custom and practice . In the event the Purchaser does
         not want to assign any Account Receivable to the Sellers'
         Representative because it does not want the Sellers' Representative to
         initiate collection action thereon, the Sellers shall be relieved of
         any liability under this section 11(b) with respect to such 90 and Over
         Accounts Receivable.

                  (iii) In the event any 90 and Over Accounts Receivable is
         subject to a valid dispute by the account debtor and/or the Purchaser
         wishes to grant a discount on any 90 and Over Accounts Receivable, the
         Purchaser shall send written notice or notices to the Sellers'
         Representative indicating the specific account debtors and the amount
         of the dispute or discount. The Purchaser shall consult with the
         Sellers' Representative with respect to the resolution of any dispute
         and/or the amount of any discount and shall not settle any such dispute
         or grant any discount without the consent of the Sellers'
         Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Where
         consent is given to the settlement of any dispute and/or the granting
         of any discount, the Sellers shall pay the Purchaser the difference
         between the original amount of the 90 and Over Accounts Receivable and
         the amount actually received by the Purchaser after settlement or
         discount, with payment to be made within 30 days after the settlement
         or granting of the discount. Where consent is withheld by the Sellers'
         Representative, the Purchaser may either assign the 90 and Over
         Accounts Receivable, or settle the dispute or grant the discount at its
         own expense and the Sellers shall be relieved of any liability under
         this section 11(b) with respect to such 90 and Over Accounts
         Receivable.

         (c) VACATION AND HOLIDAY ACCRUAL. To the extent the accrual on the
Company's Closing Balance Sheet for vacation and holidays is less than the
amount which should have properly been accrued in accordance with GAAP, the
Sellers shall pay the Purchaser the deficiency within 30 days of the Purchaser's
request (PRO RATA based on each Seller's Company Pro Rata Share).



                                     - 50 -



<PAGE>   55



         (d) EPCRA FILINGS. Notwithstanding the disclosures made by the Sellers
in section 3B(v) of THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, the Sellers shall be responsible
for and shall pay the Purchaser (PRO RATA based on each Seller's Company Pro
Rata Share) the full amount of all Losses resulting from any failure to comply
with EPCRA.

         (e) LITIGATION. Notwithstanding the disclosures made by the Sellers in
section 3B(S) OF The DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE, the Sellers shall be responsible for
and shall pay the Purchaser (PRO RATA based on each Seller's Company Pro Rata
Share) the full amount of all Losses resulting the matters described in section
3B(s) OF THE DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE. Such litigation shall be considered to be a
"Third Party Claim" and shall be handled in accordance with the provisions of
section 9(b)(iv) of this Agreement.

         12. TERMINATION.

         (a) TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT. Certain of the Parties may terminate this
Agreement as provided below:

                  (i) the Purchaser and the Sellers' Representative may
         terminate this Agreement by mutual written consent at any time prior to
         the Closing;

                  (ii) the Purchaser may terminate this Agreement by giving
         written notice to the Sellers' Representative at any time prior to the
         Closing in the event the Company has within the previous 10 business
         days given the Purchaser any notice pursuant to section 5(f) above;

                  (iii) the Purchaser may terminate this Agreement by giving
         written notice to the Sellers' Representative at any time prior to the
         Closing (A) in the event that the Sellers, the Company or IMP have
         breached any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this
         Agreement (other than the representations and warranties in section
         3B(f)-(aa) above) in any material respect, the Purchaser has notified
         the Sellers' Representative of the breach, and the breach has continued
         without cure for a period of 30 days after the notice of breach or (B)
         if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before June 30, 1999, by
         reason of the failure of any condition precedent under section 8(a)
         hereof (unless the failure results primarily from the Purchaser
         breaching any representation, warranty or covenant contained in the
         Agreement); and

                  (iv) the Sellers' Representative may terminate this Agreement
         by giving written notice to the Purchaser at any time prior to the
         Closing (A) in the event the Purchaser has breached any material
         representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement in any
         material respect, the Sellers' Representative has notified the
         Purchaser of the breach, and the breach has continued without cure for
         a period of 30 days after the notice of breach or (B) if the Closing
         shall not have occurred on or before June 30, 1999, by reason of the
         failure of any condition precedent under section 8(b) hereof (unless
         the failure results primarily from the



                                     - 51 -



<PAGE>   56



         Sellers, the Company or IMP breaching any representation, warranty or
         covenant contained in this Agreement).

                  (v) On or before February 1, 1999, the Sellers' Representative
         will notify the Purchaser by giving written notice of what is required
         to correct any code violations with respect to the Real Property
         subject to the Lease Amendment, the estimated time period to make such
         corrections and the Sellers' willingness to make such corrections. If
         the Sellers' Representative fails to give such notice, the Purchaser
         shall have the right to terminate this Agreement. If such notice is
         given and states that the Sellers are not willing to make such
         corrections, then the Sellers may terminate this Agreement, subject to
         the payment to the Purchaser of $22,500, representing one-half of the
         filing fees required to be paid under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act. If the
         Sellers are willing to make such corrections and the estimated date for
         completion thereof is after March 31, 1999, the Purchaser shall have
         the right to terminate this Agreement.

         (b) EFFECT OF TERMINATION. If any Party terminates this Agreement
pursuant to section 12(a) above, all rights and obligations of the Parties
hereunder shall terminate without any liability of any Party to any other Party
(except for any liability of any Party then in breach); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
the confidentiality provisions contained in the confidentiality agreement
between WinsLoew Furniture, Inc. and the Company, dated May 28, 1998, executed
in connection with the transaction (the "CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT") shall
survive the termination of this Agreement.

         13. WINSLOEW FURNITURE GUARANTY. WinsLoew Furniture, Inc., a Florida
corporation, agrees to guaranty all obligations of the Purchaser under this
Agreement.

         14. MISCELLANEOUS.

         (a) PRESS RELEASES AND PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS. No Party shall issue any
press release or public announcement relating to the subject matter of this
Agreement prior to the Closing without the prior written approval of the other
Parties.

         (b) NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement shall not confer any
rights or remedies upon any Person other than the Parties and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.

         (c) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement (including the documents referred
to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties and supersedes any
prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the Parties,
written or oral, to the extent they related in any way to the subject matter
hereof, other than the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall remain in full
force and effect.


                                     - 52 -



<PAGE>   57



         (d) SUCCESSION AND ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the Parties named herein and their respective successors
and permitted assigns. No Party may assign either this Agreement or any of its
rights, interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of
the other Parties; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, unless expressly prohibited
hereunder, the Purchaser may (i) assign any or all of its rights and interests
hereunder to one or more of its Affiliates and (ii) designate one or more of its
Affiliates to perform its obligations hereunder and (iii) after the Closing is
effected, any or all of the rights and interests of Purchaser hereunder (A) may
be assigned to any purchaser of substantially all of the assets of Purchaser,
(B) may be assigned as a matter of law to the surviving entity in any merger of
the Purchaser, and (C) may be assigned as collateral security to any lender or
lenders (including any agent for any such lender or lenders) providing financing
to the Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, or to
any assignee or assignees of any such lender, lenders or agent (it being
understood that in any or all of the cases described in clauses (i), (ii) and
(iii) above the Purchaser nonetheless shall remain responsible for the
performance of all of its obligations hereunder).

         (e) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which
together will constitute one and the same instrument.

         (f) HEADINGS. The section headings contained in this Agreement are
inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.

         (g) NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands, claims and other
communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim
or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given two business days
after it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

         If to the Sellers, the Sellers' Representative or Perry Martin, or if
to the Company or IMP (prior to the Closing):

                  Leo Martin
                  Bristol Towers Apartments
                  2127 Brickell Avenue, Apt. 3602
                  Miami, Florida 33129
                  Facsimile: (305) 858-8252

         With copies to (which shall not constitute notice to the Sellers, the
Sellers' Representative or the Company):

                  Stephen H. Cypen, Esq.
                  Cypen & Cypen
                  P.O. Box 402099
                  825 Arthur Godfrey Road
                  Miami Beach, Florida 33140-0099
                  Facsimile: (305) 535-0050



                                     - 53 -
<PAGE>   58

                  Donald R. Tescher, Esq.
                  Tescher Chaves Rubin & Forman, PA
                  2101 Corporate Boulevard, Suite 107
                  Boca Raton, Florida  33431
                  Facsimile: (561) 998-1642

         If to the Purchaser or WinsLoew Furniture Company, Inc., or if to the
Company or IMP (after the Closing):

                  Bobby Tesney
                  WinsLoew Furniture, Inc.
                  160 Village Street
                  Birmingham, Alabama 35242
                  Facsimile: (205) 408-7028

Any Party may send any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication
hereunder to the intended recipient at the address set forth above using any
other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier, messenger service,
telecopy, telex, ordinary mail or electronic mail), but no such notice, request,
demand, claim or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given
unless and until it actually is received by the intended recipient. Any Party
may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims and other
communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other Parties notice
in the manner herein set forth.

         (h) GOVERNING LAW; VENUE. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Florida without
giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the
State of Florida or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of
the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Florida. The Parties agree
that any and all actions arising under or in respect of this Agreement shall be
litigated in any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction located in the
County of Miami-Dade, State of Florida. By execution and delivery of this
Agreement, each Party irrevocably submits to the personal and exclusive
jurisdiction of such courts for itself or himself, and in respect of its or his
property with respect to such action. Each Party agrees that venue would be
proper in any of such courts, and hereby waives any objection that any such
court is an improper or inconvenient forum for the resolution of any such
action.



                                     - 54 -


<PAGE>   59



         (i) AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. No amendment of any provision of this
Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the
Purchaser, the Sellers, the Company and IMP. No waiver by any Party of any
default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether
intentional or not, shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent
default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect
in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such
occurrence.

         (j) SEVERABILITY. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is
invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect
the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or
the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other
situation or in any other jurisdiction.

         (k) EXPENSES. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each of
the Parties will bear his, her or its own costs and expenses (including legal
and investment advisory fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. The Sellers agree that
neither the Company nor IMP has borne and will not bear any of the costs and
expenses of the Sellers (including any of their legal and investment advisory
fees and expenses) in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions
contemplated hereby to the extent that any of the same shall remain unpaid at
the time of the Closing. Except as provided in section 12(a)(v), the Purchaser
shall bear all filing fees required to be paid under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act.

         (l) CONSTRUCTION. The Parties have participated jointly in the
negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or
question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed
as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall
arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of
the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local or
foreign statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The
specification of any dollar amount in the representations and warranties or
otherwise in this Agreement or in the Disclosure Schedule is not intended and
shall not be deemed to be an admission or acknowledgment of the materiality of
such amounts or items, nor shall the same be used in any dispute or controversy
between the parties to determine whether any obligation, item or matter (whether
or not described herein or included in any schedule) is or is not material for
purposes of this Agreement.

         (m) INCORPORATION OF DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE. The Disclosure Schedule
identified in this Agreement is incorporated herein by reference and made a part
hereof.

         (n) EQUITABLE REMEDIES. Each of the Sellers and Perry B. Martin
acknowledges and agrees that the Purchaser would not have an adequate remedy at
law in the event any of the provisions of section 6(e), section 6(f) and section
6(g) of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms
or are breached. Accordingly, each of Each of the Sellers and Perry B. Martin
agrees that the Purchaser shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to
prevent breaches of section 6(e), section 6(f) and section 6(g) of this
Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions thereof in any
action instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction, in addition to any
other remedies which may be available to it.


                                     - 55-


<PAGE>   60

         (o) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO, WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC.
AND PERRY B. MARTIN HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT,
ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREUNDER.

         (p) PREVAILING PARTIES. Except as otherwise expressly provided to the
contrary in this Agreement, in the event of any litigation with regard to this
Agreement, the prevailing Party or Parties shall be entitled to receive from the
nonprevailing Party or Parties and the nonprevailing Party or Parties shall pay
all reasonable costs, fees (including reasonable trial and appellate attorneys'
fees) and expenses of the prevailing Party or Parties.

                       SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE



                                     - 56 -



<PAGE>   61



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                WINSTON FURNITURE COMPANY OF
                                ALABAMA, INC.



                                By: /s/ Stephen C. Hess
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                        Stephen C. Hess, President


                                MIAMI METAL PRODUCTS, INC.



                                By: /s/ Leo Martin
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                        Leo Martin, Chairman


                                INDUSTRIAL MUEBLERA POMPEII de MEXICO,
                                S.A. de C.V.




                                By: /s/ Leo Martin
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                        Leo Martin, Chairman


                                SELLERS:



                                Leo Martin
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Leo Martin



                                Gloria Martin
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Gloria Martin



                                Donald R. Tescher, Trustee 
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Donald R. Tescher, Trustee and not individually
                                of the Leo Martin Retained Annuity Trust 
                                Agreement I



                                     - 57 -



<PAGE>   62



                                Donald R. Tescher, Trustee 
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Donald R. Tescher, Trustee and not individually
                                of the Leo Martin Retained Annuity Trust
                                Agreement II


                                Donald R. Tescher, Trustee 
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Donald R. Tescher, Trustee and not individually
                                of the Leo Martin Retained Annuity Trust
                                Agreement III


                                Donald R. Tescher, Trustee 
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Donald R. Tescher, Trustee and not individually
                                of the Gloria Martin Retained Annuity Trust
                                Agreement I


                                Donald R. Tescher, Trustee 
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Donald R. Tescher, Trustee and not individually
                                of the Gloria Martin Retained Annuity Trust
                                Agreement II


                                Donald R. Tescher, Trustee 
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Donald R. Tescher, Trustee and not individually
                                of the Gloria Martin Retained Annuity Trust
                                Agreement III


                                SELLERS' REPRESENTATIVE:


                                Leo Martin
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Leo Martin

                                By its execution hereof, WinsLoew Furniture,
                                Inc. agrees to the provisions of Sections 13 and
                                14 of this Agreement.


                                WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC.



                                By: /s/ Bobby Tesney
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                        Bobby Tesney, President




                                     - 58 -



<PAGE>   63




                                By his execution hereof, Perry B. Martin agrees
                                to the provisions of Sections 6(e), 6(f), 6(g),
                                and 14 of this Agreement.



                                Perry B. Martin
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Perry B. Martin




                                     - 59 -




<PAGE>   1

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.26

                               Amendment No. 1 to
                         Investment Services Agreement

         This Amendment No. 1 to Investment Services Agreement ("Amendment") is
made and entered into as of the 5th day of March, 1999 by and between WinsLoew
Furniture, Inc., a Florida corporation (the "Company"), and Trivest II, Inc., a
Florida corporation ("Trivest II").

                             Preliminary Statements

         A. The Company and Trivest, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Trivest"),
entered into an Investment Services Agreement dated as of December 16, 1994
("Agreement").

         B. Trivest, Trivest II and the Company entered into an Assignment and
Assumption Agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 ("Assignment") pursuant to
which Trivest assigned its rights and obligations under the Agreement to
Trivest II.

         C. Trivest Furniture Corporation, a Florida corporation ("Purchaser"),
and the Company have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger ("Merger
Agreement") of even date herewith.

         D. Trivest II and the Company desire to amend the Agreement as
provided in this Amendment.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and the
agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

         1.       The following Section 17 shall be added in its entirety:

         17.      Application  to Proposed Going Private  Transaction.  
(a)  Notwithstanding  any provision of this Agreement, the parties agree 
and acknowledge:

         (i) If the Merger Agreement is terminated by reason of the Company
entering into an agreement with respect to a Superior Proposal (as defined in
the Merger Agreement), the Termination Fee (as defined in the Merger Agreement)
is paid to Purchaser, and the transaction contemplated by such Superior
Proposal is consummated, then Trivest II shall not be entitled to any
compensation pursuant to Section 6.3 of this Agreement as a result of the
Company entering into an agreement or closing a transaction for such Superior
Proposal.

         (ii) Trivest II is not entitled to any compensation or expense
reimbursement under this Agreement related to any transaction contemplated by
the Merger Agreement or any Superior Proposal, and Trivest II is not deemed to
be providing services to, or acting on behalf of, the Company in connection
with any such transaction. No such transaction constitutes a transaction for
which Trivest is entitled to compensation under Section 6.3(b) Paragraph (a)
above does not in any way affect amounts otherwise due Trivest II (i) under
Sections 6.1 or 6.2 of this Agreement, or (ii) under Sections 4 or 6.3 related
to a transaction other than the Merger or any Superior Proposal.


<PAGE>   2

         2. Except as specifically set forth herein, all terms and conditions
of the Agreement, as modified by the Assignment, shall continue in full force
and effect and all terms used herein shall have the same meanings set forth in
the Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to
be duly executed by their authorized representatives on the date first above
written.

                                   TRIVEST II, INC.

                                    By: /s/ EARL W. POWELL
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Earl W. Powell
                                        Chief Executive Officer

                                    WINSLOEW FURNITURE, INC.

                                    By: /s/ BOBBY TESNEY
                                        ------------------------------- 
                                        Bobby Tesney
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer





                                       2

<PAGE>   1
                                  EXHIBIT 21.1


List of Registrant's Subsidiaries


                                                             State of
Name of Subsidiary                                        Incorporation
- ------------------                                     --------------------
Winston Furniture Company of Alabama, Inc.                  Alabama
Loewenstein, Inc.                                           Florida
Tropic Craft, Inc.                                          Florida
Texacraft, Inc.                                             Texas
Winston Properties, Inc.                                    Alabama

<PAGE>   1
                                  EXHIBIT 23.1


CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

         We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-87352) pertaining to the WinsLoew Furniture, Inc. 
1994 Stock Option Plan of WinsLoew Furniture, Inc. of our report dated January 
29, 1999, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of WinsLoew 
Furniture, Inc. and Subsidiaries included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for 
the year ended December 31, 1998.


         Our audits also included the financial statement schedule of WinsLoew
Furniture, Inc. listed in Item 14(a). This schedule is the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our
audits. In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.


                                        /s/ Ernst & Young LLP



Birmingham, Alabama
March 24, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                           1,475
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   23,647
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                     12,206
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                41,966
<PP&E>                                          27,176
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  84,553
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           16,126
<BONDS>                                          1,400
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            73
<OTHER-SE>                                      66,153
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    84,553
<SALES>                                        141,360
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               141,360
<CGS>                                           87,232
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  111,478
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 635
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 29,247
<INCOME-TAX>                                    10,947
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             18,300
<DISCONTINUED>                                   2,031
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    20,331
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     2.73
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     2.67
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission